Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
2026-08-25 - AGENDA REPORTS - 1ST READING MULTIFAMILY MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS
O Agenda Item: 1 CITY OF SANTA CLARITA .` AGENDA REPORT PUBLIC HEARINGS CITY MANAGER APPROVAL: DATE: August 25, 2026 SUBJECT: MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE RESIDENTIAL OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS (MASTER CASE 26-038) - FIRST READING DEPARTMENT: Community Development PRESENTER: Zarui Chaparyan RECOMMENDED ACTION City Council: 1. Conduct the public hearing. 2. Find the Multifamily and Mixed -Use Residential Objective Design Standards project and Santa Clarita Municipal Code amendments exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3), the common-sense exemption. 3. Approve a resolution entitled: "A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA, CALIFORNIA, ESTABLISHING CITY-WIDE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS (ODS) FOR QUALIFIED MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA LAW." 4. Introduce an ordinance entitled: "AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA, CALIFORNIA, AMENDING SANTA CLARITA MUNICIPAL CODE SECTIONS 17.06.130, 17.11.020, 17.23.100, AND 17.37.030 TO IMPLEMENT REGULATIONS GOVERNING OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS," and pass to second reading. BACKGROUND Recent State of California (State) housing laws, including Senate Bill (SB) 330, SB 35 and Assembly Bill 2011, limit the City of Santa Clarita's (City) ability to enforce subjective Page 1 Packet Pg. 9 O standards on proposed housing developments. Therefore, the City needs to adopt Objective Design Standards (ODS or standards), to ensure that new multifamily and mixed -use residential projects are reviewed under measurable and verifiable criteria, allowing the City to continue to enforce architectural and site planning standards within the City. The State's intent is to streamline the approval process, in order to increase development of multifamily and mixed -use housing types. To comply with State law and the City's Housing Element (HE), the City proposes changes to the Community Character and Design Guidelines (CCDG or guidelines) adopted by the City Council in 2009, to develop citywide multifamily and mixed -use ODS, and changes to the Santa Clarita Municipal Code (SCMC), that addresses administrative procedures to implement these standards. These standards will provide the City with as much flexibility as possible during the review process, ensure quality architecture and site design in projects, all while removing subjectivity from the review process. To the extent feasible, the ODS will: 1. Continue to produce development projects that meet the City's high standards for architecture; 2. Be consistent with the community character previously established by the City Council; 3. Provide a streamlined review process for applicants; 4. Be consistent with the City's HE of the General Plan; and 5. Meet the requirements of the State housing law. City's 6th Cycle Housing Element The City's certified HE identifies programs to help the City reach its Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA) of 10,031 new units. Specific to ODS and the proposed municipal code, amendments are: • HP-2.1: Zoning Code Changes for Consistency with State Law. To support the City in reaching its RHNA allocation, this program includes adoption of ODS for multifamily and mixed -use projects. • HP-2.2: Updates to Administrative Procedures. These changes would be implemented through amendments to the SCMC, to remove the City's discretionary findings requirement for site suitability for multifamily and mixed -use housing projects. Southern California Association of Governments (SLAG) Regional Early Action Planning (REAP) Grant The City used a $250,000 SCAG REAP grant, that was authorized by the City Council on October 8, 2024. RRM Design Group (RRM) was selected through a competitive bid process and funds were appropriated by the City Council on May 13, 2025, to allow preparation of the ODS. There is no impact to the general fund. Page 2 Packet Pg. 10 O Stakeholder and Development Committee Meetings Similar to other projects, the City held two stakeholder meetings in January 2026, with members of the local development community to introduce the intent of ODS and obtain feedback for the creation of a practical and implementable document. Additionally, on May 1, 2026, the City held a Development Committee meeting to discuss the proposed ODS and associated code amendments. PROJECT DESCRIPTION The proposed ODS for multifamily and mixed -use development will help the City maintain local control over project design, while preserving the established community characteristics. The 2009 City Council adopted CCDG establishes the architectural character for the communities of Valencia, Saugus, Canyon Country, and Newhall. With RRM, City staff has identified key design guidelines of the CCDG and proposes to standardize 63 of the guidelines to ODS. The modifications also require that architectural and design elements and styles included in each of the City's communities must be incorporated into multifamily and mixed -use projects. The proposed ODS are limited to policy and regulatory guidance and will not result in any physical development or construction. Design guidelines for commercial, industrial, and single-family development projects were not changed, and ODS does not apply to them. However, existing guidelines remain in place and will be applied as current practice. The 99 remaining non-objective guidelines for multifamily and mixed -use housing will allow design flexibility and creativity, but cannot be mandated on such housing projects. Objective design standards are minimum thresholds, and are proposed to: 1. Create objectivity by removing terms like "shall" or "should" and adding "must" and "required" to the guidelines to mandate the standard. 2. Provide a menu of options for applicants to choose from to comply with a standard. 3. Provide standalone, clear, measurable objectives that must be achieved. After publication of the Planning Commission Agenda Report, staff identified a couple minor modifications to the ODS as noted in Figure 1 below. These changes were recommended to be made as a part of the Planning Commission action on the project and include the following strikethrough and underlined text. Page 3 Packet Pg. 11 O Figure 1: Proposed ODS Examples Objective Design Standard CCDG Existing Guideline Roof lines must not extend horizontally more than 40 55 feet in length without a two -foot variation in height. Roof lines should be varied in height, and long horizontal roof lines should be broken up. Faea toe ^ „d The vertical plane of the building fagade should be broken up with a high level of articulation (e.g., projecting entry or window features, recessed elements, transparent storefronts, identifiable retail spaces, and awning and entrance canopies), especially at round level. es of eemm^r^ia' tises on aor-pFiaiaFyentm tt4y^,- ee or-iented ^ eent tfa*spar^n* t4r-ettgh the tis w i*dews deer-s and stere€re*ts. The final version of the ODS are attached to this report. Review Process and Opt -Out Provision Projects that meet all of the ODS will be limited to an Architectural Design Review (ADR) and Development Review (DR) to ensure consistency with the City's architectural and site planning requirements. Objective design standards only apply to the architectural review and the City cannot deny a housing project based on architecture if all the ODS are met. Land use approvals that require discretionary processes will still require a discretionary review, and environmental concerns will be addressed as appropriate, pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA). Applicants who do not or cannot meet all ODS will have the opportunity to opt -out of the proposed ODS for architectural review and would be able to utilize a discretionary Administrative Permit (AP) and ADR process. In this scenario, projects can be reviewed using the existing subjective design guidelines and current review process. With this, the potential exists for the project to be appealed to the Planning Commission, where the Housing Crisis Act of 2019 (HCA) (Government Code § 65905.5) may apply. For qualified projects, opting out of the ODS requirements does not change the HCA five meeting limit for a decision on a project. Summary of Proposed SCMC Changes The proposed SCMC amendments to implement Program HP-2.2 include: • SCMC § 17.06.130 - Update to Findings and Decisions, such that multifamily and mixed - use housing projects do not need to comply with the subjective site suitability finding; • SCMC § 17.11.020 - Addition of ODS definition; • SCMC § 17.23.100 - Administrative Permit requirement for ODS opt -out projects; and • SCMC § 17.37.030 - Requirement for housing projects in specific plans to comply with the ODS. Copies of the municipal code changes in both clean and redline formats are provided. Page 4 Packet Pg. 12 O PLANNING COMMISSION ACTION On July 7, 2026, the City's Planning Commission held a public hearing for the proposed ODS and SCMC amendments, at its regularly scheduled meeting. Commissioner Burkhart inquired whether an opt -out of the proposed ODS would potentially result in housing projects still requiring a five -hearing limits. As discussed above, opting out of the ODS does not change the HCA five -meeting limit. One member of the public also went on record requesting that ODS not impose additional costs for developers. The Planning Commission voted 5-0 to adopt Resolution No. 26-04, with the changes discussed above, recommending that the City Council adopt a resolution approving the proposed multifamily and mixed -use ODS, and adopt an ordinance to codify the proposed Municipal Code amendments. A copy of the Planning Commission's staff report is available in the City Clerk's reading file. ENVIRONMENTAL A draft Notice of Exemption was prepared for the proposed project. The project is exempt from additional environmental review pursuant to CEQA Guidelines (14 Cal. Code of Regs. § 15000, et seq.) § 15061(b)(3), the common-sense exemption. The activity is covered by the general rule that CEQA applies only to projects that have the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment. Where it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the activity in question may have a significant effect on the environment, the activity is not subject to CEQA. NOTICING All notices required by law were completed, which consisted of a one -eighth page legal advertisement in The Signal newspaper on August 4, 2026. As of the writing of this staff report, City staff has received no correspondence from the community on this item. CONCLUSION As described above, the proposed multifamily and mixed -use housing ODS and SCMC amendments are necessary in accordance with current state housing law, as well as to implement Programs HP-2.1 and HP-2.2 of the City's HE. City Council action is required to approve the ODS and amendments to the SCMC. ALTERNATIVE ACTION Other action as determined by the City Council. FISCAL IMPACT There is no fiscal impact. Page 5 Packet Pg. 13 O ATTACHMENTS Public Notice Resolution Ordinance MC26-038 Proposed SCMC Amendments - Clean Housing Element Programs HP2.1 and 2.2 MC26-038 CEQA Notice of Exemption Proposed Objective Design Standards - Redline (available in the City Clerk's Reading File) 2026-07-07 Planning Commission - Agenda 1 (available in the City Clerk's Reading File) Page 6 Packet Pg. 14 NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING 1.a APPLICATION: Master Case 26-038: Unified Development Code Amendment 26-002 PROJECT LOCATION: Citywide PROJECT APPLICANT: City of Santa Clarita (City) PROJECT DESCRIPTION: The City of Santa Clarita is requesting adoption of multifamily residential and mixed -use housing Objective Design Standards (ODS) and amendments to Title 17 of the Santa Clarita Municipal Code, commonly referred to as the Unified Development Code (UDC), to address state housing legislation. The proposed UDC amendments include amendments to project findings, administrative permit procedures, and specific plans to implement Housing Element Policy HP-2.2. PLANNING COMMISSION ACTION: On July 7, 2026, the Planning Commission voted 5-0 to recommend that the City Council approve the proposed amendments and ODS. The City Council will conduct a public hearing on this matter on the following date: DATE: Tuesday, August 25, 2026 TIME: At or after 6:00 p.m. LOCATION: City Hall, Council Chambers 23920 Valencia Blvd., First Floor Santa Clarita, CA 91355 A NOTICE OF EXEMPTION was prepared for the proposed project. The project is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) under Article 5 Section 15061(b)(3), the common-sense exemption. The activity is covered by the general rule that CEQA applies only to projects that have the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment. Where it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the activity in question may have a significant effect on the environment, the activity is not subject to CEQA. If you wish to challenge the action taken on this matter in court, you may be limited to raising only those issues you or someone else raised at the public hearings described in this notice, or written correspondence delivered to the City at, or prior to, the public hearings. If you wish to have written comments included in the materials that the City Council receives prior to the public hearing, those comments must be submitted to the Community Development Department by Friday, August 14, 2026. For further information regarding this proposal, you may contact the project planner at the City Permit Center, 23920 Valencia Blvd., Suite 140, Santa Clarita, CA 91355. Telephone: (661) 255-4330. Website: www.santaclarita.gov/planning. Send written correspondence to: 23920 Valencia Blvd., Suite 302, Santa Clarita, CA 91355. Project Planner: Zarui Chaparyan, zchapa , anksantactarita.gov. Melody Bartlette City Clerk Published: The Signal, August 4, 2026 Packet Pg. 15 1.b RESOLUTION NO. 26- A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA, CALIFORNIA, ESTABLISHING CITY-WIDE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS (ODS) FOR QUALIFIED MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA LAW WHEREAS, the City of Santa Clarita (City) periodically prepares updates to the Santa Clarita Municipal Code (SCMC), including the subdivision regulations (Title 16) and zoning regulations (Title 17), as well as amendments to various City Council -approved guidelines and policies; and WHEREAS, the City Council adopted the Community Character and Design Guidelines (CCDG) in 2002 and updated them in 2009 to provide direction for site planning and building design for new developments; and WHEREAS, the City Council adopted the 6th Cycle Housing Element on June 27, 2023, and the Department of Housing and Community Development certified the Housing Element on August 22, 2023. The Housing Element included Program HP-2.1: Zoning Code Changes for Consistency with state Law and Program HP-2.2: Updates to Administrative Procedures; and WHEREAS, various California legislation, including Senate Bill (SB) 330, SB 35, and Assembly Bill (AB) 2011, prevents the City from enforcing subjective design guidelines on qualifying multifamily and mixed -use housing projects; and WHEREAS, to implement the Housing Element's Program HP-2.1, the City seeks to amend the CCDG to convert multifamily and mixed -use design guidelines to Objective Design Standards (ODS) (Project); and WHEREAS, to accommodate changes to the CCDG and design process, as well as to implement HE Program HP-2.2, SCMC §§ 17.06.130, 17.11.020, 17.23.100, and 17.37.030 must be amended; and WHEREAS, the Project was duly noticed in accordance with the public hearing noticing requirements of the SCMC, and a one -eighth page advertisement was placed in The Signal Newspaper on May 26, 2026; and WHEREAS, the City reviewed the Project's environmental impacts pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) (Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq.) and the CEQA Guidelines (14 California Code of Regulations §§ 15000, et seq.; collectively, "CEQA"); and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission meeting on June 16, 2026 was cancelled due to a lack of Quorum; and Page 1 of 4 Packet Pg. 16 1.b WHEREAS, the Planning Commission held a duly noticed public hearing on the Project commencing on July 7, 2026, at 6:00 p.m., or later, at City Hall, 23920 Valencia Boulevard, Santa Clarita, California; and WHEREAS, at the public hearing, the Planning Commission considered the entire administrative record, including, without limitation, the staff presentation, staff report, and public testimony. This resolution, and its findings, are made based upon the evidence presented to the Commission at its July 7, 2026 hearing, including, without limitation, the staff report submitted by the Community Development Director; and WHEREAS, the Project was duly noticed in accordance with the public hearing noticing requirements of the SCMC, and a one -eighth page advertisement was placed in The Signal Newspaper on August 4, 2026; and WHEREAS, the City Council held a duly noticed hearing on Master Case 26-038 on August 25, 2026. This resolution, and its findings, are made based upon the evidence presented to the City Council at its August 25, 2026, hearing including, without limitation, the staff report submitted by the Community Development Director. NOW THEREFORE THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA, CALIFORNIA, DOES HEREBY RESOLVE AS FOLLOWS: SECTION 1: Purpose. This resolution is intended to implement California law and the Santa Clarita Municipal Code (SCMC), as amended by Ordinance No. 26- , by establishing Objective Design Standards (ODS) for qualified multifamily and mixed -use residential development projects throughout the City of Santa Clarita (City). SECTION 2: Definitions. Unless the contrary is stated or clearly appears from the context, the definitions in the SCMC, as amended, and within the ODS govern the construction of the words and phrases used in this resolution. SECTION 3: Environmental Assessment. Based upon the foregoing facts and findings, the City Council finds, that the project is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) under CEQA Guidelines § 15061(b)(3), the common-sense exemption. The activity is covered by the general rule that CEQA applies only to projects that have the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment. Where it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the activity in question may have a significant effect on the environment, the activity is not subject to CEQA. A Notice of Exemption for this project was prepared in compliance with the CEQA. SECTION 4: The ODS attached as Exhibit "A," and incorporated by reference, are established as the ODS for the City. They may be amended by subsequent City Council resolution. SECTION 5: Delegation of Authority; Ratification of Previous Actions. The City Manager, or designee, is authorized to promulgate administrative policies and procedures (AP&P) that implement this resolution and Ordinance No. 26-. Nothing in such AP&P can Page 2 of 4 Packet Pg. 17 1.b substantively alter this resolution; the AP&P must be reconciled with the intent of Ordinance No. 26- and this resolution. All previous actions exercised by the City Manager, or designee, to implement the ODS as set forth in this resolution are ratified by the City Council. SECTION 6: Severability. If any part of this resolution or its application is deemed invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the City Council intends that such invalidity will not affect the effectiveness of the remaining provision or application, and, to this end, the provisions of this resolution are severable. SECTION 7: The Mayor, or presiding officer, is authorized to sign this resolution signifying its adoption by the City Council of the City of Santa Clarita and the City Clerk, or her duly appointed deputy, may attest thereto. SECTION 8: This resolution will become effective immediately upon adoption and will remain effective unless repealed or superseded. SECTION 9. The City Clerk shall certify to the adoption of this resolution. PASSED, APPROVED, AND ADOPTED this day of 2026. ATTEST: CITY CLERK DATE: MAYOR Page 3 of 4 Packet Pg. 18 1.b STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) ss. CITY OF SANTA CLARITA ) I, Melody Bartlette, City Clerk of the City of Santa Clarita, do hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution No. 26- was duly adopted by the City Council of the City of Santa Clarita at a regular meeting thereof, held on the day of 2026, by the following vote AYES: COUNCILMEMBERS: NOES: COUNCILMEMBERS: ABSENT: COUNCILMEMBERS: CITY CLERK Page 4 of 4 Packet Pg. 19 1.b Exhibit A L cu v/ .N .F+ V 0 .F+ X C cu JT w cu �L U cu c cu U) w M O (.0 N U c 0 0 N a� c a� E v w w Q Packet Pg. 20 '� may■ T 1 i' Mrt - { V wvs } .. �� &�_ CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION I. PURPOSE The purpose of this Santa Clarita Community Character and Design Guidelines document is to guide the creation of new residential, commercial, mixed -use, and industrial developments and give clear direction for the renovation and redevelopment of built areas. This document supersedes the Santa Clarita Architectural Design Guidelines (adopted in 2002) and includes up-to-date planning trends and guidelines written to promote the high quality standards that the City and the community value.The intent of these guidelines is to retain and encourage architectural variety, promote quality development, and ensure that both existing and new development: • Is compatible in size, scale, and appearance with the character of Santa Clarita. • Is attractive and an asset to the community. • Preserves and enhances natural features of a site. • Incorporates quality articulation, community character features, multiple building forms, desirable building details, and other elements that display excellence in design. • Provides pedestrian -oriented design to enrich the pedestrian experience. • Includes pedestrian friendly amenities such as pedestrian connections, plazas, seating, bike racks, fountains, and other similar features, for the enjoyment of the community and visitors. • Promotes the use of high quality materials. • Promotes well -landscaped parking lots with efficient pedestrian and vehicular circulation. • Provides suggestions for ways to improve the environmental performance of projects through the strategic incorporation of green building components. The guidelines have been written to make it easy for a property owner, architect, developer, City staff, and members of the Parks, Recreation, and Community Services Commission, Planning Commission, and City Council to use. The guidelines describe the design review process, citywide goals and objectives, site planning concepts, and architectural design guidelines for residential, commercial, industrial, and mixed -use projects. Specific guidelines have been drafted to ensure that architectural quality and character is preserved within each of the four communities of the City - Canyon Country, Newhall, Saugus, and Valencia. In essence, the purpose of this document is to provide clear and concise direction through a user-friendly document that is easy to administer. 1-2 1 J` 2. GOALS The overarching objective of this Community Character and Design Guidelines document is the desire to establish communities that possess unique qualities that make them special and memorable. How the distinct communities are integrated within the overall fabric of the City is essential to each community's success. The following goals guided the development of the design guidelines in this document. t- ' A. Sense of Timelessness 1 4000 1111P V � F nrwtt -rrli � -�• t- 9 r A sense of timelessness is a feeling that the design and quality of development in the community will neither be frozen in time nor look like it was built yesterday. The community should have characteristics that suggest long-term value. The physical fabric of a community should reflect cultural, aesthetic, and historic character and yet be adaptive to functional changes. B. Sense of Ownership Each sector of the community must have a sense of ownership and a belief that they will benefit from the economic health and quality of life within the community. There should be a feeling that the attributes of the community command an economic premium. Whether or not there is individual property ownership, there must be a sense that everyone has a stake in the overall well being of the community. C. Sense of Place and Identity The built and natural environment must be interwoven and should express a special sense of place. The community character should create a feeling of an original, and not duplicated, place. There should be a perception that the community has a unique identity and attributes that differentiate it from other urban neighborhoods. D. Sense of Community A sense of community is a belief that each individual has a responsibility and obligation to work toward the well being of the community. An acknowledgment of that community is the interconnectedness within the neighborhood and with other sectors of the community and linkage to surrounding neighborhoods. 1-4 iv % i�NNp all r a �g 4`� f* y ti ;. 3. GUIDELINE USERS _ The guidelines are designed for a variety of user groups. A description of how each type of user can benefit from the guidelines is described below. A. Property Owners: �� r��� �'_.. ice• : � � . p ty The guidelines provide property owners with a clear and simple design review process. This document works in conjunction with the General Plan, Unified Development Code, and Uniform Building Code for the City of Santa Clarita and provides a clear set of expectations and u responsibilities for property owners. This document broadens the scope of the design process beyond basic code requirements and takes the attention to detail, quality, and character to the next level. B. Design Professionals and Developers: The guidelines provide a clear and graphic direction for renovation and new construction. The guidelines serve as an information tool that can provide a link between the property owner and the designer or developer and will clarify the aspects of quality design. C. City Staff: City staff uses the guidelines in assisting applicants and their d representatives with all aspects of project development including " site planning, building orientation, building massing and articulation, architectural themes, and other amenities that work together to create a ,= sense of place. The guidelines serve as the basis for evaluating proposals forqualityof design. City staff will also use these guidelines when working with the Planning Commission and the City Council. D. Review Bodies: The guidelines provide the Parks, Recreation, and Community Services XIDN Commission, Planning Commission, City Council, and other reviewing agencies with a basis for evaluating proposals for quality of design. 4. CONTENTS AND ORGANIZATION No single architectural theme is being promoted, but rather the emphasis is to promote variety. With exception of those styles provided in Chapter 2, many of the styles and patterns shown in the following pictures and graphic illustrations represent a concept of recommended building elements and details as opposed to thematic images. Caution should be exercised when considering architectural styles that have recently become popular (i.e. "trendy") but have not yet stood the test of time. In addition, historic styles that cannot be faithfully replicated should be avoided. Sustainable planning and design concepts were used as a foundation from which the guidelines in this documentwere drafted.The core principles of Smart Growth and New Urbanism as well the key components of LEEDTI (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design), which are defined in Chapter 2, were integrated throughout this document to ensure that proposed developments are planned and designed to reduce impacts on the surrounding environment. Conventional design and construction methods can produce buildings that contribute to excessive resource consumption, that generate waste, and that are expensive to operate. Sustainable principles that can improve the environmental performance of a project without forcing excessive costs on builders or developers have been marked with a white bar throughout the document. 1-6 I .A _ � c µ This document is organized as follows: OChapter 1 (Introduction) contains the purpose and goals of this document and sets the framework for the design review process. © Chapter 2 (Design Trends and Community Setting) reviews the latest and most influential trends in planning and design that promote efficient sustainable development practices and provide a foundation for the design principles and guidelines contained in this document. © Chapter 3 (Community Character) identifies the architectural details that define the architectural character prescribed for each one of the four communities of the City. Multifamily and mixed -use development must be consistent with the style, material and color guidelines outlined in this Chapter and must comply with the objective standards set forth in Chapter 5. O Chapter 4 (Single -Family Residential) depicts the specific site planning and design and building design guidelines that pertain to single- family neighborhood development. The focus here is the creation of a neighborhood that offers public spaces, lush landscaping and a close- knit neighborhood feel, rather than a sterile housing tract lacking variety and personality. © Chapter 5 (Multi -Family Residential and Mixed -Use) this chapter, unlike any of the other chapters, contains both design guidelines and objective design standards for multi -family residential and mixed -use commercial developments. Objective Design Standards are required bythe State of California and are defined by California Government Code, Section 65913.4; objective design standards are required to be clear and measurable. These are complimented by the design guidelines which promote community character and design continuity. The design guidelines maintain neighborhood character and scale while providing design direction and promoting quality design. All new multifamily and mixed - use projects in the City must comply with the objective standards set forth in Chapter 5 and must be consistent with the style, material and color guidelines outlined in Chapter 3. OChapter6(Commercial) includes design guidelinesforcommercial development to ensure commercial components such as on -site parking, loading and service areas, trash enclosures, lighting, and signage are properly designed. Special design considerations are also addressed. OChapter 7 (Industrial & Business Park) includes design guidelines for industrial development. If not designed properly, industrial facilities can diminish the visual quality of the surrounding areas and can become undesirable land uses. These guidelines address visual and functional aspects of industrial and business park developments and provide guidance to reduce environmental impacts. S. RELATIONSHIPTO OTHER PLANNING DOCUMENTS A. Consistency with the Unified Development Code and General Plan: This document is a tool for the implementation of the City of Santa Clarita's Unified Development Code (UDC) and the General Plan. While the guidelines contained herein are not standards intended to supersede the requirements of the UDC, the guidelines should be considered "recommended practices" that both the Planning Commission and Planning Division consider important to the design of projects within the City. B. Santa Clarita Beautification Master Plan: The Community Character and Design Guidelines work hand in hand with the Santa Clarita Beautification Master Plan. The Beautification Master Plan focuses on improvements within the public rights -of -way. These improvements include streetscape and landscape enhancements, fencing, gateways, monuments, and signage both on a regional and community scale. The Design Guidelines focus on private property improvements outside the public rights -of -way. Both documents contain design guidelines that help guide improvements and aid the City of Santa Clarita in accomplishing their long-term goal of city-wide beautification. The documents strive to maintain the identity of the individual communities, while at the same time unifying the City of Santa Clarita. 1-8 CINEMA DR -� + AUTO CENTER CT `i C. Old Town Newhall Specific Plan (Adopted 2005, Updated 2022): The qua Iityand character of the architecture depicted in this Community Character and Design Guidelines document guides development throughout the entire City, which includes the community of Newhall. The Old Town Newhall Specific Plan, adopted in December of 2005, contains specific standards and guidelines for development within the 271-acre downtown area. The Old Town Newhall Specific Plan depicts specific zones and a variety of architectural types. The building form is further defined by a set of development standards. Therefore, the Old Town Newhall Specific Plan takes the architectural theme and character defined in this document a step further to fit the specific requirements in each of the zones in the downtown area as defined by that document. D. 2026 Update to 2009 Community Character and Design &, Guidelines: Thisversionofthe CommunityCharacterand Design Guidelines document modernized the original document adopted in 2009 with updated imagery, graphics, and text. Specific updates to individual chapters include: • Chapter 1 - Introduction had moderate changes made to the text to explain the updated processes in relation to the newly added objective standards. • Chapter 2 - Design Trends and Urban Form had select imagery updated but otherwise remains unchanged. • Chapter 3 - Community Character was revised to provide better visual examples of desired community character. • Chapter 4 - Single Family Residential Design Guidelines had select imagery updated but otherwise remains unchanged. • Chapter 5 - Multi -Family and Mixed -Use Residential Objective Design Standards and Design Guidelines have been revised and reorganized. Multi -family and mixed -use content have been combined into Chapter 5, accompanied by newly developed objective design standards and graphics. • Chapter 6 - Commercial Design Guidelines had select imagery updated but otherwise remains unchanged. • Chapter 7 - Industrial and Business Park Design Guidelines had select imagery updated but otherwise remains unchanged. AN 6. APPLICATION PROCESS All applications for development reviews, minor use permits, variances, conditional use permits, tentative tract maps, grading permits, or other entitlements that include physical alteration or construction, shall be reviewed to ensure consistency with these guidelines. The Director of Community >: Development and/or the Planning Commission or City Council will decide if a proposed project is consistent with the overall intent of this document. Mal The adjacent diagram depicts the application and approval process. 1-10 �-- A. Initial Meeting The purpose of the initial meeting is to advise the project applicant of applicable design guidelines (such as this document), design review r policies, and other specific design criteria that may affect the project's design. During the initial meeting,the Citywill provide the applicant with all of the application information, including the following: 1. Entitlement application. 2. Application requirement checklists for all necessary entitlements. 3. Copies of the relevant sections of the Community Character and Design Guidelines document. 4. Design questionnaire — to help the developer demonstrate that the guidelines set forth in this document have been reviewed and incorporated into the project design. 5. Environmental questionnaire - to determine the environmental - - impacts of the project. B. One Stop In many instances, an applicant may want to obtain more detailed information regarding the feasibility of a potential development without committing the required application fees. In order to provide preliminary comments without the financial commitment required by a formal application submittal, the City has developed a preliminary One Stop review process. The One Stop process described below is encouraged as an initial review of a project to ensure all the required components of a development package are provided by the applicant before continuing on with the formal review process. In order to ensure a proper review of a project during the One Stop process, the applicant should provide at minimum the following material: 1. Conceptual Site Plan. 2. Elevations (color with material cal louts). 3. Conceptual Floor Plan. 4. Aerial Photograph of the Site (depicting the project site and surrounding uses). 5. Photographs (of the project site and surrounding uses). 1-12 0 W wYYIWWY.i±R ryr.. �'' '; WY�i YR�lY1 �wYY-w ♦ E's. w rYY �-xie§ts +�I�%' °s-wit Ya :y"Iw iW WYW WYW �YWYW I` YrY®i In addition to the materials previously listed, the applicant should also demonstrate how the proposed project will relate to the surrounding environment and how the landscape design is to be incorporated as an integral part of the project. An analysis of the existing site conditions should include a review of a site's physical properties, amenities, special issues, and neighboring environment. Specific design considerations that should be examined include the following: 1. Existing Conditions Analysis a. Basic Site Data: Boundaries and dimensions; location of adjacent ' streets, sidewalks, and rights -of -way; location of setback lines and _ - = easements; existing structures and built improvements. b. Existing Natural Features: Location, size, and species of mature trees; topography; patterns of surface drainage; and other - important natural features that are either amenities or potential hazards in development. c. Neighboring Environment: Analysis of the site and project impacts; land use, the site design, form, character, age and important site details on neighboring properties. d. Locale: Available services and facilities including local parks, shopping centers, bus stops, bike lanes, and parking. I - 1 3 C. Site Design Objectives 1. Develop compatible relationships among the topography, building placement, and existing open spaces. 2. Provide a transition from existing to new development by careful placement and massing of buildings, well -designed and strategically located landscaping, and other appropriate methods. 3. A conceptual landscape plan, prepared by a licensed landscape architect, should be submitted with the One Stop pre -application package to demonstrate that the site plan includes plantings that are effectively integrated with the surrounding topography, site design, and architectural design of the project. The conceptual plan should have a preliminary plant list with plant genuses, species, and common names. Plantings should be complementary to the characteristics of the project's surrounding area and suitable for the environmental conditions of Santa Clarita. D. Application Submittal Upon submittal of a One Stop application, the various City departments that are part of the Development Review Committee provide preliminary comments regarding the submittal requirements and comments regarding the potential development. If the developer decides to formally submit a project after going through the One Stop process, the applicant will receive a credit for the cost of the One Stop toward the required processing fees. 1-14 Following the initial meeting or One Stop, plans are produced and submitted as part of the application process to the City. Specific submittal requirements vary by project type and should be obtained from the City during the Initial Meeting. All applicants must complete a Design Questionnaire as part of the formal submittal. In addition to the required application materials, developers are encouraged to provide before and after photo simulations and renderings in order to demonstrate that the design of the project meets the requirements of these guidelines. Design review is implemented by City staff and the City's architectural consultant. Depending upon the level of permit, a project may be approved by staff, the Planning Commission, the Redevelopment Agency, or the City Council. If a public hearing is necessary, the project goes to the Planning Commission and/or to City Council for approval. E. Design Questionnaire In an effort to ensure that projects conform to adopted design and architectural guidelines, the City has created a form that will be used in the development review process. The applicant is required to fill out this form completely and submit it as part of the application process. Refer to the City's website for the Design Questionnaire Form. 1-15 — =t CHAPTER 3 COMMUNITY CHARACTER INTRODUCTION The City of Santa Clarita is the third largest city in Los Angeles County and encompasses approximately 73 square miles. The City contains four main communities: Canyon Country, Newhall, Saugus, and Valencia, as well as several smaller communities such as Sand Canyon and Placerita Canyon. Each one of these individual communities has its own identity and character. While it is important { to create a "citywide" identity, it is equally important to preserve and enhance the individual community identities. Although specific architectural character exists within each community, it is important to recognize that quality design satisfies — basic guiding design principles regardless of the building's architectural style. For example, mechanical equipment should be screened, buildings should be r . - well proportioned, and massing should be modulated regardless of whether the �+ architectural style is Mission Revival or Victorian. Thus, general design guidelines y. 4` have been provided in Chapter 4 - Chapter 7 to guide design, while this chapter supplements the other chapters by providing direction for architectural style and character for projects within each community. In addition to the guidelines provided here special standards are located in the UDC for Sand Can p � on and p Y Placerita Canyon. In contrast to the other chapters, Chapter 5 provides both objective standards and design guidelines for multifamily and mixed -use development. Unlike the _ ' „�rq x design guidelines in Chapters 4 - 7, the objective standards in Chapter 5 are mandatory rather than advisory. All new multifamily and mixed -use projects in the City must comply with the objective standards set forth in Chapter 5 and must be consistent with the style, material and color guidelines outlined in Chapter 3. 3- This chapter focuses primarily on Canyon Country, Newhall, Saugus, and Valencia and integrates input obtained from the public by participating in a m Visual Preference Survey, stakeholder interviews, and several public workshops conducted during the Santa Clarita Beautification Master Plan process. Recommendations from the Citywide Design Committee, the City's General ` a, Plan, and the existing Santa Clarita Architectural Design Guidelines have also been incorporated. This chapter contains maps defining community boundaries►f. as well as examples of building styles and desired materials specific to each community. Excerpts from the Community Design Element and Land Use Element of I SK the General Plan have been included to describe past and present design characteristics and architectural styles for each community. It is the intent of the Community Design Element and this document to provide design flexibility for urban design and architectural concepts in order to avoid architectural monotony and lack of design innovation. WO IF 3-2 I. CANYON COUNTRY A.Community Identity Canyon Country has the largest population of any community in the City and comprises the eastern portion of the City. It contains a wide range of housing types, including large -lot single-family custom homes, single-family tract homes, multi -family development, and mobile home parks. Commercial and manufacturing activities have historically been concentrated along both sides of Soledad Canyon Road and along the northern portion of Sierra Highway. However, recent development has been focused in close proximity to Golden Valley Road, the eastern section of the City's Cross Valley Connector. The Canyon Country area is home to the Centre Pointe Business Park, which includes a large retail development and the City's Sports Complex and an industrial hub in the Honby area. The College of the Canyons has developed a second campus on the northern section of Sierra Highway to serve the continued growth of the Canyon Country area. The landscape and terrain in this area is arid and rugged. The architectural style tends to reflect the rural character and desert atmosphere. The commercial and industrial developments incorporate a wide variety of architectural styles and uses. For example, along one section of Soledad Canyon Road there is an existing older mobile home park with a high density Cape Cod style condominium complex located directly to the south. Other new development includes medium-sized California ranch style homes, Santa Fe and Mediterranean style houses,and Contemporary styled townhomes, multifamily buildings, and commercial shopping center. Homes along the northern section of Sierra Highway are generally rural and of very low density. Many of the homes are on custom lots with a variety of architectural styles; however, near the Sierra Highway and Soledad Canyon intersection are multi -family developments. Mediterranean and contemporary architectural styles are present. Some development has also encroached onto the hillsides and ridgelines. The Santa Clara River is a prevalent feature in Canyon Countryas it parallels large reaches of Soledad Canyon Road. The riverbed provides natural open space and presents a major opportunity for enhancement of the area and the abi lity to create a greenbelt connecting the community with other areas of the Valley. The Sand Canyon Special Standards District, a sub -community of Canyon Country, is located in the southeastern part of Canyon Country and is comprised of predominantly low -density single-family residential and equestrian uses. The area is rural with extensive stands of oaks and is characterized by large, upscale single-family homes and lots. The community is accessible via Sand Canyon Road and Placerita Canyon Road and is bordered on the south and east by the Angeles National Forest. 3-4 13 4-tv ., ;. -VA FE, I r4l, PIP *' f Canyon Country is a place full of community pride and rural character. Surrounded by a series of mountains and canyons that also penetrate the community, the location contributes to community members' appreciation for the natural environment. In addition to natural sensitivity, Canyon Country is a community that encourages economic and cultural diversity. The following characteristics were used to describe Canyon Country during a public workshop. • Family -oriented • Rural • Rustic • Equestrian • Country • Mountainous • River trails • Outdoor -oriented • Natural • Best kept secret • Small town feel • Community involvement • Friendly 3- B. Architectural Character & Specific Community Needs The desired architectural character for Canyon Country is a rustic, natural, and timeless style. Heavy timber and river rock or natural stone are materials that are strongly encouraged within the community. Residents would like to see projects that incorporate water features, trellises, special paving, and plaza spaces. C. Exterior Building Materials These guidelines are intended to complement the general guidelines provided in Chapter 4 -Chapter 7. The basic recommendations for color and material selection in the subsequent chapters must be reviewed in conjunction with this section when building in Canyon Country. The following listings of appropriate and inappropriate materials were developed for the Canyon Country community. The materials listed as "appropriate" have generally stood the test of time as having desirable aesthetic qualities, while the materials listed as "inappropriate" have failed to withstand the test of time. Certain materials have been omitted because the success or failure of these materials has traditionally had more to do with the overall design than the materials selected. These listings of materials are intended to provide general guidance and are not intended to be exhaustive; designers should not feel that they must limit their material palette to the following selections. New materials and refined fabrication methods are continually being introduced and Santa Clarita encourages designers to take advantage of these innovations. 3-6 SPRUUT'S - _ r t 18410 T i 1. Appropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: a. Native stone veneer. b. Cement plaster stucco. c. Smooth and hand -troweled stucco. d. Tile. e. Rough, split -face masonry. f. Wood siding (vertical rough sawn board and batten siding and/or ` horizontal rough sawn lap siding) or wood shingles. g. Cement/fiber siding (6-inch, 8-inch, or 12-inch horizontal siding). ih. Brick. 2. Inappropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: a. Simulated materials such as cement brick. p b. T-111 siding (4-foot by 8-foot plywood with vertical grooves at 8-inch to 12-inch increments). c. Metal siding. d. Slump stone. e. Precision block. f. Highly polished materials. g. Spray on "Spanish lace" or knock down stucco. h. Mirror glass and heavily tinted glass. i. Corrugated fiberglass. 3-7 3. Appropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: a. Accent tile. b. Stucco corbels, lintels, and sills. c. Timber lintels, sills, corbels, and trusses. d. Heavy wood beams. e. f. Exposed timber rafter tails. Clay >- IW � I'' ❑ tile vents. M g. Wood vents. h. Recessed niches. i. Arches. j. Colonnades. -' k. Deep overhangs. I. Wrought iron. m. Wood trellises/shading devices. n. Decorative knee bracing. o. Wood casement or fixed windows (multi-lite). »i1 p. Wood doors with wood trim. 4. Inappropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited_ to: a. Chrome. b. Plastic. c. Aluminum windows. d. Highly polished materials. 3-8 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES Chapter 3 Community Character March 24, 2009 Revised: June 29, 2026 1.b Packet Pg. 44 D. Colors The following guidelines are intended to promote well -coordinated color palettes that integrate with the other exterior features of a building. 1. Light, subtle earth tones such as tan, beige, sand, and cream, used in conjunction with bold, rich complementary accents, are appropriate color choices for Canyon Country. 2. Simple color schemes involving a maximum of three colors are rec- ommended. 3. Bright colored and stark white walls are discouraged. 4. Certain materials, such as stone and brick, have distinct coloring in their natural state and should be thought of as an element of the color palette used. These materials should not be painted. 5. Brighter colors should be used as accents. 3-10 Noon ._ ON ON lN um on t a y r PA N DA E X P R E S S 1� E. Design Considerations Many existing shopping centers within the community are in need of renovation. Facade and character upgrades can make a dramatic difference in the attractiveness and desirability of a retail property. Simple cosmetic changes such as painting, incorporating appropriate signage and lighting, and installing shading devices can significantly improve the appearance of a building. The removal of unsafe and unsightly building components, such as deteriorated stucco and other materials, will also greatly enhance the aesthetics of the entire community. 71, ilk oulu u� 'a i r WnzM 19, eyp t 2. NEWHALL A.Community Identity Newhall was the earliest permanent settlement in the Valley, established in 1876 in conjunction with the construction of the Southern Pacific Railroad. This area was a typical western town of oil, mining, and railroad workers. Many residents were first attracted to Newhall because of its rural environment and open space. Early rural ranch style homes built on large lots located south of Lyons Avenue reflect the community's sporadic and independent growth. The architecture of the Newhall homes reflects a diversity of architectural styles. The newer homes, on smaller lots, reflect popular design styles from the 1950s to the present. Much of the early commercial development in the downtown Newhall area occupies single -story older buildings and serves neighborhoods along Newhall Avenue. Commercial development along Lyons Avenue, with some exceptions, follows the common style of the 1960s, 1970s, and 1980s and includes numerous small and mid -sized wood and stucco strip centers. Recent attempts have been made to improve the aesthetics of the commercial area by building community shopping centers that incorporate historic elements of the area. Examples of building styles include Spanish buildings with terra cotta tile roofs, a Victorian -style shopping center, and western -theme buildings. 3-12 Along the southern end of Newhall Avenue are several small, one-story, older neighborhood commercial uses. Further to the north, along Newhall Avenue =11 adjoining the railroad tracks, are older industrial developments. Many of the industrial and commercial land uses along this strip of road are surrounded by vacant lots. rNewhall has developed very much on its own, without regard to any particular architectural style, street development standards, or consistent streetscapes. Large stands of oak trees are scattered throughout the community. Prior to the completion of the interstate system, Newhall Avenue, formerly known as San Fernando Road, was a principal link in the historic circulation system between the San Joaquin Valley and the Los Angeles Basin. The roadway still Lo� serves as one of the key traffic arteries within the City. =: The Old Town Newhall Specific Plan, adopted in December of 2005 and _ revised in May of 2022, sets design parameters for sub -areas throughout the downtown area that complement the following Newhall -wide design guidelines. The Old Town Newhall Specific Plan document goes into greater detail by identifying specific forms and details that fit the architectural types that are prescribed for the downtown area. The quality of architecture, however, must meet the directives of this Community Character and Design Guidelines document. 3- Placerita Canyon Special Standards District, a subcommunity of Newhall, is a rural and oak -studded residential area northeast of downtown Newhall. Equestrian -oriented residential areas placed among oak woodlands typify most of the development in the area. A substantial amount of new home construction has occurred in recent years. Historically, the area contained scattered ranches, some of which remain today. Newer homes include Tudor, Ranch, French Country, Victorian, and other styles on larger lots of one-half acre or greater. Oil fields are located in the eastern portion of the canyon, west of SR-14. East of the freeway, Placerita Canyon Special Standards District is predominantly undeveloped, with much of the land as part of the Angeles National Forest. The Placerita Canyon Special Standards District is also home to the Master's University and Melody Ranch Motion Picture Studio. Newhall is a community rich in history. Evolving from an Indian trading center to an important destination in the quests for gold and then oil, it soon became a railroad flag stop of general stores, saloons, and churches. As the film industry grew, Newhall became the home of early western silent screen movies. 3-14 y 40r- IR i y t4i ` - These strong roots are still very important to the residents of Newhall. The passion for history and love of the old film stars help to identify the essence of Newhall. The following characteristics were used to describe Newhall during public workshops. • Western movies • William S. Hart 1 • Passion for history • Cowboys • Melody Ranch — filming • Rich cultural heritage • Oak of the Golden Dream A • Oil fields (Mentryville) • Community involvement tr 3-15 B. Old Town Newhall The Old Town Newhall Specific Plan regulates the downtown area and establishes a direction for architectural styles and character in the area. Any project within the Old Town Newhall Specific Plan area will be required to comply with the Old Town Newhall Specific Plan in -lieu of these guidelines. C.Architectural Character & Specific Community Needs Newhall's downtown core possesses a historic feel consisting primarily of Victorian, Western, and Mission Revival architecture. Outside of the downtown core the architecture takes on a variety of styles, but the historicflavor influences new development. Residentsfeel that outside of the district, quality materials and good site and building design are more important than theme architecture. Developers should be encouraged to capture the essence of Newhall without being tied to a specific architectural style. 3- 1 6 CHAPTER 2: FORM AND CHARACTER 2 41 5 ._:2 - 0 - bJ.D D. Exterior Building Materials These guidelines are intended to complement the general guidelines provided in Chapter 4 - Chapter 7. The basic recommendations for color and material selection in the subsequent chapters must be reviewed in conjunction with this section when building in Newhall. The following listings of appropriate and inappropriate materials were developed for the Newhall community. The materials listed as "appropriate" have generally stood the test of time as having desirable aesthetic qualities, while those listed as "inappropriate" have failed to withstand the test of time. Certain materials have been omitted because the success or failure of these materials has traditionally had more to do with the overall design, rather than the materials selected. These listings are intended to provide general guidance and are not intended to be exhaustive; designers should not feel that they must limit their material palette to the following selections. New materials and refined fabrication methods are continually being introduced, and Santa Clarita encourages designers to take advantage of these innovations. bA t* -17 1. Appropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: a. Native stone veneer. b. Cement plaster stucco. c. Smooth and hand -troweled stucco. d. Tile. e. Horizontal siding of wood or fiber cement board (6-inch, 8-inch, or 12-inch exposures). f. Cement/fiber siding (6-inch, 8-inch, 12-inch horizontal siding). 2. Inappropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: a. T-111 siding (4-foot by 8-foot plywood with vertical grooves at 8-inch to 12-inch increments). b. Highly polished materials. c. Mirror glass and heavily tinted glass. d. Corrugated metal/fiberglass panels. e. Metal siding. f. Spray -on or knock -down stucco. g. Exposed steel framing. 3-18 11 R1 ■ 3. Appropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: a. Accent tile. b. Stucco corbels, lintels, sills. c. Timber lintels, sills, corbels. d. Clay tile vents. e. Wood vents. f. Recessed niches. g. Arches. h. Colonnades. i. Wrought iron. j. Canvas awnings, wood porches, and balconies/shading devices. 4. Inappropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: a. Plastic. b. Chrome. c. Aluminum windows. d. Highly polished materials. 3-19 5. Appropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: a. Clay tiles. b. Cement tiles. c. Dimensional asphalt/composite shingles. d. Metal roofing. e. "Cool roof"built-up roofing. f. Traditional tapered barrel tiles. +i+r 6. Inappropriate roofing materials and colors include, but are not limited _ to: a. Maxitile (simulated clay or concrete roofing tiles). b. Corrugated metal/fiberglass panels. c. Bright or dark -colored roofing. i d. S-tiles.;. 3-20 11 E. Colors The following guidelines are intended to promote well -coordinated color palettes that integrate with the other exterior features of a building. 1. Given the Victorian architectural influence, a broader spectrum of colors is desirable in Newhall. 2. Muted shades of virtually any color is appropriate. 3. Certain materials, such as stone and brick, have distinct coloring in their natural state and should be thought of as an element of the color palette used. These materials should not be painted. 4. Brighter colors should be used as accents. F. Design Considerations Although a variation in architectural style is encouraged throughout the community, San Fernando Road warrants special consideration. The Santa Clarita Beautification Master Plan identifies it as a primary corridor within the community and, consequently, projects should be designed to prominently address the street edge. Projects should incorporate a landscaped parkway and, where possible, a split rail fence. Buildings should be placed at the street edge with parking located behind. -2 3. SAUGUS A.Community Identity Established in 1887, Saugus is named for the Massachusetts birthplace of founder Henry Mayo Newhall and owes its existence to the Southern Pacific Railroad. Similar to Newhall in its early development, Saugus began as a rural community with large residential lots and open spaces. The residential areas of Saugus are located in Seco Canyon and Bouquet Canyon, with townhouses located on the heights above the junction of the two canyons. Much of the development in Saugus has moved into the canyon and hill areas in a series of suburban tracts. Many of the older homes are California ranch style. Strip commercial centers, prevalent in Saugus along Soledad Canyon Road and Bouquet Canyon Road, consist primarily of stucco, wood, and Spanish styles with terra cotta tile roofs. The natural areas remaining in the center of the City known as the Whittaker-Bermite property present a major opportunity for enhancement of the area and the ability to create a greenbelt connecting the communitywith other areas of theValley.The northern part of Saugus is hilly, the streets are tree -lined, and much of this area is covered with natural vegetation. The Saugus area is home to Central Park, the City's largest park and outdoor recreation facility, which includes numerous multi -purpose fields and amenities. 3-22 Residents of Saugus think of themselves as family -oriented, rural community. They value the surrounding canyons, the abundance of cottonwoods, and the rustic and ranch character of the community. Local residences used the following characteristics to describe Saugus during a public workshop. • Old mining community • Ranching community • Community of homes • Family -oriented • Hillside community • Open space • Canyons • Middle of the valley • Small business • Cottonwoods • Natural wildlife • Gateway to natural forest • Large lots • Rustic • Home to the road runner • Sycamore and oak trees • Soft natural green look rather than clipped manicured look -23 B. Architectural Character & Specific Community Needs Saugus is one of the oldest communities within the City and for the most part is completely built -out. For this reason, the majority of the future projects within this communitywill be commercial building and shopping center rehabilitation. Members of the Saugus community have expressed a desire to see the existing stark white commercial architecture that lacks detail and overhangs updated in order to create aesthetically pleasing and well designed shopping areas. Renovation and/or expansion raises property values, reinforces or improves the character of the community, and inspires other property owners and designers to make improvements to their properties, which in turn enhances the entire community. 3-24 C. Exterior Building Materials These guidelines are intended to complement the general guidelines provided in Chapter 4 - Chapter 7. The basic recommendations for color and material selection in the subsequent chapters must be reviewed in conjunction with this section when building in Saugus. The following listings of appropriate and inappropriate materials were developed for the Saugus community. The materials listed as "appropriate" have generally stood the test of time as having desirable aesthetic qualities, while those listed as "inappropriate" have failed to withstand the test of time. Certain materials have been omitted because success or failure of these materials has traditionally had more to do with the overall design than the materials selected. These listings are intended to provide general guidance, and are not intended to be exhaustive; designers should not feel that they must limit their material palette to the following selections. New materials and refined fabrication methods are continually being introduced, and Santa Clarita encourages designers to take advantage of these innovations. -2 1. Appropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: a. Natural stone veneer. b. Float finished stucco. c. Tile. d. Flash fired brick. e. Precast concrete. f. Concrete. g. Wood shingles/shakes. h. Smooth sand finished hand troweled stucco. i. Hand troweled plaster surfaces. 2. Inappropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: a. Simulated materials such as cement brick. b. T-111 siding (4-foot by 8-foot plywood with vertical grooves at 8-inch to 12-inch increments). c. Metal siding. d. Slump stone. e. Precision block. f. Highly polished materials. g. Spray on "Spanish lace" or knock down stucco. h. Mirror glass and heavily tinted glass. i. Corrugated fiberglass. 3-26 AV rid 3. Appropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: a. Ornamental tile for accent. b. Build up stucco relief. c. Prefabricated molding forms. d. Inlaid tile. e. Painted wainscoting. f. Natural stone. g. Wrought iron. h. Clay tile vents. i. Wood attic vents. j. Timber lintels. k. Recessed niches. 4. Inappropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: a. Plastic. b. Chrome. c. Aluminum windows. d. Highly polished materials. -27 5. Appropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: a. Clay tiles. b. Concrete roof tiles. c. Dimensional asphalt/composite shingles. d. Traditional tapered barrel tiles. 6. Inappropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: a. Simulated clay or concrete roofing tiles. b. Wood shingles/shakes. c. Built-up flat roofing. d. Fiber cement units that imitate slate, wood shakes, or mission tile. e. S-tiles. 3-28 XL _", -) 4 D. Colors The following guidelines are intended to promote well -coordinated color palettes that integrate with the other exterior features of a building. 1. Light, subtle, earth tones such as tan, beige, sand, and cream, used in conjunction with bold, rich complementary accents, are appropri- ate color choices for Saugus. 2. Simple color schemes involving a maximum of three colors are rec- ommended. 3. Certain materials, such as stone and brick, have distinct coloring in their natural state and should be thought of as an element of the color palette used. These materials should not be painted. 4. Dark blue and brightly colored roofing is expressly discouraged, as are vibrantly colored and stark white walls. E. Design Considerations Existing parking lots lack shade trees, landscaping, and pedestrian amenities. Community members feel that the addition of these site features would improve the shopping experience and encourage shoppers to stay within the community to make their purchases. -2 4. VALENCIA A.Community Identity The community of Valencia is part of the original 37,500 acre Newhall Ranch. Named after a city in Spain, Valencia was dedicated in 1965 and developed as a planned community. Residential, commercial, and industrial developments form the basic community structure and are supported byadditional shopping centers, recreational facilities, schools, colleges, a hospital, golf courses, professional offices, and other support services that are connected by a system of walkways called "paseos". The community is home to the local Los Angeles County Civic Center, College of the Canyons, and California Institute of the Arts. 3-30 The southern section of Valencia was first developed in the late 1960s and reflects the architectural style of that period. These neighborhoods include the areas along Orchard Village Road, Wiley Canyon Road, and McBean Parkway, which feature relatively homogeneous suburban tract housing. The homes are on medium-sized landscaped lots. The streets were designed and planned for residential uses and landscaped to create a community atmosphere. Recent residential development has occurred in the hilly section of Valencia north of Newhall Ranch Road. These homes reflect several different modern architectural styles. The neighborhoods are planned with paseos, parks, and other amenities. - e r 4L I Ir, A� f • 1 r� ri s'n Commercial uses in Valencia were planned and located in centers such as the regional mall,Town Center Drive, auto row, and smaller neighborhood � y centers. These centers incorporate a Spanish and Mediterranean architectural style. �e w: Industrial land use in the area is located in a business and industrial center in the northern section of the area near Rye Canyon Road. The area contains wide streets with generous landscaped setbacks and one to three-story buildings. Although it is probably the most urban community in Santa Clarita, ¢' g p Y Y J, tr. Valencia still has a touch of rural character. It is the combination of lush landscaping, urban architecture, and sophistication in a suburban setting that defines Valencia's character. The following characteristics were used to describe Valencia during a public workshop. • Family w. • High quality of life • Cleanliness ^ i* • Paseo system • Safe and secure • Lush landscaping •r • Pedestrian friendly 7 140 - I� m 1, • Well lit • Tight knit community s • Stability of real estate values , e: n • Community pride- • Pristine marketing corridor 3-32 --- �` B.Architectural Character & Specific Community Needs Much of the desired architectural character for Valencia is established by the currently existing buildings. The mixture of bright colors, -.� - natural materials, and contemporary design create a favorable array of architectural stylewithin the community.The area with the most potential r, --massg • ,, for new development is the industrial center. Architects are encouraged to provide innovative designs with unique forms and articulation on all sides of the building. Careful planning for employee break areas and outdoor seating is also a concern. These spaces should be designed, not just created within left over areas, and should include special paving and furnishings. Arl ' C. Exterior Building Materials These guidelines are intended to complement the general guidelines provided in Chapter 4 - Chapter 7. The basic recommendations for color m_ and material selection in the subsequent chapters must be reviewed in conjunction with this section when building in Valencia. The following listings of appropriate and inappropriate materials were developed for the Valencia community. The materials listed as "appropriate" have generally stood the test of time as having desirable aesthetic qualities, while the materials listed as "inappropriate" have — failed to withstand the test of time. Certain materials have been omitted because the success or failure of these materials has traditionally had more to do with the overall design than the materials selected. ~' These listings are intended to provide general guidance, and are not intended to be exhaustive; designers should not feel that they must limit - — their material palette to the following selections. New materials and .- refined fabrication methods are continually being introduced, and Santa Clarita encourages designers to take advantage of these innovations. 3-33 1. Appropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: a. Native stone veneer. b. Cement plaster stucco. c. Smooth and hand -troweled stucco. d. Tile. e. Wood siding/shingles. f. Cement/fiber siding (6-inch, 8-inch, or 12-inch horizontal siding). 2. Inappropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: a. T-111 siding (4-foot by 8-foot plywood with vertical grooves at 8-inch to 12-inch increments). b. Highly polished materials. c. Mirror or heavily tinted glazing. d. Corrugated metal/fiberglass panels. e. Metal siding. f. Spray -on or knock -down stucco. g. Exposed steel framing. 3-34 t, w r ILI 3. Appropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: a. Accent tile. b. Stucco corbels, lintels, sills. "D c. Timber lintels, sills, corbels. Y. .nn � d. Clay the vents. i i 1N e. Wood vents. n i f. Recessed niches. � u g. Arches. h. Colonnades. r i. Wrought iron. J. Wood trellises/shading devices. v 4. Inappropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: a. Plastic. b. Chrome. c. Aluminum windows. d. Highly polished materials. -3 5. Appropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: a. Clay tiles. Ix� b. Cement tiles. - c. Dimensional asphalt/ composite shingles. d. Metal roofing. e. "Cool roof"built-up roofing. . f. Traditional tapered barrel tiles. 6. Inappropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: Ni a. Simulated clay or concrete roofing tiles. _ b. Wood shingles/shakes. T "' c. Corrugated metal/fiberglass panels. -' d. S-tiles. IL C=` 3-36 D. Colors The following guidelines are intended to promote well -coordinated color palettes that integrate with the other exterior features of a building. a 1. Bold, rich colors such as rust, ocher, and olive greens are appropriate in Valencia. 2. Simple color schemes involving a maximum of three colors are rec- `+� ommended. • 3. Stark white walls are discouraged unless used where authentically ' - appropriate, such as on a Mission style building. 4. Certain materials, such as stone and brick, have distinct coloring in their natural state and should be thought of as an element of the color palette used. These materials should not be painted. E. Design Considerations Valencia has become a community that supports progressive thinking and creativity through the built form. In addition to showcasing successful f a contemporary architecture, Valencia has become a street -side gallery for ps public art. To continue the infusion of art throughout the community, each project should consider what is appropriate to their location and scale and design an integrated place to exhibit public artwork. The public art for each project, regardless of size or visual impact, will, in time, Y +,5 significantly contribute to the richness of Valencia. 1, 3- CHAPTER 5 MULTIFAMILY RESIDENTIAL & MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS & GUIDELINES INTRODUCTION Multifamily developments are higher density residential buildings such as apartments, condominiums, and townhomes. Similarly, mixed -use developments i��I� combine two or more different uses, such as residential, commercial, or office, within a single building or connected series of buildings. These types of development are typically comprised of attached units with common facilities such as parking, open A� space, and recreation areas. This chapter provides general standards and guidelines for the design ofmulti-family and mixed -use development in all areas of the City.The standards are mandatory and written to be objective and measurable. In contrast, F the guidelines are not objective, and applicants are encouraged to incorporate applicable guidelines where feasible to achieve higher-qualityoutcomes.The design 11&� guidelines and objective standards apply to any addition, remodeling, relocation, or construction requiring a building permit within the City. Additionally, multifamily and mixed -use housing projects must also include community specific exterior building materials, colors and design considerations of Chapter 3. If a new project falls within either the Canyon Country, Newhall, Saugus, or Valencia neighborhood, the exterior building materials, colors, and design considerations of Chapter 3 must 1 be applied in addition to the standards and guidelines listed in this chapter. The '1t following text in Section 1 (Site Planning and Design), Section 2 (Building Design), and Section 3 (Utilitarian Aspects) of this chapter apply to all projects. Standards provided in Section 4 (Mixed Use) are strictly for mixed -use projects. The following y, = topics are addressed: 1. Site Planning and Design 2. Building Design 3. Utilitarian Aspects 4. Mixed Use MJ 5-1 PROCESS�E Applicants may opt -out of using one or more of the following objective design standards (ODS) via an Administrative Permit. In these instances, projects will proceed under the City's standard Architectural Design Review Permit process. In an opt -out scenario, the Applicant must: I • Applyfor an Administrative Permit for staff level review at no fee. Included <, T aiE._ N' in the application, the Applicant must state in writing their intent to not satisfy the City's ODS requirements; • Apply for an Architectural Design Review Permit. t sil g_ _k` y 4 ' 5-2 s.- J1,P �� 1. SITE PLANNING AND DESIGN �0 •`�` �� ��I A.Site Layout .`'. The primary project objective must be constructing a high -quality residential environment. Multifamily residential and mixed -use developments surrounded by high walls, parking lots, and rows of carports and/or garages along public streets should be avoided while pedestrian circulation, appropriate landscaping, and functional public and private common areas should be prioritized. Y 1. Objective Standards 7 a. Projects along Collector or Local streets as defined in the City of Santa Clarita General Plan and adjacent to pedestrian oriented development, must be located adjacent to the primary street. .. Parking lots must be located in the rear of the site, away from ' the primary street frontage. Where the lot configuration does not permit rear access due to the absence of a rear or side alley, easement, or secondary street providing vehicular access, vehicular access and parking lots must be located to the side '? of the primary structure, provided parking lots are set back a minimum of 10 feet from the primary street property line and adequately screened in alignment with Parking Lot Area Screening Objective Standards. b. Multifamily and mixed -use projects must not feature street facing building frontages that extend horizontally along a public sidewalk for more than 100 feet without incorporating at least one (1) of the following design methods in order to provide natural ventilation and usable outdoor space: i. Outdoor courtyards adjacent to the public right-of-way which provide ventilation and outdoor space. 5-3 ii. Arcades a minimum of six (6) feet deep. iii. Separation of buildings into two individual buildings with an incorporated courtyard/entrance providing access to internal uses such as residential dwellings, commercial uses, or private open space areas. 2. Design Guidelines a. The design of multifamily and mixed -use developments should consider compatibility with the surrounding neighborhood. b. Intensified landscaping, increased setbacks, and building orientation should be utilized as a means of providing adequate separation between such land uses. c. Multifamily and mixed -use structures should be clustered. Clustering creates plazas or pedestrian malls and prevents long "barrack -like" or continuous rows of structures. d. Natural amenities such as views, mature trees, creeks, riparian corridors, and similar features unique to the site should be preserved. e. Building placement should not limit solar access by shading adjacent rooftops. f. Orient buildings on an east/west axis to maximize the use of natural daylighting. g. Narrowfloor plan depths should be used to maximize daylight, exterior views, and natural ventilation. Use a courtyard atria to bring light and air into interior spaces. 5-4 s,. *4 �Zlt ILI B. Vehicular Access, Circulation and Parking Lot Areas Site plans should balance the need to provide adequate vehicular access with the need to eliminate unnecessary driveway entrances and should provide access points that are coordinated with other properties. 1. Objective Standards a. Projects requiring more than 100 parking spaces must break up parking areas into a series of smaller connected parking areas of no more than 75 parking spaces. b. Projects of over 20,000 square feet or more must include a primary vehicular access into the project incorporating at least two of the following accent features: i. Brick, pavers, colored, patterned, textured, and/or permeable paving treatments a minimum of 12 feet deep from back of sidewalk. ii. Landscaping on both sides of the project entry consisting of a minimum of two trees (minimum 24-inch box), four shrubs (minimum 5-gallon), and ground cover plantings, within a landscaped area a minimum of 10 feet wide by 10 feet deep. iii. Landscaped medians (minimum width of at least seven (7) feet. iv. Where permissible, architectural monument signs. v. Masonry or wrought iron walls or gates, a minimum of 36 inches in height. 2. Design Guidelines a. Project entry features should reflect the overall architectural identity or character of the development. b. Projects that include more than one vehicular drive access should feature at least one decorative entry drive. 5-5 C. Parking Lot Area Screening Screening should be provided at the edge of all parking areas. 1. Objective Standards a. A 36-inch to 42-inch tall berm, hedge, or masonry wall must be used to screen any parking at the street periphery. Breaks must be provided to allow pedestrian circulation at least every 100 feet or as required by the California Building Code. If the parking lot elevation is 36-inches or more below the adjacent street, then no berm, hedge, or masonry is required. b. Both sides of all perimeter walls or fences must include at least one (1) of the following treatments: i. Application of a cap or ledge at the top of the wall, projecting a minimum of two inches. ii. A pattern of reveals, recesses, or pilasters at intervals of no more than 15 feet. Long expanses of fence or wall surfaces must be offset a minimum of 18 inches at least every 50 feet. 2. Design Guidelines a. Where topography allows, parking lots could also be located above or below the adjacent street grade to effectively screen parking without the addition of substantial screen walls or landscaping. b. Landscaped buffer area provided between parking areas and public rights -of -way should not be included in the minimum five percent landscaping within the parking lot interior calculation required by the UDC.This buffer should be designed to provide stormwater retention through swales, sumps, etc. c. Transitioning between walls, berms, and landscape materials is highly recommended in locations where parking lot screening is required. d. Fences and walls placed adjacent to parking lot areas should 5-6 feature styles that are complementary to the primary structure. D. Pedestrian Access Adequate pedestrian circulation should be provided to all pedestrians for safe passage throughout the internal site. 1. Objective Standards a. Dedicated pedestrian access must be provided to each building primary entrance, vehicle parking area, private open space area, trash and recycling enclosure, and adjacent residential, recreational, and commercial uses. Such pedestrian access must include: i. A minimum of one (1) directional sign at each primary pedestrian decision point; ii. A change in paving material, paving color, or paving pattern from the adjacent vehicular circulation surface (e.g. use of brick, stamped concrete, or painted/striped surfaces where the vehicular surface is standard asphalt or broom -finished concrete). The on -site pedestrian circulation system must be directly connected to off -site public sidewalks.. b. Enhanced paving treatment, such as brick, textured/colored concrete, or asphalt, or clearly delineated crosswalks, such as painted or striped crosswalks, must be used where primary pedestrian paths cross vehicular drive aisles. 2. Design Guidelines =° a. Meandering paths are generally preferred over long straight path alignments. b. Paths made from permeable materials, such as decomposed granite, should be limited to private open space areas to create a more park -like setting and allow for stormwater percolation. c. Projects should provide internal and/or public pedestrian connections that are direct, convenient, and pleasant and that have appropriate amenities such as decorative paving treatments or benches. - 5.7 d. Pedestrian connections and/or plazas should be provided with adequate weather protection (awnings or canopies) and appropriate pedestrian amenities, such as street tree grates, outdoor seating, bus waiting areas, trash cans, mail boxes, sidewalk displays, public art. E. PavingTreatment Specialty paving should be provided adjacent to building entries or facades, in plazas and courtyards or seating areas, at intersections, at mid -block between buildings, and adjacent to parks. 1. Objective Standards a. Building entrances must be clearly indicated through the use of patterns and colors. At least one (1) of the following must be installed at each building entrance onsite: tile, brick, textured or colored concrete, in order to provide clear identification of access points into buildings. b. At least one (1) of the following permeable pavement materials must comprise a minimum of 50% of the hardscape materials used in common amenity spaces of multi -family and mixed use projects: i. Porous asphalt. ii. Paver blocks. iii. Lattice blocks. 2. Design Guidelines a. Reuse of materials such as brick and flagstone is encouraged where possible. b. Light colored paving should be incorporated near buildings to reduce the amount of heat radiating onto buildings and people. 5-8 i F W I F. Garages and Accessory Structures Garages, carports, and other accessory structures should be designed as integral parts of the development. 1. Objective Standards a. Garages must not be placed along the primary street unless the site lacks any alternative driveway access for residential parking. b. Garage doors must be recessed at least four (4) inches from the exterior wall. c. Detached garages and accessory structures must incorporate at least two of the same exterior cladding materials used on the primary structure (e.g., if the primary structure uses stucco and stone veneer, the detached garage must use stucco and stone veneer) and must use at least one (1) exterior color found on the primary structure. 2. Design Guidelines a. Garages should be located to have the least amount of visual impact on the street. b. When viewed from the street, garages should be subordinate to the main living area. Where possible, the garage should be recessed behind the dwelling unit and not located between the main living area and the street. c. Garages should be located along alleys and/or secondary streets when available. d. Flat roofs are discouraged on detached garages and accessory 0 structures. 5-9 G. Public Space, Common Amenities, Park Land and Trails Public or private common amenity space designated for onsite residents, as well as pedestrian connections to such spaces, should be provided to enhance the living environment and contribute to a walkable neighborhood character. 1. Objective Standards a. Pedestrian pathways must connect to any onsite private parks and any adjacent offsite or connecting jogging or hiking trails, bicycle pathways, equestrian trails, or parkways. In the event the site is adjacent to public parks or neighborhood parks included within the community -wide park system, pedestrian pathways must be provided to connect to adjacent public parks. b. Any common amenity space greater than 600 square feet dedicated to public and/or private use must contain shading provided through umbrellas, awnings, or trees and a trash and recycling receptacle, as well as incorporate at least two (2) of the following features: i. Outdoor seating with at least two (2) benches or tables. ii. Dog relief area with a dog waste station. iii. One (1) prominently located art feature. iv. One (1) children play structure or tot lot. v. Picnic area with at least two (2) tables and one (1) barbeque grill with shading provided. vi. Gardening area with at least four (4) beds or raised vegetable boxes. vii. One (1) improved outdoor game area such as bocce, shuffle board, or similar amenity. 5-10 WI N 2. Design Guidelines a. Private outdoor space should focus on areas that are usable to the residents and not remainder parcels with marginal utility. b. A transition area should be provided between new development and adjacent open space to preserve the rural feel of the Valley. c. A river -oriented recreational greenbelt and trails system should t be constructed along the Santa Clara River to tie together the communities of Santa Clarita. gig d. Bicycle and pedestrian pathways should access a project at — visually pleasing locations rather than service areas. u - e. Buildings, parking areas, and open space should be arranged to minimize the use of sound walls next to freeway, arterial, and/or collector streets. �$ f. Public spaces should be clearly recognizable as "public" (e.g., a plaza within view of a street or other public space) and publicly accessible (i.e., a pedestrian accessible), and the space should be able to be occupied by people (i.e., a person can stand or sit in the area). g. Public rooftop gardens, or viewing areas, should have street level h signage directing access. h. Where possible, larger public spaces should be located near the main pedestrian access to the development. A 5-11 H.Planting Design Plants should be used to define building entrances, parking lots, and the edges of various land uses. Plants should also be used to buffer and screen neighboring properties and to enhance the quality and functional aspects of landscaping. Consider safety, environmental impacts, and accent elements when selecting and locating landscaping features.. 1. Objective Standards a. Landscaping and irrigation must comply with applicable Landscaping and Irrigation Standards within SCMC Section 17.51.030. b. Landscaping must not obstruct solar access to adjacent solar collectors for water heating, space heating or cooling, or electricity generation. c. The ultimate width of a trees canopy must be located no closer than ten feet to street lights. d. Artificial or synthetic plants, except for turf, are prohibited. The use of artificial and synthetic turf may count towards required landscaping but may not exceed 50% of the required landscaping and is not permitted in front or street side setbacks. The installation of artificial and synthetic turf must meet the requirements of SCMC Section 17.51.030.C.3. e. Irrigation plans must be provided for all onsite plants. Irrigation systems must incorporate water efficient technologies such as drip emitters, sub -grade capillary action irrigation for turf areas, evapotranspiration controllers, and moisture sensors. The use of recycled water must be used for irrigation when available. 5-12 _wi a A r«� ngxxx i�xlp6dxnm^I; i MII"p§xlllll III!Iltfllll�x w,, nlwNm�+xu i = st f. Long-term soil stabilization must be considered when developing a landscape plan on sloped sites or projects with cut and fill slopes. See SCMC Section 17.51.020.C.4.a. Water runoff should be retained to reduce the risk of flooding. Stabilization must be achieved by methods such as planting native erosion control vegetation, including a mix of trees, shrubs, vines and/ or other ground covers with stabilizing mulch to naturalize the hillsides. i. Cut and fill slopes less than five feet in height must be planted to cover the slopes completely within six months of planting. ii. Cut and fill slopes exceeding five feet in vertical height must be planted in accordance of SCMC Section 17.51.030.C.2. g. Deciduous species, perennials, and grasses or grass -like plants must not be used for privacy screening. h. Dense, evergreen trees, shrubs, and/or vines must be used to screen the following areas from public view: trash and recycling enclosures, surface parking areas, storage areas, loading areas, public utility equipment, and mechanical equipment. Screening plantings must be of a species and size sufficient to achieve a minimum 80% visual opacity within three years of planting, as demonstrated on the approved landscape plan. i. All landscaping in areas designated as a very high fire hazard severity zone must be subject to the requirements of the Los Angeles County Fire Department. Additional landscape design requirements may be required by the Fire Department for any project that is located within a fire sensitive area. The applicant, architect, and/or landscape architect are encouraged to consult with the Fire Marshall for"Interface Zone" requirements. j. Trees and shrubs must be placed to not interfere with vehicular sight lines located at driveways, parking lot entrances, vehicular intersections, etc. 5 - 13 2. Design Guidelines a. Landscape areas should contain a mix of plant sizes and materials to ensure variety. b. 36-inch box trees or larger are strongly encouraged in front and side yard setback areas. c. At least one mature specimen tree (Le., 48-inch box or 60-inch box) should be prominently located at main focal areas and/or be visible from project frontages. d. The clustering of trees is encouraged and trees should be used to shade streets, sidewalks, and parking areas and create an intimate scale, enclosure spaces, and frame views. However, tree placement should respect the long-range views and solar access of surrounding neighbors and prevent damage to adjoining property. e. Seasonal shading from trees and shrubs on southern and western facades should be used when developing planting schemes for courtyards and streetscapes. Deciduous trees provide solar control during summer and winter while providing fall color, seasonal flower, and other desired effects. f. Accent planting should be used to emphasize primary building and site entries, key activity hubs, and main focal areas. In addition, the incorporation of decorative focal elements are encouraged to accentuate views (i.e. recirculating water elements and public art). g. Vines and potted plants should be used to provide wall, column, and post texture and color, as well as to accentuate entryways, courtyards, and sidewalks. 5-14 _�. eJ '� "�� _ �1� '•�������•' < ire � e t MOM i-4,1710�M MIA r h. Nuisance trees that drop flowers and fruit should not be located within the ultimate width of the canopy extending over pedestrian walkways, pools and play equipment areas, parking areas, public sidewalks. i. Lawn areas should be planted to serve a functional purpose and not be located in areas that are difficult to irrigate or maintain. Sod should be used for turf installation. Special permission should be obtained from the City to install lawns by seeding. j. Lineal root barriers should be installed at each tree trunk located within six feet of the curb or walk or building foundation and should not extend six feet to each side of the trunk of the tree. Root barriers on the curb side should be 24 inches deep and root barriers on the walkway side should be 18 inches deep. k. Plant materials should be primarily drought -tolerant and/or California native plant materials, and not include invasive plants listed by the California Invasive Plant Council, or other plants determined to be invasive by a qualified botanist or biologist. Drought tolerant turf or warm season turf should be used for lawn areas where possible. I. Drip irrigation systems should be used in all areas except for turf irrigation and small ornamental plantings. The irrigation systems should be designed to apply water slowly allowing plants to be deep watered. m. Each street tree should be watered by two deep watering bubblers separate from all other irrigation. n. Explore opportunities to reuse rainwater and/or grey water for irrigation. 5-15 o. Plants located directly below the eaves or at a rain gutter outlet' should be sturdy and have a subsurface matrix of roots to tolerate heavy sheet flow and periodic saturation consistent with the Standard Urban Stormwater Mitigation Plan. Urban runoff can be greatly reduced by diverting stormwater from impervious areas, such as concrete surfaces, to planted areas. Infiltration` , basins where water can seep into the ground should be used. p. Due to challenging soil conditions found throughout the > •a, < ' Valley, extra care should be given to prepare and apply soil:�� amendments prior to planting."Structural soil "should be i considered for tree planting in areas that might be subject to compaction, such as street edges, narrow medians, and parking lots. - - q. Short lived plants, plants susceptible to disease, and large' F Y expanses of single plant varieties should be avoided due to an unchanging appearance and the potential for complete loss of landscaping if struck with disease. , r. Landscape screening should be located to obscure direct sight ti lines from communal areas such as parking areas, common mailboxes, and pedestrian walkways into dwelling units and private recreational space. Strategically located landscaping may be used in combination with walls, fencing, berms, and/ or of° trellises to provide screening. s. Important natural resources on the project site should be retained when feasible (i.e. landmark, specimen or native trees). .s /lam, Oak tree removals are subject to SCMC Section 17.51.040. NMo 5-16 .r k FIN I. Parking Lot Area Planting Provide well -planted parking areas. Plants should create a functional and attractive parking environment. 1. Objective Standards a. Parking spaces may overhang into a planted area a maximum of two (2) feet. However, the two feet encroachment and the required protective curb area must be counted only as a part of the length of the parking stall and must not be calculated as planted area or setback. b. All planted areas must be bordered by a concrete curb adjacent to the parking surface that is a minimum of six (6) inches high. 2. Design Guidelines a. Evergreen shade trees should be planted within parking lots to reduce the heat island effect. Parking lot trees with 30 to 40-foot canopies should be planted to shade parked cars and create a more attractive environment. b. Consideration of plant materials adjacent to parking spaces should be a priority. Thorns, stickers, and shaper leaves should be avoided. c. Parking lot area planting should comply with all local/ state Standard Urban Storm Water Mitigation Plan (SUSMP) requirements. 5-17 2. BUILDING DESIGN Building forms and facades influence cohesiveness, comfort, and aesthetic pride and can generate pedestrian activity and increase a sense of security. Any good design should take into consideration fundamental design principles including continuity, mass, scale, rhythm, and proportion. All new buildings and remodels should incorporate 360-degree architecture, which is the full articulation of all building facades, including variation in massing, roof forms, wall planes, and surface articulation. The following standards and guidelines are intended to provide a general framework for design, and do not mandate specific architectural styles, themes, or details. Chapter 3 of this document should be consulted prior to developing building design drawings to ensure that the appropriate community character is incorporated into the building design. The City will be open to considering innovative, alternative design concepts that were not envisioned at the time that these guidelines were written; however an attempt should be made to comply with the general intent of the guidelines provided. 5-18 �M 1 Sal l; CJA II IIII ill�lll IIII. 11 4 1°li II IIIIII�IIIII _ A. Building Massing and Articulation Mass is defined as a three-dimensional form, such as a cube, box, cylinder, pyramid, or cone. The way the forms are sized directly relates to the way building elements are emphasized or de-emphasized. Voids or open spaces in the forms can change the form's appearance and make the building more interesting and less imposing. Articulation refers to the way architectural design divides uniform building forms into smaller, visually distinct elements. Through transitions in materials, colors, textures, and the use of setbacks or projections, articulation clarifies how a building's components relate to one another. When done correctly, articulation establishes human scale and adds visual richness. Building designers should incorporate 360-degree architecture in all buildings, which is the full articulation of all building facades, including variation in massing, roof forms, wall planes, and surface articulation. Acknowledging sensitivity to a budget, it is expected that the highest level of articulation will occur on the front facade and facades visible from public streets. 1. Objective Standards a. Buildings with a footprint greater than 4,000 square feet and two (2) stories or taller, must include massing elements at each story (for example a three-story building would have at least one (1) massing element on the first story, (1) massing element on the second story, and one (1) massing element on the third story). b. Building facades on all sides of the building must not extend more than 55 feet in length without the inclusion of one of the following: i. A change in wall plane depth of at least two (2) feet (projected or recessed elements). ii. A change in roof height of at least two (2) feet. iii. Projecting or recessed building entrances or porches. iv. Balconies for each residential unit. 5-19 v. Architectural detailing consisting of columns (minimum eight (8) inches in width and projecting a minimum of four (4) inches from the wall surface) or arcades (minimum six (6) feet of walking space between facade and arcade, and eight (8) feet in height at the lowest point). Use of columns and/ or arcades must be consistent with Chapter 3 - Community Character. vi. Use of moldings, trim bands, or a change in exterior material at least once every 20 horizontal feet and at each floor transition. c. Building facades must not include blank wall space (defined as an uninterrupted area of a single material with no windows, doors, projections, recesses, trim, or material changes) that is larger than 10 feet by 10 feet in size. d. Buildings must be designed to differentiate uniformly between a defined base; a middle or body; and a top, cornice, or parapet cap through the use of contrasting materials, colors, or textures change. e. Lower walls of buildings adjacent to a pedestrian -oriented street, from finished grade to a height of 12 feet, must incorporate at least one of the following design elements: i. Arches; ii. Trellises; iii. Awnings (refer to Objective Standard C(1)(e) for awning dimensions). iv. Recessed entries. v. Display windows. 5-20 f. Multifamily and mixed -use projects on corner lots must include at least one (1) or more of the following features on both street - facing facades within 25 feet of the intersection: i. Vertical elements such as towers that extend a minimum of 3 feet above adjacent roof elements. ii. A different roof style than the adjacent facades of the building. Flat roofs are not permitted; slopes must be between 2:12 and 6:12. iii. Building entrances on the ground floor within 25 feet of the street corner must include a massing break of at least 24 inches in depth by eight (8) feet in height. iv. A variation of material, color, or fenestration pattern of windows and doors from the rest of the fa4ade. 2. Design Guidelines a. Several smaller, compact building footprints, rather than one large building, should be used to provide an intimate scale and a more efficient envelope for optimizing daylighting and passive solar heating and cooling functions. To accomplish this, large projects, such as twelve or more residential units, should be broken into smaller buildings with several different building heights proposed. b. Combination of one, one and one half, and two story units should be used to create visual interest and variation in the massing and building height. c. Structures with greater height should include additional setbacks and steps within the massing to create a transition in heights from adjacent properties and to avoid dominating the character of the neighborhood. d. Surface detailing should not serve as a substitute for well - integrated and distinctive massing. e. Building elements and details should be consistent with the 5-2 1 chosen architectural style. AM B. Roof Forms Roof forms should be in alignment with the selected architectural style through roof pitch and material selection. 1. Objective Standards a. Roof lines must not extend horizontally more than 55 feet in length without a two (2) foot variation in height. b. Where roofs exceed 60 linear feet, cross gables or accent roofs must equal a minimum of 30% of the roof fa4ade. c. Flat roofs must provide parapets around the perimeter of the roof with parapets extending at least six (6) inches above all rooftop equipment. Parapet design must comply with all County of Los Angeles Fire Department Fire Code Standards. d. Rooftop equipment must not be visible to pedestrians and be located at least ten (10) feet away from the roof edge. e. Parapets must be adorned with precast treatment, banding, cornice or dentil details, or similar edge treatment (for example, parapet with a minimum of four (4) inches in height and a minimum of two (2) inch extrusion from the wall. f. Eaves and rakes must include at least one (1) of the following: i. Minimum 18 inch overhang. ii. Corbel end beams or rafter tails at three (3) feet maximum spacing. iii. Cornices with a minimum projection of at least four (4) inches. iv. Scalloped stucco transition to roof tile edges. 2. Design Guidelines a. Roofs covering the entire building, such as hips and gables 5 22 should be used instead of mansard roofs. t �a .q I, I s C.Windows, Doors and Awnings Windows and doors help to define the architectural style of a building while providing daylight to interior spaces and visual interest to building facades. These features are sometimes accented through the use of awnings. 1. Objective Standards a. Window and door type, material, and shape must be consistent on each elevation (with allowance for features or accent windows) and consistent with Chapter 3 - Community Character. Up to 20% of the total window area on any elevation may deviate from the primary window type(s) as feature or accent windows, provided such accent windows are identified on the submitted building elevations. b. Windows must be articulated with at least two (2) of the following: i. Decorative lintels applied to all windows. ii. Window trim on all windows, a minimum of three and a half (3.5) inches. iii. One (1) feature window per fa4ade (bay window, bow window, arched window, dormer window, or angled window). iv. Shutters or awnings on 30% of windows. v. Recessed from the outer wall plane a minimum of three (3) inches. vi. Non -white vinyl, or non -vinyl frame material on all windows. vii. Window sills projecting a minimum of one and a half (1.5) inches beyond the wall surface. c. Unless offset by more than five (5) feet horizontally, to enhance privacy, windows for residential units on side elevations within 10 feet of adjacent structures, or private outdoor spaces serving adjacent units, must be designed with at least one (1) of the following: i. Non -transparent glazing; ii. Frosted/patterned glass; ab 5 - 2 3 iii. Permanent architectural screens or affixed louvers at windows; iv. Or utilization of high or transom windows. d. Awnings, weather protection coverings, or recessed doorways must be incorporated on multifamily and mixed -use primary building entries to clearly define the entrance and orient pedestrians. e. Awnings must be made of metal, must feature a minimum depth of three (3) feet, and must be at least seven (7) feet off of the ground to accommodate pedestrian traffic. 2. Design Guidelines a. Window distribution should assist in improving building scale. b. Maximize daylighting and views through window placement and design. Passive solar design can be used to reduce heating requirements by 30 percent to 50 percent, thus saving money and energy. For organization of the facade, primary upper and lower windows should stack vertically whenever possible. c. EPA"Energy Star" labeled windows with low-e coatings are encouraged. d. Awnings should be used to add color, form, and relief to the building and enhance building articulation. e. Awnings should not be wrapped around buildings in continuous bands. Awnings should only be placed on top of doors, windows, and other openings such as paseo entrances. f. Consideration should be given to placing awnings and canopies on south -facing facades to provide aesthetic enhancement while assisting in cooling the building during the summer months. g. Any shutters should be proportionate to the adjacent windows to create the appearance of real and functional shutters. 5-24 D.Residential Dwelling Unit Access and Building Entrances All entrances should be clearly identifiable and emphasized using lighting, landscaping, and architecture. 1. Objective Standards a. Individual residential dwelling unit entrances located on the ground floor must be emphasized and clearly defined with at least two (2) of the following: i. Porch or stoop that is at least six (6) feet wide and four (4) feet deep. ii. Patio. iii. Terrace. iv. Weather protection covering in the form of an awning or recessed doorway. Recessed doorways must be a minimum depth of two (2) feet. v. Architectural detailing such as lighting features or decorative address lettering. vi. Transition in color or material. b. Building entrances must be oriented towards adjacent public sidewalks. 2. Design Guidelines a. Access points to units should be clustered in groups of four or less. Long, monotonous access balconies and corridors that provide access to five or more units should be avoided. b. Every building should have at least one entrance that does not require passage through a parking lot or garage to gain access. 5-25 5-26 E. Materials and Colors The selection and placement of building materials should provide visual interest at the pedestrian level. Heavier materials should be used to form the building base and as accents on upper stories and walls. Materials and colors should be used to enhance buildings and adjacent pedestrian spaces by adding color, shadows, and interesting forms. Materials and color selection must also align with the corresponding community identity found in the Community Character guidelines established in Chapter 3. 1. Objective Standards a. Projects must include at least two (2) of the following materials: i. Wood. ii. Stone. iii. Brick. iv. Stucco. v. Wood composite siding (for example Hardie siding). vi. Stone veneer. vii. Vertical board siding. viii.Tile. b. Projects must include at least one (1) primary color and at least one (1) accent color. c. Accent materials or colors must make up at least 10% of facades facing the primary street. d. Material changes on building facades must occur at a change in wall plane of at least two (2) inches in depth (projection or recess) or at an inside corner where two wall planes meet. Material changes on a single, flat wall plane without a change in plane or inside corner are prohibited. UN rs - �^��, ', ih� '� � I I III 1 „1`' \. •I Y �i JA N s�'9s e. Natural materials, such as brick, stone, copper, wood, must be left the natural color. f. Stairways must be constructed of smooth stucco, plaster, or wood and be consistent with the approved materials of the corresponding neighborhood as defined in Chapter 3 - Community Character. Open metal, prefabricated stairs will not be allowed. 2. Design Guidelines a. Materials selected for multifamily and mixed -use projects should be aesthetically pleasing but very durable and should require low maintenance. b. Materials should be utilized that reduce the transfer of heat into and/or out of the building. c. Recycled content materials, such as wood substitutes, recycled concrete, and asphalt, as well as non -toxic materials, should be used wherever possible. d. The entire development should utilize a consistent architectural style and materials. However; if the intent is to differentiate between uses, some architectural details should vary slightly. 5-27 3. UTILITARIAN ASPECTS A. Utilitarian Equipment All utilitarian equipment and features should be integrated into the site plan and should either be aesthetically screened from view or designed to complement the architectural style of the project. Utility service areas should be part of the early site design process, rather than an afterthought at the construction document phase. 1. Objective Standards a. Any outdoor equipment, whether on a roof, side of a structure, or the ground must be fully screened from view (landscaping may be used to screen ground mounted equipment). The material or elements used for screening of outdoor equipment must be as tall or taller than the equipment in which it is screening and adequate space for maintenance must be provided. b. Utility service areas, such as electrical panels, must be placed within enclosures constructed of at least one exterior cladding material used on the primary building facade, and painted or finished in a color matching the adjacent building wall. Enclosures must be a minimum of six (6) inches taller than the enclosed equipment on all sides (ensure manufacture recommendations are met). c. Utility enclosures, excluding entrances for maintenance access, must be screened by at least one of the following: i. Solid masonry walls. ii. Berms. iii. Landscaping. 5-28 s s nme�a d. Common box mailbox enclosures must incorporate at least one (1) of the following: i. A material or color identical to a material or color used on the primary building facade. ii. A roof form (e.g., gable, hip, or flat with parapet) matching the roof form of the primary structure. 2. Design Guidelines a. Where screen walls are used, the walls should be designed to blend with the site's architecture. b. Transformers required to be installed adjacent to the street should be placed underground. c. Guardrails should complement the architectural style of the building. d. Ramps should be integrated into the site design and can be used to create functional or unique spaces. e. Gutters and downspouts on the exterior of the building should be decorative or designed to integrate with the building facade. 5-29 B. Trash and Recycling Enclosures Trash and recycling enclosures should be carefully designed, located, and integrated into the site plan. 1. Objective Standards a. Trash and recycling enclosures must be screened with a solid masonry wall constructed of at least one (1) exterior material used on the primary building facade and must include landscaping consisting of a minimum of one (1) 5-gallon shrub for every three (3) linear feet of enclosure perimeter. Enclosure a walls must be a minimum of six (6) feet in height. W, 2. Design Guidelines a. A pedestrian entrance to the trash and recycling enclosure is }� should be provided so that the large access gates do not have to r be opened as often. b. Trash and recycling bins should be conveniently accessible for � collection and maintenance and should not block access drives � "` during loading operations. c. Drainage from adjoining roof and pavement should be diverted around the trash and recycling area. d. Architecturally designed roof structures on trash and recycling enclosures should be used to create a finished looking structure. ate, 5-30 -;.. C. Lighting Effective lighting provides safety and direction for vehicles and pedestrians while enhancing architectural building and landscape details. These guidelines apply to on -site lighting for parking areas and lights associated with the building in private development projects. Light types may include pole lights, spotlighting, wall -mounted sconces, parking lighting, and landscape lighting. 1. Objective Standards a. Lighting must comply with applicable Outdoor Lighting Standards within SCMC Section 17.51.050. _.. b. Outdoor lighting fixtures must match the primary building's g architectural style by using colors, materials, and design features ' that are commonly associated with that style, including but not limited to finish type, fixture form, and detailing. 2. Design Guidelines a. Light fixtures should be designed or selected to be architecturally compatible with the main structure or theme of the development. b. The intensity of light, level of light as measured in footcandles, and the type of bulb or source should be carefully addressed. Lighting levels should not be so intense as to draw attention to the glow or glare of the light source. - c. Spotlighting or glare from any site lighting should be shielded / from adjacent properties and directed at a specific object or target area. d. Exposed bulbs should not be used. Cut-off lighting is preferred. 5-31 e. Uplighting of building elements and trees should use the lowest wattage possible to minimize impacts to the night sky. Light sources for wall washing and tree lighting should be hidden. f. Where landscaping is lit, low -voltage lighting should be used whenever possible to conserve energy. Energy efficient lamps and ballasts, controlled by photoelectric methods or timers, should be incorporated. g. The height of a light pole should be appropriate in scale for the building or the complex and the surrounding area. h. Accent lighting should be used to illuminate walkways, entries, seating areas, and/or specimen plants and trees. i. Walkways and paseos should be lit to an average of one and one half to two footcandles in intensity to ensure safe nighttime conditions. j. Use renewable energy sources for lighting, such as solar microturbine. k. Recreational amenities and courtyards should be well lit to enhance the pedestrian experience and create a safe environment. 5-32 4. MIXED -USE Mixed -use development is designed to integrate residential, commercial, and public and private spaces all within the same cohesive area. New development ` should emphasize the pedestrian experience rather than automobile dependence and foster more connected neighborhoods. Typically comprised of ground floor commercial uses, upper -story residential dwelling units, and thoughtfully designed transitions between uses to create a vibrant streetscape and a strong sense of place. 5-33 A.Site Planning and Design 1. Objective Standards a. Sidewalks and/or plazas on mixed -use projects must include at least one (1) weather protection or covering in the form of an awning, canopy, umbrella, etc., for each individual internal space to ensure some form of weather coverage is available throughout the entire project. b. In instances where the building frontage of a mixed -use buildings is not built to the back of sidewalk, the space between back of sidewalk and building frontage must be occupied by one of the following: i. Plaza. ii. Outdoor dining area. iii. Pedestrian amenities (for example seating areas, children play areas, or BBQ stations). 2. Design Guidelines a. Both vertical or horizontal integration of uses should be allowed in mixed -use development, with an emphasis on tying the uses together with appropriate pedestrian linkages. b. Mixed -use projects should be designed to create a pedestrian - scale environment through appropriate street and sidewalk widths, block lengths, relationships of buildings to streets, and use of public spaces. c. Consideration should be given to the location and placement of commercial and residential uses on mixed -use projects to reduce odor, noise, light and glare, visual and other conflicts between uses. 5-34 ! ../ v l' _ d. In new mixed -use projects, public space should satisfy the following criteria: i. Provide areas for informal meetings and social interaction with other people or areas for passive and active uses as appropriate. ii. Provide a strong image and sense of place. iii. Be a part of the pedestrian linkage throughout the development and adjacent land uses. iv. Provide an overall theme and visual connection between spaces and uses within the development. v. Include areas of various shapes, sizes, and configurations / throughout the development. vi. At least one (1) awning, weather covering, canopy should be rY provided in public outdoor spaces to ensure public space is usable year-round. vii. Create a pleasant pedestrian environment. r rT viii.Create an interconnected open space system. �P ix. Energize commercial retail activity. se. Public spaces should be clearly recognizable as "public" (such as 150 plazas) and publicly accessible, and the space should be able to be occupied by people (a person can stand or sit in the area). f. In mixed -use projects, public spaces should be located adjacent p 1 ,p p 1 to the commercial component of the development that can AW be converted forjoint use with outdoor dining and pedestrian J access. However, when used in conjunction with an outdoor ML 32. dining area, the areas should be designed in such a manner _. that pedestrian access is not being impeded or hindered. The minimum vertical dimension for clear pedestrian access should be eight (8) feet. 5-35 B. Building Design 1. Objective Standards a. Ground floor commercial uses on mixed -use projects must include storefront entrances oriented on the fa4ade fronting the primary street. b. Mixed -use projects must include at least one (1) entrance for each proposed use (offices with more than one (1) suite are not required to satisfy this standard). In addition, at least one (1) building entrance must be provided for each ground floor individual commercial tenant. Commercial uses provided on upper floors must be allowed to share a ground floor entrance. c. Mixed -use buildings with more than one ground level commercial tenant must clearly differentiate and articulate individual commercial tenant spaces through the addition of at least two of the following: i. Recessed entries a minimum of two (2) feet. ii. Awning and/or entrance canopies. iii. Color and material transition. 2. Design Guidelines a. The architectural design of mixed -use projects should demonstrate a cohesive approach between the residential and commercial portions in terms of style, colors and materials, and overall character. b. Mixed -use development should utilize a consistent architectural style and materials. However; if the intent is to differentiate between uses, some architectural details should vary slightly. 5-36 1.c ORDINANCE NO. 26- AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA, CALIFORNIA, AMENDING SANTA CLARITA MUNICIPAL CODE SECTIONS 17.06.130, 17.11.020, 17.23.100, AND 17.37.030 TO IMPLEMENT REGULATIONS GOVERNING OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA, CALIFORNIA DOES HEREBY ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS: SECTION 1. ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT. This ordinance is a part of the project contemplated by Resolution No. P26-04. Accordingly, Section 2 of Resolution No. P26- 04 is incorporated by reference regarding the California Environmental Quality Act. The Community Development Director, or designee, is authorized to include this ordinance as part of the Notice of Exemption for the project. SECTION 2. GENERAL FINDINGS FOR MASTER CASE 26-038. The Findings and Conclusions set forth in Sections 3 and 4 of Resolution No. P26-04 are incorporated by reference. Accordingly, this ordinance is found to be consistent with the Santa Clarita General Plan. SECTION 3. AMENDMENTS TO THE SANTA CLARITA MUNICIPAL CODE. The Santa Clarita Municipal Code (SCMC) is amended as set forth in Exhibit "A," which is incorporated by reference. New language is underlined; deleted language is identified by t-Fikethr-ou# ; unchanged language is plain text; ellipses changes within a SCMC section are identified by "* * *." SECTION 6: RELIANCE ON RECORD. Each and every one of the findings and determinations in this ordinance is based on the competent and substantial evidence, both oral and written, contained in the entire record relating to the project. The findings and determinations constitute the independent findings and determinations of the City Council in all respects and are fully and completely supported by substantial evidence in the record as a whole. SECTION 7: SUMMARIES OF INFORMATION. All summaries of information in the findings, which precede this section, are based on the substantial evidence in the record. The absence of any particular fact from any such summary is not an indication that a particular finding is not based in part on that fact. SECTION 8. This ordinance becomes effective 30 days after its passage and adoption SECTION 9. The City Clerk will certify to the passage of this ordinance and cause it to be published as required by law. Packet Pg. 109 1.c PASSED, APPROVED, AND ADOPTED this ATTEST: CITY CLERK DATE: STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) ss. CITY OF SANTA CLARITA ) th day of , 2026. MAYOR I, Melody Bartlette, City Clerk of the City of Santa Clarita, do hereby certify that the foregoing Ordinance No. 26- was regularly introduced and placed upon its first reading at a regular meeting of the City Council on the th day of 2026. That thereafter, said ordinance was duly passed and adopted at a regular meeting of the City Council on the th day of 2026, by the following vote, to wit: AYES: COUNCILMEMBERS: NOES: COUNCILMEMBERS: ABSENT: COUNCILMEMBERS: AND I FURTHER CERTIFY that the foregoing is the original of Ordinance No. 26- and was published in The Signal newspaper in accordance with State Law (G.C. 40806). CITY CLERK Packet Pg. 110 1.c Exhibit A 17.06.130 Findings and Decision. B. Required Findings. The review authority may approve the application only after the applicant substantiates the following required findings: The proposal is consistent with the General Plan; 2. The proposal is allowed within the applicable underlying zone and complies with all other applicable provisions of this code; 3. The proposal will not endanger, jeopardize, or otherwise constitute a hazard to the public convenience, health, interest, safety, or general welfare, or be materially detrimental or injurious to the improvements, persons, property, or uses in the vicinity and zone in which the property is located; and 4. The proposal is physically suitable for the site. The factors related to the proposal's physical suitability for the site include, without limitation, the following: a. For projects that are not multi -family or mixed -use housing, the design, location, shape, size, and operating characteristics are suitable for the proposed use. Multi -family and mixed -use housing projects must comply with Objective Design Standards; b. The highways or streets that provide access to the site are of sufficient width and are improved as necessary to carry the kind and quantity of traffic such proposal would generate; c. Public protection services (e.g., Fire protection, Sheriff protection) are readily available; and d. Providing utilities (e.g., potable water, schools, solid waste collection and disposal, storm drainage, wastewater collection, treatment, and disposal) is adequate to serve the site. § 17.11.020 Definitions. "Objective Design Standards" are zoning, subdivision, and design review standards that regulate the location, form, site layout, and appearance of multifamily and mixed -use residential development that are verifiable by reference to a uniform benchmark. Objective design standards may be contained in this code, specific plans, overlay Packet Pg. 111 1.c zones, subdivision and landscaping requirements, or other applicable land development regulations adopted by the City Council, and apply only to the extent they are stated with sufficient clarity that compliance can be determined in a purely ministerial manner. 17.23.100 Administrative Permit. B. Applicability. 1. To safeguard and enhance the appearance and quality of development in the City, administrative permit approval is required before the building official issues any building permit for new single-family homes, additions, and activities or construction of improvements which are permitted at the discretion of the Director. Art arlminio PeFFH sh;;" ho if��� ss���n of 1bjGGt tG thio nh.�pt 2. An administrative permit is required for any multi -family or mixed -use housing project that does not fullv comply with the Obiective Desian Standards. 3. Requests for an administrative permit are filed as a Class II application, subject to this chapter. 17.37.030 Specific Plan (SP) Zone. The specific plan zoning designation identifies lands in the planning area that are governed by an adopted specific plan. Specific allowable uses, maximum intensity standards, and development standards are determined by the adopted specific plan. Development within a specific plan that includes multi -family or mixed -use housing must comply with the Objective Design Standards. Where a specific plan established design requirements more restrictive than the Objective Design Standards, the more restrictive standards apply. Packet Pg. 112 1.d Proposed SCMC Amendments — Clean Version 17.06.130 Findings and Decision. B. Required Findings. The review authority may approve the application only after the applicant substantiates the following required findings: The proposal is consistent with the General Plan; 2. The proposal is allowed within the applicable underlying zone and complies with all other applicable provisions of this code; 3. The proposal will not endanger, jeopardize, or otherwise constitute a hazard to the public convenience, health, interest, safety, or general welfare, or be materially detrimental or injurious to the improvements, persons, property, or uses in the vicinity and zone in which the property is located; and 4. The proposal is physically suitable for the site. The factors related to the proposal's physical suitability for the site include, without limitation, the following: a. For projects that are not multi -family or mixed -use housing, the design, location, shape, size, and operating characteristics are suitable for the proposed use. Multi -family and mixed -use housing projects must comply with Objective Design Standards; b. The highways or streets that provide access to the site are of sufficient width and are improved as necessary to carry the kind and quantity of traffic such proposal would generate; c. Public protection services (e.g., Fire protection, Sheriff protection) are readily available; and d. Providing utilities (e.g., potable water, schools, solid waste collection and disposal, storm drainage, wastewater collection, treatment, and disposal) is adequate to serve the site. § 17.11.020 Definitions. "Objective Design Standards" are zoning, subdivision, and design review standards that 6 regulate the location, form, site layout, and appearance of multifamily and mixed -use a residential development that are verifiable by reference to a uniform benchmark. Objective design standards may be contained in this code, specific plans, overlay Packet Pg. 113 1.d zones, subdivision and landscaping requirements, or other applicable land development regulations adopted by the City Council, and apply only to the extent they are stated with sufficient clarity that compliance can be determined in a purely ministerial manner. 17.23.100 Administrative Permit. B. Applicability. 1. To safeguard and enhance the appearance and quality of development in the City, administrative permit approval is required before the building official issues any building permit for new single-family homes, additions, and activities or construction of improvements which are permitted at the discretion of the Director. An administrative permit shall be filed as a Class II application, subject to this chapter. 2. An administrative permit is required for any multi -family or mixed -use housing project that does not fully comply with the Objective Design Standards. 3. Requests for an administrative permit are filed as a Class II application, subject to this chapter. 17.37.030 Specific Plan (SP) Zone. The specific plan zoning designation identifies lands in the planning area that are governed by an adopted specific plan. Specific allowable uses, maximum intensity standards, and development standards are determined by the adopted specific plan. Development within a specific plan that includes multi -family or mixed -use housing must comply with the Objective Design Standards. Where a specific plan established design requirements more restrictive than the Objective Design Standards, the more restrictive standards apply. Packet Pg. 114 1.e Housing Element Programs HP=2.1 and HP=2.2 C a� �N d 0 d r V d 0 r C d �N d d N d X_ C M >+ 2 •L U 00 M O w N U N N M C M T7 N a x N E L O L. a r C m E m w a� C �N 7 O x r C d E L v ca r r Q Packet Pg. 115 1.e Santa Clarita - Housing Element June 2023 Program HP- 1.14: Sites Identified in Multiple Planning Periods: Government Code § 65583 requires analysis and justification of the sites included in the sites inventory of the City's Housing Element. The Housing Element may only count non -vacant sites included in one previous Housing Element inventory and vacant sites included in two previous Housing Elements if the sites are subject to a program that allows affordable housing by right. Some sites within this Housing Element were used in previous cycles, and this program is included to address the by -right approval requirement. Per Government Code § 65583, the use by -right of these sites during the planning period is restricted to developments in which at least 20 percent of the units in the development are affordable to lower income households. This provision is valid on the condition that these sites have sufficient water, sewer, and other dry utilities available and accessible, or that they are included in an existing General Plan program or other mandatory program or plan to secure sufficient water, sewer, dry utilities supply to support housing development. Prior to the end of 2022, Community Development Department staff will provide a pop-up "Notice" in Accela for each inventoried parcel subject to these requirements. The Notice will prompt staff to not require a Conditional Use Permit application for a residential development project on that site if at least 20% of the units are provided as affordable. A training session will be held to ensure that all staff are aware of the by -right allowances for projects providing at least 20% of units as affordable on these specific sites. The Unified Development Code will be amended concurrent with the Housing Element to ensure compliance with Government Code § 65583.2(c). Timeline: Adopt code amendment with Housing Element. Set up Notice in Accela prior to the end of 2022. Within the first three years of the planning period, ensure staff receives training. Ongoing. Responsibility: Community Development Department Funding: Departmental Budget Program HP-2.1: Zoning Code Changes for Consistency with State Law City staff will bring forward Municipal Code amendments to address recent changes to state law. Specific Code amendments to ensure compliance include but are not limited to the following: • Transitional Housing: Allow transitional and supportive housing in all zone districts that allow residential uses, subject to only those restrictions that apply to other residential dwellings of the same type in the same zone. (SB 2, 2007) • Supportive Housing: Supportive housing, as defined in Government Code Section 65650, to be a by -right use in all zones where multifamily and mixed -uses are permitted. (AB 2162) Packet Pg. 116 Santa Clarita - Housing Element 1.e June 2023 • Emergency Shelters: Review development standards for emergency shelters, particularly Standard D, and revise to be objective (SB 2, 2007) • Low Barrier Navigation Centers: to be a use by -right in zones where multifamily and mixed -uses are permitted, including the nonresidential zones where multifamily is permitted. (GC 65660) • Employee and Agricultural Worker Housing: employee housing for six or fewer employees is to be treated as a single-family structure and permitted in the same manner as other dwellings of the same type in the same zone. Employee housing consisting of not more than 12 units or 36 beds are to be considered an agricultural use and permitted in the same manner as other agricultural uses in the same zone (AB 1783) • ADUs: Update Accessory Dwelling Unit Ordinance pursuant to HCD's ADU Guidebook, including allowing such units by -right in all residential zones and reduction of side and rear setbacks as well as to reflect changes in these laws made by AB 3182, AB 68, and SB 13. • Group Homes: Allow group homes for seven or more residents as a permitted use in residential zones. Review current code requirements for all housing types serving people with disabilities for consistency with fair housing laws and make amendments as necessary, including ensuring the number of parking spaces for residential care facilities do not exceed those of other non -group home uses of the same form in the same zone. • Design Review: Develop Objective Design and Development Standards for multi -family and mixed -use projects, and integrate the standard conditions of approval currently applied through the Development Review process into the objective design and development standards for development projects with residential components. • Parking: Adopt the parking requirements for multifamily affordable housing from Government Code Section 65915 into the Code to provide clear standards and expectations for potential developers to use the reduced parking requirements without the need to make a separate request. Additionally, undertake a parking study and consult with not less than four developers with local experience to identify the most appropriate parking ratio and identify any constraints posed by the City's current parking requirements for market rate multifamily development, especially as it relates to 1 bedroom unit and studios. Based upon the outcome of this study, amend the ordinance to mitigate any identified constraints by July 2025. Timeline: Review by June 2023; Make necessary amendments to address transitional housing, supportive housing, emergency shelter standards, low barrier navigation centers, employee and agricultural worker housing, ADUs, group homes, and parking requirements for multifamily affordable housing by the end of 2023 Develop Objective Design and Development Standards by 2024 Undertake parking study and amend ordinance by July 2025 Responsibility: Community Development Department Packet Pg. 117 Santa Clarita - Housing Element June 2023 1.e Funding: Departmental Budget Objective: Facilitate special needs housing, including transitional, supportive, senior, group home, and affordable housing, for 700 households by the end of the planning period. Program HP-2.2: Updates to Administrative Procedures Prior to the dates specified in each sub -program below, City staff will update the following administrative procedures and materials: • SB 35: The City will develop an SB 35 application process, including the pre - application and the procedure that will be used to provide a streamlined ministerial approval process to qualified residential and mixed -use development projects. The written procedures and checklists shall be developed and made available on the City's website no later than January 1, 2023. • Development Fees and Transparency Requirements: The City will meet the new transparency and development fees requirements of AB 602 and SB 319 by 1) posting all required information about development standards and fees to an easily accessed location on the City's website by January 1, 2023; and 2) ensuring that new development impact fee studies and resulting fees comply with the new AB 602 requirements for fee studies prior to initiation of the next fees study in 2024. • Fee Deferrals: The City will defer fee collection for residential developments until final building inspection or issuance of the certificate of occupancy, whichever occurs first, unless the requirements of Government Code 66007(b) have been met. • Expedited Processing for Affordable Housing Projects: The City will continue to expedite processing for affordable housing projects, including one -stop preliminary review, concurrent application review, designation of a primary contact, and fast -tracking of construction and grading plan review, permitting and inspection. Promotion of the Expedited Processing program will occur as a part of Program HP-2.10, the Proactive Outreach Program, to be initiated in 2023 and provided as ongoing throughout the 611 planning cycle. • Parking handout: The City will create and publish explanatory documents to delineate between the different parking requirements for different types of multifamily housing projects and mixed -use projects as updated by AB 2345, including those providing affordable units and those located close to transit. • Design Review: The City will review and amend its design review requirements to remove discretionary findings related to site suitability, including Finding 4. Timeline: SB 35 Procedures: July 1, 2023; Fee Transparency: July 1, 2023; Packet Pg. 118 Santa Clarita - Housing Element 1.e June 2023 Fee Deferrals: Begin implementing July 1, 2023 AB 602 Requirements (Development Fees): 2024; Parking Handout: July 30, 2023; Amend Design Review findings: end of 2024 Responsibility: Community Development Department Funding: Departmental Budget Program HP-2.3: Specific Plan Code Review The City will review its Specific Plans to determine if changes are needed to comply with State laws related to transitional housing, supportive housing, group homes (community care facilities) and Low Barrier Navigation Centers. The review will be completed by the end of 2022, with any needed Specific Plan amendments occurring by the end of 2023. Timeline: Review by end of 2023; amend by end of 2024 Responsibility: Community Development Department Funding: Departmental Budget Program HP-2.4: Continuing Affordability Ensure that the City's lending guidelines require long-term affordability of at least 55 years for affordable rental units and through a shared equity or other similar affordability mechanism for affordable ownership units. Timeline: Review funding guidelines in 2022; then ongoing Responsibility: Community Development Department Funding: HOME, CDBG, Bonds, PDA/TOD funds Program HP-2.5: Collaboration with Non -Profit Affordable Housing Developers The City continues to partner with non-profit affordable housing developers for the creation of new affordable housing developments and will continue to be responsive to the proposals of housing developers. The City is committed to supporting proposed projects that show promise to provide affordable housing to meet the City's identified housing needs, including for seniors, disabled, and families, especially those who are extremely low-income. Currently, affordable housing developers approach the City informally with projects in various stages of development, making it difficult to bring projects to fruition. A formal Request for Qualifications/Proposals (RFP/RFQ) will streamline and clarify this process. The RFP/RFQ will include information on the affordable housing goals of the City, including the provision of housing for large households and extremely low-income households. The RFP/RFQ for this program will be posted by Summer 2023 and will include at least one outreach meeting/event to gauge housing developers' interest. The RFP/RFQ process, once posted, will be made Packet Pg. 119 NOTICE OF EXEMPTION 1.f TO: FROM: [X] County Clerk City of Santa Clarita County of Los Angeles Community Development 12400 E. Imperial Hwy., Rm. 2001 23920 Valencia Boulevard, Suite #302 Norwalk, CA 90650 Santa Clarita, CA 91355 [ ] Office of Planning and Research 1400 Tenth Street Sacramento, CA 95814 04 gANTA QL 9 o�iQep is oECEMeE� 90� DATE: [Date] PROJECT NAME: Santa Clarita Multifamily and Mixed -Use Residential Architectural Objective Design Standards and UDC Updates PROJECT APPLICANT: City of Santa Clarita, Department of Community Development (Contact: Zarm Chaparyan; 661.255.4916) PROJECT LOCATION: Citywide PROJECT DESCRIPTION: The City of Santa Clarita (City) is preparing City-wide multifamily and mixed -use Objective Design Standards and updating the Santa Clarita Municipal Code (SCMC) to address administrative procedures for Objective Design Standards to implement the City's Housing Element Programs HP-2.1 and HP-2.2. This is to advise that the [ ] Director of Community Development [ ] Planning Commission [X] City Council of the City of Santa Clarita has approved the above project on [DATE]. Review of the project by the Department of Community Development found that the project is exempt from the provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA). EXEMPT STATUS: A Notice of Exemption was prepared for the proposed project. The project is exempt from additional environmental review pursuant to CEQA Guidelines (14 Cal. Code of Regs. § 15000, et seq.) Section 15061(b)(3), the common sense exemption. The activity is covered by the general rule that CEQA applies only to projects that have the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment. Where it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the activity in question may have a significant effect on the environment, the activity is not subject to CEQA. Person or agency carrying out the project: City of Santa Clarita, Department of Community Development. This is to certify that the Notice of Exemption with comments/responses and record of project approval is available for public review at: City of Santa Clarita Community Development Department 23920 Valencia Boulevard, Suite 302 Santa Clarita, California 91355 (661) 255-4330 Contact Person/Title: Zarin Chaparyan, Associate Planner Signature: Packet Pg. 120 Objective Design Standards - Redline Version Chapters 1, 3, 5 and 7 SANTA C LARITACOMM UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 The purpose of this Santa Clarita Community Character and Design Guidelines document is to guide the creation of new residential, commercial, mixed -use, and industrial developments and give clear direction for the renovation and redevelopment of built areas. This document supersedes the Santa Clarita Architectural Design Guidelines (adopted in 2002) and includes up-to-date planning trends and guidelines written to promote the high quality standards that the City and the community value. The intent of these guidelines is to retain and encourage architectural variety, promote quality development, and ensure that both existing and new development: • Is compatible in size, scale, and appearance with the character of Santa Clarita. • Is attractive and an asset to the community. • Preserves and enhances natural features of a site. • Incorporates quality articulation, community character features, multiple building forms, desirable building details, and other elements that display excellence in design. • Provides pedestrian -oriented design to enrich the pedestrian experience. introduction Includespedestrianfriendly amenities such as pedestrian connections, plazas, seating, bike racks, fountains, and other similar features, for the enjoyment of the community and visitors. Promotes the use of high quality materials. • Promotes well -landscaped parking lots with efficient pedestrian and vehicular circulation. • Provides suggestions for ways to improve the environmental performance of projects through the strategic incorporation of green building components. The guidelines have been written to make it easy for a property owner, architect, developer, City staff, and members of the Parks, Recreation, and Community Services Commission, Planning Commission, and City Council to use. The guidelines describe the design review process, citywide goals and objectives, site planning concepts, and architectural design guidelines for residential, commercial, industrial, and mixed -use projects. Specific guidelines have been drafted to ensure that architectural quality and character is preserved within each of the four communities of the City - Canyon Country, Newhall, Saugus, and Valencia. In essence, the purpose of this document is to provide clear and concise direction through a user-friendly document that is easy to administer. introduction SANTA CLARITACOM M UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA C LARITACOMM UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES The overarching objective of this Community Character and Design Guidelines document is the desire to establish communities that possess unique qualities that make them special and memorable. How the distinct communities are integrated within the overall fabric of the City is essential to each community's success. The following goals guided the development of the design guidelines in this document. Sense of Timelessness A sense of timelessness is a feeling that the design and quality of development in the community will neither be frozen in time nor look like it was built yesterday. The community should have characteristics that suggest long-term value. The physical fabric of a community should reflect cultural, aesthetic, and historic character and yet be adaptive to functional changes. Sense of Ownership Each sector of the community must have a sense of ownership and a belief that they will benefit from the economic health and quality of life within the community. There should be a feeling that the attributes of the community command an economic premium. Whether or not there is individual property ownership, there must be a sense that everyone has a well being of the community. MARCH 24, 2009 Sense of Place and Identity The built and natural environment must be interwoven and should express a special sense of place. The community character should create a feeling of an original, and not duplicated, place. There should be a perception that the community has a unique identity and attributes that differentiate it from other urban neighborhoods. Sense of Community A sense of community is a belief that each individual has a responsibility and obligation to work toward the well being of the community. An acknowledgment of that community is the interconnectedness within the neighborhood and with other sectors of the community and linkage to surrounding neighborhoods. SANTA CLARITACOM M UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA C LARITACOMM UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES PURPOSE AND GUIDELI C The guidelines are designed for a variety of user groups. A description of how each type of user can benefit from the guidelines is described below. Property Owners: The guidelines provide property owners with a clear and simple design review process. This document works in conjunction with the General Plan, Unified Development Code, and Uniform Building Code for the City of Santa Clarita and provides a clear set of expectations and responsibilities for property owners. This document broadens the scope of the design process beyond basic code requirements and takes the attention to detail, quality, and character to the next level. Design Professionals and Developers: The guidelines provide a clear and graphic direction for renovation and new construction. The guidelines serve as an information tool that can provide a link between the property owner and the designer or developer and will clarify the aspects of quality design. MARCH 24, 2009 City Stott: City staff uses the guidelines in assisting applicants and their representatives with all aspects of project development including site planning, building orientation, building massing and articulation, architectural themes, and other amenities that worktogetherto create a sense of place. The guidelines serve as the basis for evaluating proposals for quality of design. City staff will also use these guidelines when working with the Planning Commission and the City Council. Review Bodies: The guidelines provide the Parks, Recreation, and Community Services Commission, Planning Commission, City Council, and other reviewing agencies with a basis for evaluating proposals for quality of design. SANTA CLARITACOM M UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA C LARITACOMM UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES L2 -ION This document is a compilation of design guidelines and recommendations that provide direction for new development and redevelopment. Chapter 1 provides an introduction to the intent and purpose of the guidelines. Chapter 2 provides a discussion of design trends and quality design principles. Chapter 3 helps to define the individual character of each community within Santa Clarita and lists suggested building materials and identifies specific design considerations. These community -specific guidelines are intended to complement the general design guidelines provided in the following land use chapters. Chapter 4 - Chapter 78 provide guidelines for five land use categories: single-family residential, multifamily residential and mixed -use, , commercial, ,mi���e,and industrial, respectively. No single architectural theme is being promoted, but rather the emphasis is to promote variety. With exception of those styles provided in Chapter 2, many of the styles and patterns shown in the following pictures and graphic illustrations represent a concept of recommended building elements and details as opposed to thematic images. Caution should be exercised when considering architectural styles that have recently become popular (i.e. "trendy") but have not yet stood the test of time. In addition, historic styles that cannot be faithfully replicated should be avoided. MARCH 24, 2009 I-7 CONTENTS AND -' is CONTENTS • ; _ 6411VAIF—IIELO164 Sustainable planning and design concepts were used as a foundation from which the guidelines in this document were drafted. The core principles of Smart Growth and New Urbanism as well the key components of LEEDTI (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design), which are defined in Chapter 2, were integrated throughout this document to ensure that proposed developments are planned and designed to reduce impacts on the surrounding environment. Conventional design and construction methods can produce buildings that contribute to excessive resource consumption, that generate waste, and that are expensive to operate. Sustainable principles that can improve the environmental performance of a project without forcing excessive costs on builders or developers have been marked with a white bar throughout the document. This document is organized as follows: Chapter 1 (Introduction) contains the purpose and goals of this document and sets the framework for the design review process. 0 SANTA CLARITACOM M UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES A MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA C LARITACOMM UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES &ORGANIZATION Chapter 2 (Design Trends and Community Setting) reviews the latest and most influential trends in planning and design that promote efficient sustainable development practices and provide a foundation for the design principles and guidelines contained in this document. Chapter 3 (Individual Community Character) identifies the architectural details that define the architectural character prescribed for each one of the four communities of the City. Multifamily and mixed -use development must be consistent with the style, material and color guidelines outlined in this Chapter and must comply with objective standards set forth in Chapter 5. Chapter 4 (Single -Family Residential) depicts the specific site planning and design and building design guidelines that pertain to single-family neighborhood development. The focus here is the creation of a neighborhood that offers public spaces, lush landscaping and a close-knit neighborhood feel, rather than a sterile housing tract lacking variety and personality. Chapter 5 (Multi -Family Residential and Mixed -Use) this chapter, unlike any of the other chapters, contains both design guidelines and objective design standards for multi -family residential and mixed -use commercial developments. Objective Design Standards are required by the State of California and are defined by California Government Code, Section 65913.4; objective design standards are required to be clear and measurable. These are complimented by the design guidelines which promote community character and design continuity. The design guidelines maintain neighborhood character and scale while providing design direction and promotingquality design. All new multifamily and mixed -use projects in the City must comply with the objective standards set forth in Chapter 5 and must be consistent with the style, material and color guidelines outlined in Chapter 3. MARCH 24, 2009 CONTENTS A _' A CONTEN A. • C _ 6411VAIF—IIELOI64 Chapter 6 (Commercial) includes design guidelines for commercial development to ensure commercial components such as on -site parking, loading and service areas, trash enclosures,lighting, and signage are properly designed. Special design considerations are also addressed. Chapter 78 (Industrial & Business Park Development) includes design guidelines for industrial development. If not designed properly, industrial facilities can diminish the visual quality of the surrounding areas and can become undesirable land uses. These guidelines address visual and functional aspects of industrial and business park developments and provide guidance to reduce environmental impacts. rintroduction SANTA CLARITACOM M UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA C LARITACOMM UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 PLANNING Consistency with the Unified Development Code and General Plan: This document is a tool for the implementation of the City of Santa Clarita's Unified Development Code (UDC) and the General Plan. While the guidelines contained herein are not standards intended to supersede the requirements of the UDC, the guidelines should be considered "recommended practices" that both the Planning Commission and Planning Division consider important to the design of projects within the City. Santa Clarita Beautification Master Plan: The Community Character and Design Guidelines work hand in hand with the Santa Clarita Beautification Master Plan. The Beautification Master Plan focuses on improvements within the public rights -of -way. These improvements include streetscape and landscape enhancements, fencing, gateways, monuments, and signage both on a regional and community scale. The Design Guidelines focus on private property improvements outside the public rights -of -way. Both documents contain design guidelines that help guide improvements and aid the City of Santa Clarita in accomplishing their long-term goal of city-wide beautification. The documents strive to maintain the identity of the individual communities, while at the same time unifying the City of Santa Clarita. introduction Or*Xrm[WTPLANNING (CON T.) Downtown Newhall Specific Plan (Adopted20S. Updated 2022�. The quality and character of the architecture depicted in this Community Character and Design Guidelines document guides development throughout the entire City, which includes the community of Newhall. The Downtown Newhall Specific Plan, adopted in December of 2005, contains specific standards and guidelines for development within the 271-acre downtown area. The Downtown Newhall Specific Plan depicts specific zones and a variety of architectural types. The building form is further defined by a set of development standards. Therefore, the Downtown Newhall Specific Plan takes the architectural theme and character defined in this document a step further to fit the specific requirements in each of the zones in the downtown area as defined by that document. SANTA CLARITACOM M UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES C.i• ne ;AP h CiAWA 0OWNT00% NC■WALL CPCCi P1C PLM .3 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA C LARITACOMM UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES ---------------------- Santa CI - ------------ - t r *wI1mtectura.l al -- ----- -_..-. -..- f3 ...... � ' �...... ------------------------ ----- arita design Guidelines June 19, 2002 DRC DRAFT MARCH 24, 2009 2026 Update to 2009 Community Character and Design Guidelines}: This version of the Community Character and Design Guidelines document modernized the original document adopted in 2009 with updated imagery, graphics, and text. Specific updates to individual chapters include: • Chapter 1 - Introduction had moderate changes made to the text to explain the updated processes in relation to the newly added objective standards. • Chapter 2 - Design Trends and Urban Form had select imagery updated but otherwise remains unchanged. • Chapter 3 - Community Character was revised to provide better visual examples of desired community character. • Chapter 4 - Single Family Residential Design Guidelines had select imagery updated but otherwise remains unchanged. • Chapter 5 - Multi -Family and Mixed -Use Residential Objective Design Standards and Design Guidelines have been revised and reorganized. Multi -family and mixed -use content have been combined into Chapter 5, accompanied by newly developed objective design standards and graphics. • Chapter 6 - Commercial Design Guidelines had select imagery updated but otherwise remains unchanged. • Chapter 7 - Industrial and Business Park Design Guidelines had select imagery updated but otherwise remains unchanged.T445 All applications for development reviews, minor use permits, variances, conditional use permits, tentative tract maps, grading permits, or other entitlements that include physical alteration or construction, shall be reviewed to ensure consistency with these guidelines. The Director of Community Development and/or the Planning Commission/City Council will decide if a proposed project is consistent with the overall intent of this document. The adjacent diagram depicts the application and approval process. 1-14 0 SANTA CLARITACOM M UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES r INITIAL MEETING f.. ONESTOP REVIEW 1 SUBMIT/PREPAREPLANS k revisions- revisions DEVELOPMENT REVIEWCOMMITTEE PUBLIC MEETINGS approval approval plancheck Q revisions DESIGNREVIEW PREPARECONSTRUCTIONDOCUMENTS SUBMITPLANS BUILDINGPERMIT CONSTRUCTION FINALPLANNINGINSPECTION MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA C LARITACOMM UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES The purpose of the initial meeting is to advise the project applicant of applicable design guidelines (such as this document), design review policies, and other specific design criteria that may affect the project's design. During the initial meeting, the City will provide the applicant with all of the application information, including the following: 1. Entitlement application. 2. Application requirement checklists for all necessary entitlements. 3. Copies of the relevant sections of the Community Character and Design Guidelines document. 4. Design questionnaire — to help the developer demonstrate that the guidelines set forth in this document have been reviewed and incorporated into the project design. 5. Environmental questionnaire - to determine the environmental impacts of the project. MARCH 24, 2009 In many instances, a developer may want to obtain more detailed information regarding the feasibility of a potential development without committing the required application fees. In order to provide preliminary comments without the financial commitment required by a formal application submittal, the City has developed a preliminary One Stop review process. The One Stop process described below is encouraged as an initial review of a project to ensure all the required components of a development package are provided by the applicant before continuing on with the formal review process. In order to ensure a proper review of a project during the One Stop process, the applicant should provide at minimum the following material: 1. Conceptual Site Plan. 2. Elevations (color with material callouts). 3. Conceptual Floor Plan. 4. Aerial Photograph of the Site (depicting the project site and surrounding uses). aphs (of the project site and surrounding uses). Pr- L SANTA CLARITACOM M UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA C LARITACOMM UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 In addition to the materials previously listed, the applicant should also demonstrate how the proposed project will relate to the surrounding environment and how the landscape design is to be incorporated as an integral part of the project. An analysis of the existing site conditions should include a review of a site's physical properties, amenities, special issues, and neighboring environment. Specific design considerations that should be examined include the following: Existing Conditions Analysis 1. Basic Site Data: Boundaries and dimensions; location of adjacent streets, sidewalks, and rights -of -way; location of setback lines and easements; existing structures and built improvements. 2. Existing Natural Features: Location, size, and species of mature trees; topography; patterns of surface drainage; and other important natural features that are either amenities or potential hazards in development. 3. Neighboring Environment: Analysisofthesiteandproject impacts; land use, the site design, form, character, age and important site details on neighboring properties. 4. Locale: Available services and facilities including local parks, shopping centers, bus stops, bike lanes, and parking. WF introduction Site Design Ubjectives 1. Develop compatible relationships among the topography, building placement, and existing open spaces. 2. Provide a transition from existing to new development by careful placement and massing of buildings, well - designed and strategically located landscaping, and other appropriate methods. 3. A conceptual landscape plan, prepared by a licensed landscape architect, should be submitted with the One Stop pre -application package to demonstrate that the site plan includes plantings that are effectively integrated with the surrounding topography, site design, and architectural design of the project. The conceptual plan should have a preliminary plant list with plant genuses, species, and common names. Plantings should be complementary to the characteristics of the project's surroundina area and suitable for the environmental anta Clarita. SANTA CLARITACOM M UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA C LARITACOMM UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 APPLICATION PR A P P L I C AT 0111d Upon submittal of a One Stop application, the various City departments that are part of the Development Review Committee provide preliminary comments regarding the submittal requirements and comments regarding the potential development. If the developer decides to formally submit a project after going through the One Stop process, the applicant will receive a credit for the cost of the One Stop toward the required processing fees. Following the initial meeting or One Stop, plans are produced and submitted as part of the application process to the City. Specific submittal requirements vary by project type and should be obtained from the City during the Initial Meeting. All applicants must complete a Design Questionnaire as part of the formal submittal. In addition to the required application materials, developers are encouraged to provide before and after photo simulations and renderings in order to demonstrate that the design of the project meets the requirements of these guidelines. Design review is implemented by City staff and the City's architectural consultant. Depending upon the level of permit, a project may be approved by staff, the Planning Commission, the Redevelopment Agency, or the City Council. If a public hearing is necessary, the project goes to the Planning Commission and/or to City Council for approval. introduction in an effort to ensure that projects conform to adopted design and architectural guidelines, the City has created a form that will be used in the development review process. The applicant is required to fill out this form completely and submit it as part of the application process. Refer to the City's website for the Design Questionnaire Form. 0 SANTA CLARITACOM M UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 23920 n-..B -ie Eard ENT S.I. —1, CAP 1355 DESIGN OUESTIONNA�EE f>m<o»wtaetr./I:�ao,u aretgs aawr,rm a:o��ewin .moral e,norra��� o,nprere. A Dark ��d oc my Cstrea addvess or desoipeov}. sesso s Panel Nwnbs(s). 5. B-Pm 1Desmptiov: C,I, — p 2. Istlee pm 11oa1ed iva Sp IfI, Planned Development O-sl Yu N, Ify', P1...1 s 8. This pmj,1. ben d--daz SI.o, F—ly R-dential _Male--1y _Commemal _M—d-Use 9. Thembjectpmpertyislomted in _ ➢ Country _Newhall _ gu _ Val®oa 3. °Lg wasp oa a s a aawo e t aaa e .2.nan 1. Omwes[ti fimm5nemtm, .news, msw�mwaPoeeues, are ila wsmtwel 2. s wmP'li�wiglnetaawas Dare mdRwatsliPtbrpl2 2. oa svm+ryari ..,as mw¢ptweamtiretiw ro+ms tavlarx 2. emesfima admvelks, aarlvwosaewaarevs, FoaPew s�eemace�meu.nsu p Ves/N. Ps p ge C.. 1 1 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 COMMUNITY The City of Santa Clarita is located in the center of the Santa Clarita Valley Planning Area, which encompasses approximately 200 square miles. Within this area, there are approximately 50 square miles that make up the City. The City contains four main communities: Canyon Country, Newhall, Saugus, and Valencia, as well as several smaller communities such as Sand Canyon and Placerita Canyon. Each one of these individual communities has its own identity and character. While it is important to create a "citywide" identity, it is equally important to preserve and enhance the individual community identities. Although specific architectural character exists within each community, it is important to recognize that quality design satisfies basic guiding design principles regardless of the building's architectural style. For example, mechanical equipment should be screened, buildings should be well proportioned, and massing should be modulated regardless of whether the architectural style is Mission Revival or Victorian. Thus, general design guidelines have been provided in Chapter 4 - Chapter 78 to guide design, while this chapter supplements the other chapters by providing direction for architectural style and character for projects within each community. In addition to the guidelines provided here, special standards are located in the UDC for Sand Canyon and Placerita Canyon. In contrast to the other chapters, Chapter 5 provides both objective standards and design guidelines for multifamily and mixed -use development. Unlike the design guidelines in Chapters 4 - 7, the objective standards in Chapter 5 are mandatory rather than advisory. All new multifamily and mixed -use projects in the City must comply with the objective standards set forth in Chapter 5 and must be consistent with the style, material and color guidelines outlined in Chapter 3. SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES This chapter focuses primarily on Canyon Country, Newhall, Saugus, and Valencia and integrates input obtained from the public by participating in a Visual Preference Survey, stakeholder interviews, and several public workshops conducted during the Santa Clarita Beautification Master Plan process. Recommendations from the Citywide Design Committee, the City's General Plan, and the existing Santa Clarita Architectural Design Guidelines have also been incorporated. This chapter contains maps defining community boundaries as well as examples of building styles and desired materials specific to each community. Excerpts from the Community Design Element and Land Use Element of the General Plan have been included to describe past and present design characteristics and architectural styles for each community. It is the intent of the Community Design Element and this document to provide design flexibility for urban design and architectural concepts in order to avoid architectural monotony and lack of design innovation. 3-2 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES CANYON COUNTRY IDENTITY Canyon Country has the largest population of any community in the City and comprises the eastern portion of the City. It contains a wide range of housing types, including large -lot single-family custom homes, single-family tract homes, multi- family development, and mobile home parks. Commercial and manufacturing activities have historically been concentrated along both sides of Soledad Canyon Road and along the northern portion of Sierra Highway. However, recent development has been focused in close proximity to Golden Valley Road, the eastern section of the City's Cross Valley Connector. The Canyon Country area is home to the Centre Pointe Business Park, which includes a large retail development and the City's Sports Complex and an industrial hub in the Honby area. The College of the Canyons has developed a second campus on the northern section of Sierra Highway to serve the continued growth of the Canyon Country area. The landscape and terrain in this area is arid and rugged. The architectural style tends to reflect the rural character and desert atmosphere. The commercial and industrial developments incorporate a wide variety of architectural styles and uses. For example, along one section of Soldead Canyon Road there is an existing older mobile home park with a high density Cape Cod style condominium complex located directlyto the south. Other new development includes medium-sized California ranch style homes as well as Santa Fe and Mediterranean style houses, and Contemporary styled townhomes, multifamily buildings, and commercial shopping center.: MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES IDENTITY Homes along the northern section of Sierra Highway are generally rural and of very low density. Many of the homes are on custom lots with a variety of architectural styles; however, near the Sierra Highway and Soledad Canyon intersection are multi -family developments. Mediterranean and contemporary architectural styles are present. Some development has also encroached onto the hillsides and ridgelines. The Santa Clara River is a prevalent feature in Canyon Country as it parallels large reaches of Soledad Canyon Road. The riverbed provides natural open space and presents a major opportunity for enhancement of the area and the abilityto create a greenbelt connecting the community with other areas of the Valley. The Sand Canyon area, a sub -community of Canyon Country, is located in the southeastern part of Canyon Country and is comprised of predominantly low -density single-family residential and equestrian uses. The area is rural with extensive stands of oaks and is characterized by large, upscale single- family homes and lots. The community is accessible via Sand Canyon Road and Placerita Canyon Road and is bordered on the south and east by the Angeles National Forest. 3-4 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES IDENTITY Canyon Country is a place full of community pride and rural character. Surrounded by a series of mountains and canyons that also penetrate the community, the location contributes to community members' appreciation for the natural environment. In addition to natural sensitivity, Canyon Country is a community that encourages economic and cultural diversity. The following characteristics were used to describe Canyon Country during a public workshop. • Family -oriented Outdoor -oriented • Rural Natural • Rustic Best kept secret • Equestrian Small town feel • Country Community involvement • Mountainous Friendly • River trails MARCH 24, 2009 3-5 CHARACTER& COMMUNITY The desired architectural character for Canyon Country is a rustic, natural, and timeless style. Heavy timber and river rock or natural stone are materials that are strongly encouraged within the community. Residents would like to see projects that incorporate water features, trellises, special paving, and plaza spaces. SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES I Is \ oohs TNER g}Ds i 3-6 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES These guidelines are intended to complement the general guidelines provided in Chapter 4 - Chapter 78. The basic recommendations for color and material selection in the subsequent€e4ewjffq chapters must 5heuld be reviewed in conjunction with this section when building in Canyon Country. The following listings of appropriate and inappropriate materials were developed for the Canyon Country community. The materials listed as "appropriate" have generally stood the test of time as having desirable aesthetic qualities, while the materials listed as "inappropriate" have failed to withstand the test of time. Certain materials have been omitted because the success or failure of these materials has traditionally had more to do with the overall design than the materials selected. These listings of materials are intended to provide general guidance and are not intended to be exhaustive; designers should not feel that they must limit their material palette to the following selections. New materials and refined fabrication methods are continually being introduced and Santa Clarita encourages designers to take advantage of these innovations. MARCH 24, 2009 3-7 B U I L D I N G (C0NT.) 1. Appropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: • Native stone veneer. • Cement plaster stucco. • Smooth and hand -troweled stucco. • Tile. • Rough, split -face masonry. • Wood siding (vertical rough sawn board and batten siding and/or horizontal rough sawn lap siding) or wood shingles. • Cement/fiber siding (6-inch, 8-inch, or 12-inch horizontal siding). • Brick. 2. Inappropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: • Simulated materials such as cement brick. • T-111siding (4-footby8-foot plywood with vertical grooves at 8-inch to 12-inch increments). • Metal siding. • Slump stone. • Precision block. • Highly polished materials. • Spray on "Spanish lace"or knock down stucco. • Mirror glass and heavily tinted glass. • Corrugated fiberglass. SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES so 3-8 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES BUILDING (C0NT.) 3. Appropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: • Accenttile. • Stucco corbels, lintels, and sills. • Timber lintels, sills, corbels, and trusses. • Heavy wood beams. • Exposed timber rafter tails. • Clay tile vents. • Wood vents. • Recessed niches. • Arches. • Colonnades. • Deep overhangs. • Wrought iron. • Wood trellises/shading devices. • Decorative knee bracing. • Wood casement or fixed windows (multi-lite). • Wood doors with wood trim. 4. Inappropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: • Chrome. • Plastic. • Aluminum windows. • Highly polished materials. MARCH 24, 2009 3-9 BUILDING (C0NT.) 5. Appropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: • Clay tiles. • Cementtiles. • Dimensional asphalt/composite shingles. • Standing seam/metal roofing. • "Cool roof'built-up roofing. • Traditional tapered barrel tiles. 6. Inappropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: • Simulated clay or concrete roofing tiles. • Wood shingles/shakes. • Corrugated metal/fiberglass panels. • S-tiles. SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES momm �LIi RAM Popp- 3-10 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES wxo-reai.i5 /'-�EFlEBIoR cFnq.ri L'FRs.eo M�ER I � F�S'rER .s t The following guidelines are intended to promote well - coordinated color palettes that integrate with the other exterior features of a building. 1. Light, subtle earth tones such as tan, beige, sand, and cream, used in conjunction with bold, rich complementary accents, are appropriate color choices for Canyon Country. 2. Simple color schemes involving a maximum of three colors are recommended. 3. Bright colored and stark whitewalls are discouraged. 4. Certain materials, such as stone and brick, have distinct coloring in their natural state and should be thought of as an element of the color palette used. These materials should not be painted. 5. Brighter colors should be used as accents. MARCH 24, 2009 3 -11 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES CONSIDERATIONS Many existing shopping centers within the community are in need of renovation. Facade and character upgrades can make a dramatic difference in the attractiveness and desirability of a retail property. Simple cosmetic changes such as painting, incorporating appropriate signage and lighting, and installing shading devices can significantly improve the appearance of a building. The removal of unsafe and unsightly building components, suchasdeterioratedstuccoandothermaterials, will also greatly enhance the aesthetics of the entire community. 3-12 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES N E W H A L L I�111►���r'1 Newhall was the earliest permanent settlement in the Valley, established in 1876 in conjunction with the construction of the Southern Pacific Railroad. This area was a typical western town of oil, mining, and railroad workers. Many residents were first attracted to Newhall because of its rural environment and open space. Early rural ranch style homes built on large lots located south of Lyons Avenue reflect the community's sporadic and independent growth. The architecture of the Newhall homes reflects a diversity of architectural styles. The newer homes, on smaller lots, reflect popular design styles from the 1950s to the present. Much of the early commercial development in the downtown Newhall area occupies single -story older buildings and serves neighborhoods along Newhall Avenue. Commercial development along Lyons Avenue, with some exceptions, follows the common style of the 1960s, 1970s, and 1980s and includes numerous small and mid -sized wood and stucco strip centers. Recent attempts have been made to improve the aesthetics of the commercial area by building community shopping centers that incorporate historic elements of the area. Examples of building styles include Spanish buildings with terra cotta tile roofs, a Victorian -style shopping center, and western - theme buildings. MARCH 24, 2009 3 -13 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES IDENTITY Along the southern end of Newhall Avenue are several small, one-story, older neighborhood commercial uses. Further to the north, along Newhall Avenue adjoining the railroad tracks, are older industrial developments. Many of the industrial and commercial land uses along this strip of road are surrounded by vacant lots. Newhall has developed very much on its own, without regard to any particular architectural style, street development standards, or consistent streetscapes. Large stands of oak trees are scattered throughout the community. Prior to the completion of the interstate system, Newhall Avenue, formerly known as San Fernando Road, was a principal link in the historic circulation system between the San Joaquin Valley and the Los Angeles Basin. The roadway still serves as one of the key traffic arteries within the City. The Downtown Newhall Specific Plan, adopted in December of 2005 and revised in May of 2022, sets design parameters for sub -areas throughout the downtown area that complement the following Newhall- wide design guidelines. The Downtown Newhall Specific Plan document goes into greater detail by identifying specific forms and details that fit the architectural types that are prescribed for the downtown area. The quality of architecture, however, must meet the directives of this Community Character and Design Guidelines document. 3 -14 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES IDENTITY Placerita Canyon, a subcommunity of Newhall, is a rural and oak -studded residential area northeast of downtown Newhall. Equestrian -oriented residential areas placed among oak woodlands typify most of the development in the area. A substantial amount of new home construction has occurred in recent years. Historically, the area contained scattered ranches, some of which remain today. Newer homes include Tudor, Ranch, French Country, Victorian, and other styles on larger lots of one-half acre or greater. Oil fields are located in the eastern portion of the canyon, west of SR-14. East of the freeway, Placerita Canyon is predominantly undeveloped, with much of the land as part of the Angeles National Forest. The Placerita Canyon area is also home to the Master's College, Gene Autry's Melody Ranch, and the Placerita Canyon Nature Center. Newhall is a community rich in history. Evolving from an Indian trading center to an important destination in the quests for gold and then oil, it soon became a railroad flag stop of general stores, saloons, and churches. As the film industry grew, Newhall became the home of early western silent screen movies. MARCH 24, 2009 3 -15 IDENTITY These strong roots are still very important to the residents of Newhall. The passion for history and love of the old film stars help to identify the essence of Newhall. The following characteristics were used to describe Newhall during public workshops. • Western movies • William S. Hart • Passion for history • Cowboys • Melody Ranch - filming • Rich cultural heritage • Oak of the Golden Dream • Oil fields (Mentryville) • Community involvement SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES V ��1?TRESS �4aC0UNT�RS - _, , Jz 3-16 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES N E W H A L L The Downtown Newhall Specific Plan regulates the downtown area and establishes a direction for architectural styles and character in the area. Any project within the Downtown Newhall Specific Plan Area will be required to comply with the Downtown Newhall Specific Plan in -lieu of these guidelines. MARCH 24, 2009 3 - 1 7 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES CHARACTER& COMMUNITY Newhall's downtown core possesses a historic feel consisting primarily of Victorian, Western, and Mission Revival architecture. Outside of the downtown core the architecture takes on a variety of styles, but the historic flavor influences new development. Residents feel that outside of the district, quality materials and good site and building design are more important than theme architecture. Developers should be encouraged to capture the essence of Newhall without being tied to a specific architectural style. 3-18 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES l:lilmlmpll\l[j These guidelines are intended to complement the general guidelines provided in Chapter 4 - Chapter 79. The basic recommendations for color and material selection in the subsequent€e4ewiffq chapters must54ei+W be reviewed in conjunction with this section when building in Newhall. The following listings of appropriate and inappropriate materials were developed for the Newhall community. The materials listed as "appropriate" have generally stood the test of time as having desirable aesthetic qualities, while those listed as"inappropriate" have failed to withstand the test of time. Certain materials have been omitted because the success or failure of these materials has traditionally had more to do with the overall design, rather than the materials selected. These listings are intended to provide general guidance and are not intended to be exhaustive; designers should not feel that they must limit their material palette to the following selections. New materials and refined fabrication methods are continually being introduced, and Santa Clarita encourages designers to take advantage of these innovations. MARCH 24, 2009 3 -19 SANTA CI ARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTFR k nFWN CHInFLINES BUILDING (C0NT.) 1. Appropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: • Native stone veneer. • Cement plaster stucco. • Smooth and hand -troweled stucco. • Tile. • Horizontal siding of wood or fiber cement board (6-inch, 8-inch, or 12-inch exposures). • Cement/fiber siding (6-inch, 8-inch, 12-inch horizontal siding). 2. Inappropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: • T-111 siding (4-foot by 8-foot plywood with vertical grooves at 8-inch to 12-inch increments). • Highly polished materials. • Mirror glass and heavily tinted glass. • Corrugated metal/fiberglass panels. • Metal siding. • Spray -on or knock -down stucco. • Exposed steel framing. 3-20 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES BUILDING (C0NT.) 3. Appropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: • Accenttile. • Stucco corbels, lintels, sills. • Timber lintels, sills, corbels. • Clay tile vents. • Wood vents. • Recessed niches. • Arches. • Colonnades. • Wrought iron. • Canvas awnings, wood porches, and balconies/shading devices. 4. Inappropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: • Plastic. • Chrome. • Aluminum windows. • Highly polished materials. MARCH 24, 2009 3 - 21 B U I L D I N G (coNT.) 5. Appropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: • Clay tiles. • Cementtiles. • Dimensional asphalt/composite shingles. • Metal roofing. • "Cool roof'built-up roofing. • Traditional tapered barrel tiles. 6. Inappropriate roofing materials and colors include, but are not limited to: • Maxitile (simulated clay orconcrete roofing tiles). • Corrugated metal/fiberglass panels. • Bright or dark -colored roofing. • 5-tiles. SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 1 3-22 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES M The following guidelines are intended to promote well - coordinated color palettes that integrate with the other exterior features of a building. 1. Given the Victorian architectural influence, a broader spectrum of colors is desirable in Newhall. 2. Muted shades of virtually any color is appropriate. 3. Certain materials, such as stone and brick, have distinct coloring in their natural state and should be thought of as an element of the color palette used. These materials should not be painted. 4. Brighter colors should be used as accents. MARCH 24, 2009 3 - 23 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES DESIGN Although a variation in architectural style is encouraged throughout the community, San Fernando Road warrants special consideration. The Santa Clarita Beautification Master Plan identifies it as a primary corridor within the community and, consequently, projects should be designed to prominently address the street edge. Projects should incorporate a landscaped parkway and, where possible, a split rail fence. Buildings should be placed at the street edge with parking located behind. 3-24 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES SAUGUS I�l1f►���r'1 Established in 1887, Saugus is named for the Massachusetts birthplace of founder Henry Mayo Newhall and owes its existence to the Southern Pacific Railroad. Similar to Newhall in its early development, Saugus began as a rural community with large residential lots and open spaces. The residential areas of Saugus are located in Seco Canyon and Bouquet Canyon, with townhouses located on the heights above the junction of the two canyons. Much of the development in Saugus has moved into the canyon and hill areas in a series of suburban tracts. Many of the older homes are California ranch style. Strip commercial centers, prevalent in Saugus along Soledad Canyon Road and Bouquet Canyon Road, consist primarily of stucco, wood, and Spanish styles with terra cotta tile roofs. The natural areas remaining in the center of the City known as the Whittaker-Bermite property presenta major opportunity for enhancement of the area and the ability to create a greenbelt connecting the community with other areas of the Valley. The northern part of Saugus is hilly, the streets are tree -lined, and much of this area is covered with natural vegetation. The Saugus area is home to Central Park, the City's largest park and outdoor recreation facility, which includes numerous multi -purpose fields and amenities. MARCH 24, 2009 3-25 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES IDENTITY Residents of Saugus think of themselves as a family -oriented, rural community. They value the surrounding canyons, the abundance of cottonwoods, and the rustic and ranch character of the community. Local residences used the following characteristics to describe Saugus during a public workshop. • Old mining community Natural wildlife • Ranching community Gateway to natural • Community of homes forest • Family -oriented Large lots • Hillside community Rustic • Open space Home to the road runner • Canyons • Sycamore and oak trees • Middle of the valley • Soft natural green look • Small business rather than clipped • Cottonwoods manicured look 3-26 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES CHARACTER& COMMUNITY Saugus is one of the oldest communities within the City and for the most part is completely built -out. For this reason, the majority of the future projects within this community will be commercial building and shopping center rehabilitation. Members of the Saugus community have expressed a desire to see the existing stark white commercial architecture that lacks detail and overhangs updated in order to create aesthetically pleasing and well designed shopping areas. Renovation and/ or expansion raises property values, reinforces or improves the character of the community, and inspires other property owners and designersto make improvements to their properties, which in turn enhances the entire community. MARCH 24, 2009 3 - 27 BUILDING These guidelines are intended to complement the general guidelines provided in Chapter 4 - Chapter 79. The basic recommendations for color and material selection in the subsequent€e44ew+ffq chapters muster be reviewed in conjunction with this section when building in Saugus. The following listings of appropriate and inappropriate materials were developed for the Saugus community. The materials listed as "appropriate" have generally stood the test of time as having desirable aesthetic qualities, while those listed as"inappropriate" have failed to withstand the test of time. Certain materials have been omitted because success or failure of these materials has traditionally had more to do with the overall design than the materials selected. These listings are intended to provide general guidance, and are not intended to be exhaustive; designers should not feel that they must limittheir material paletteto the following selections. New materials and refined fabrication methods are continually being introduced, and Santa Clarita encourages designers to take advantage of these innovations. SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 914 3-28 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES � 9 z BUILDING (C0NT.) 1. Appropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: • Natural stone veneer. • Floatfinished stucco. • Tile. • Flash fired brick. • Precast concrete. • Concrete. • Wood shingles/shakes. • Smooth sand finished hand troweled stucco. • Hand troweled plaster surfaces. 2. Inappropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: • Simulated materials such as cement brick. • T-111 siding (4-foot by 8-foot plywood with vertical grooves at 8-inch to 12-inch increments). • Metal siding. • Slump stone. • Precision block. • Highly polished materials. • Spray on "Spanish lace"or knock down stucco. • Mirror glass and heavily tinted glass. • Corrugated fiberglass. MARCH 24, 2009 3 - 29 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES B U I L D I N G (coNT.) 3. Appropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: • Ornamental tile for accent. • Build up stucco relief. • Prefabricated molding forms. • Inlaid tile. • Painted wainscoting. • Natural stone. • Wrought iron. • Clay tile vents. • Wood attic vents. • Timber lintels. • Recessed niches. 4. Inappropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: • Plastic. • Chrome. • Aluminum windows. • Highly polished materials. 3-30 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES BUILDING (C0NT.) 5. Appropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: • Clay tiles. • Concrete roof tiles. • Dimensional asphalt/composite shingles. • Traditional tapered barrel tiles. 6. Inappropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: • Simulated clay or concrete roofing tiles. • Wood shingles/shakes. • Built-up flat roofing. • Fiber cement units that imitate slate, wood shakes, or mission tile. • S-tiles. MARCH 24, 2009 3 - 31 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES The following guidelines are intended to promote well - coordinated color palettes that integrate with the other exterior features of a building. 1. Light, subtle, earth tones such as tan, beige, sand, and cream, used in conjunction with bold, rich complementary accents, are appropriate color choices for Saugus. 2. Simple color schemes involving a maximum of three colors are recommended. 3. Certain materials, such as stone and brick, have distinct coloring in their natural state and should be thought of as an element of the color palette used. These materials should not be painted. 4. Dark blue and brightly colored roofing is expressly discouraged, as are vibrantly colored and stark white walls. 3-32 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES CONSIDERATIONS Existing parking lots lack shade trees, landscaping, and pedestrian amenities. Community members feel that the addition of these site features would improve the shopping experience and encourage shoppers to stay within the community to make their purchases. MARCH 24, 2009 3 - 33 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES VALENCIA IDENTITY The community of Valencia is part of the original 37,500 acre Newhall Ranch, a Mexican land grant now owned by the Newhall Land and Farming Company. Named after a city in Spain, Valencia was dedicated in 1965 and developed as a planned community. Residential, commercial, and industrial developments form the basic community structure and are supported by additional shopping centers, recreational facilities, schools, colleges, a hospital, golf courses, professional offices, and other support services that are connected by a system of walkways called "paseos". The community is home to the local Los Angeles County Civic Center, College of the Canyons, and California Institute of the Arts. The southern section of Valencia was first developed in the late 1960s and reflects the architectural style of that period. These neighborhoods include the areas along Orchard Village Road, Wiley Canyon Road, and McBean Parkway, which feature relatively homogeneous suburban tract housing. The homes are on medium-sized landscaped lots. The streets were designed and planned for residential uses and landscaped to create a community atmosphere. 3-34 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES I ML MARCH 24, 2009 IDENTITY Recent residential development has occurred in the hilly section of Valencia north of Newhall Ranch Road. These homes reflect several different modern architectural styles. The neighborhoods are planned with paseos, parks, and other amenities. Commercial uses in Valencia were planned and located in centers such as the regional mall, Town Center Drive, auto row, and smaller neighborhood centers. These centers incorporate a Spanish and Mediterranean architectural style. Industrial land use in the area is located in a business and industrial center in the northern section of the area near Rye Canyon Road. The area contains wide streets with generous landscaped setbacks and one to three-story buildings. 3-35 IDENTITY Although it is probably the most urban community in Santa Clarita, Valencia still has a touch of rural character. It is the combination of lush landscaping, urban architecture, and sophistication in a suburban setting that defines Valencia's character. The following characteristics were used to describe Valencia during a public workshop. • Family • High quality of life • Cleanliness • Paseo system • Safe and secure • Lush landscaping • Pedestrian friendly • Well lit • Tight knit community • Stability of real estate values • Community pride • Pristine marketing corridor SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES DeUWSerra Pict 3-36 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES CHARACTER& COMMUNITY Much of the desired architectural character for Valencia is established by the currently existing buildings. The mixture of bright colors, natural materials, and contemporary design create a favorable array of architectural style within the community. The area with the most potential for new development is the industrial center. Architects are encouraged to provide innovative designs with unique forms and articulation on all sides of the building. Careful planning for employee break areas and outdoor seating is also a concern. These spaces should be designed, not just created within left over areas, and should include special paving and furnishings. MARCH 24, 2009 3 - 37 BUILDING These guidelines are intended to complement the general guidelines provided in Chapter 4 - Chapter 78. The basic recommendations for color and material selection in the subsequent chapters must--AedW be reviewed in conjunction with this section when building in Valencia. The following listings of appropriate and inappropriate materials were developed for the Valencia community. The materials listed as "appropriate" have generally stood the test of time as having desirable aesthetic qualities, while the materials listed as "inappropriate" have failed to withstand the test of time. Certain materials have been omitted because the success or failure of these materials has traditionally had more to do with the overall design than the materials selected. These listings are intended to provide general guidance, and are not intended to be exhaustive; designers should not feel that they must limittheir material paletteto the following selections. New materials and refined fabrication methods are continually being introduced, and Santa Clarita encourages designers to take advantage of these innovations. am III, SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES - 38 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES M' BUILDING (C0NT.) 1. Appropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: • Native stone veneer. • Cement plaster stucco. • Smooth and hand -troweled stucco. • Tile. • Wood siding/shingles. • Cement/fiber siding (6-inch, 8-inch, or 12-inch horizontal siding). 2. Inappropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: • T-111 siding (4-foot by 8-foot plywood with vertical grooves at 8-inch to 12-inch increments). • Highly polished materials. • Mirror or heavily tinted glazing. • Corrugated metal/fiberglass panels. • Metal siding. • Spray -on or knock -down stucco. • Exposed steel framing. MARCH 24, 2009 3 - 39 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES B U I L D I N G (coNT.) 3. Appropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: • Accent tile. • Stucco corbels, lintels, sills. • Timber lintels, sills, corbels. • Clay tile vents. • Wood vents. • Recessed niches. • Arches. • Colonnades. • Wrought iron. • Wood trellises/shading devices. 4. Inappropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: • Plastic. • Chrome. • Aluminum windows. • Highly polished materials. 3-40 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES " I BUILDING (C0NT.) 5. Appropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: • Clay tiles. • Cementtiles. • Dimensional asphalt/ composite shingles. • Metal roofing. • 'Cool roof'built-up roofing. • Traditional tapered barrel tiles. 6. Inappropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: • Simulated clay or concrete roofing tiles. • Wood shingles/shakes. • Corrugated metal/fiberglass panels. • S-tiles. MARCH 24, 2009 3 - 41 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES The following guidelines are intended to promote well - coordinated color palettes that integrate with the other exterior features of a building. 1. Bold, rich colors such as rust, ocher, and olive greens are appropriate in Valencia. 2. Simple color schemes involving a maximum of three colors are recommended. 3. Stark white walls are discouraged unless used where authentically appropriate, such as on a Mission style building. 4. Certain materials, such as stone and brick, have distinct coloring in their natural state and should be thought of as an element of the color palette used. These materials should not be painted. 3-42 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES CONSIDERATIONS Valencia has become a community that supports progressive thinking and creativity through the built form. In addition to showcasing successful contemporary architecture, Valencia has become a street -side gallery for public art. To continue the infusion of art throughout the community, each project should consider what is appropriate to their location and scale and design an integrated place to exhibit public artwork. The public art for each project, regardless of size or visual impact, will, in time, significantly contribute to the richness of Valencia. MARCH 24, 2009 3-43 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 3-44 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES RESIDENTIAL Multi -family developments are higher density residential buildings such as apartments, condominiums, and townhomes. These developments are typically comprised of attached units with common facilities such as parking, open space, and recreation areas. This chapter provides general guidelines for the design of multi -family development in all areas of the City, with the exception of Specific Plan areas. The provisions of this section should apply to any addition, remodeling, relocation, or construction requiring a building permit within the City. The following topics are addressed: 1. Site Planning and Design 2. Building Design 3. Utilitarian Aspects MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES PLANNING & The primary project objective should be on constructing a high quality residential environment. Residential developments surrounded by high walls, parking lots, and rows of carports and/or garages along public streets should be avoided. 1. The design of multi -family developments should consider compatibility with the surrounding neighborhood. 2. , street and the dwelling. When plaEed EerFeEtly, these 3. IneeFnpatible uses, FeparF, etE., Shvcilmbe h crcFcad F cSiidcTtrnial Intensified landscaping, increased setbacks, and building orientation should be utilized as a means of providing adequate separation between such land uses. 4. New structures should be clustered. Clustering creates plazas or pedestrian malls and prevents long "barrack- like"or continuous rows of structures. 5-2 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES PLANNING & ������� � ��,.���,� 'rd. 677.Natural amenities such as views, mature trees, creeks, riparian corridors, and similar features unique to the site should be preserved. r e -i d a rCii. 876..Building placement should not limit solar access by shading adjacent rooftops. ',Orient buildings on an east/west axis to maximize the use of natural daylighting. Narrow floor plan depths should be used to maximize daylight, exterior views, and natural ventilation. Use a courtyard atria to bring light and air into interior spaces. MARCH 242009 S-3 s icy i i f'i4L�.Rk I � r iK I ?'a 4e _ F SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES COURTYARD MARCH 24, 2009 GARAGES ACCESSIBLE FROM COURTYARD BUILDING LOCATED ALONG STREET FRONT NOT THIS ACCESS, PARKING Site plans should balance the need to provide adequate vehicular access with the need to eliminate unnecessary driveway entrances and should provide access points that are coordinated with other properties. the stFeet when pessip e (Rewritten as a standard). she nteFest ~d FedElEe'heat WaR " a ffe,+,.. (Rewritten as a standard). LOT SCREENING Screening should be provided at the edge of all parking areas. 1. A landscaping buffer should be provided between parking areas and public rights -of -way. The landscaped buffer area should not be included when calculating the minimum five percent landscaping within the parking lot interior. This buffer should be designed to provide stormwater retention through swales, sumps, etc. u_ qj-a= z a �. � f.Where topography allows, parking lots could also be located above or below the adjacent street grade to effectively screen parking without the addition of substantial screen walls or landscaping. ��-"*�`--r;=�E ervy�=p� -` f ,. _ ... -'a` ^e-T�--u r-* �-•=�-�=_4-`--t,s s.s.€-'-�'. . , ,.. 5-6 ` .1. 1. —1A COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES C MARCH 24, 2009 sAwTAcLxmTACOMMUNITY CHARACTER mDESIGN GUIDELINES DR|VES Easily identifiable and aesthetically pleasing entrances designed to complement the style of the project should be provided. (Rewritten as a standard). I)eEeFat*ve walls. -3-.L.Project entry features should aOat the overall architectural identity orcharacter ofthe development. "11 MARCH 24,2009 ACCESS Parking areas should be designed so that cars and pedestrians are separated. (Rewritten as a standard). (Rewritten as a standard). EenigeEted te OFF site PHl9liE sidewalks. (Rewritten as a standard). 4;1.Meandering paths are generally preferred over long straight path alignments. 1_; 2 Paths made from permeable materials, such as decomposed granite, can create a more park -like setting and allow for stormwater percolation. SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES b..B wllh. lantlscaped Palk4fay WIRt Porous asphalt. paver hbpks ar lRrge a(Igr.g.r. Mncrets for perkRg antl ti 1 ,� hghlY used 41.rGe a.d p.dBBtrian erBaB. \ Crushetl smn. w Krick Tor IFghtly-ruatl patlaslna� path3_ Proritle'curh-cuts' Intl slope had.....�o.62." .aN5all-g wliee.drlt. Rw to pbl...sy.EVrolI.W WWA, rfOpe,ki npIggC. hir 3erh r mrl agMm55 X.d9. PAVING Specialty paving should be provided adjacent to building entries or facades, in plazas and courtyards or seating areas, at intersections, at mid -block between buildings, and adjacent to parks. + bl to :: ✓ (Rewritten as a standard). 32.Specify reuse of materials such as brick and flagstone where possible. StemawateF (Rewritten as a standard). �3.Light colored paving should be incorporated near buildings to reduce the amount of heat radiating onto buildings and people. MARCH 24, 2009 GARAGES& • ° STRUCTURES Garages, carports, and other accessory structures should be designed as integral parts of the development. 1, Garages and parking areas should be located to have the least amount of visual impact on the street. 2. When viewed from the street, garages should be subordinate to the main living area. Where possible, the garage should be recessed behind the dwelling unit and not located between the main living area and the street. Q SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 04� ani 5-10 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES PACE, L A N D & Public or private common open space, as well as pedestrian connections to such spaces, should be provided to enhance the living environment and contribute to a walkable neighborhood character. 2 1.A transition area should be provided between new development and adjacent open space to preserve the rural feel of the Valley. 4-A river -oriented recreational greenbelt and trails system should be constructed along the Santa Clara River to tie together the communities of Santa Clarita. � : Bicycle and pedestrian pathways should access a project at visually pleasing locations rather than service areas. MARCH 24, 2009 5-1 1 7. Open space should focus on areas that are usable to the residents and not merely remainder parcels with marginal utility. $ hgff eleFigents sweh-a-,- basins spaEe plan. jCLQ Ri iilrlinnc nnrleinn --c and open space should be of sound walls next to )r streets. SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24,2009 5-1 3 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES Deciduous trees �� on west facade. 6 Deciduous trees I r on west facade. N Shade devices on south facade. PLANTINGS e Plants should be used to define building entrances, parking lots, and the edges of various land uses. Plants should also be used to buffer and screen neighboring properties. Consider safety, environmental impacts, and accent elements when selecting and locating landscaping features. 41.Trees should be used to create an intimate scale, enclose spaces, and frame views, but placement should respect the long-range views of surrounding neighbors. 42.Seasonal shading from trees and shrubs on southern and western facades should be used when developing planting schemes for courtyards and streetscapes. Deciduous trees provide solar control during summer and winter while providing fall color, seasonal flower, and other desired effects. __Accent planting should be used around entries and key activity hubs. MARCH 24, 2009 5-1 5 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES PLANTING ,Vines and potted plants should be used to provide wall, column, and post texture and color, as well as to accentuate entryways, courtyards, and sidewalks. 6,Nuisance trees that drop flowers and fruit should be avoided near pedestrian walkways to maintain clear paths of travel. 8:6.Lawn areas should be planted to serve a functional purpose. Turf installation should be limited due to high watering needs. Sod should be used for turf installation. Special permission should be obtained from the City to install lawns by seeding. b.t street Tights ..less ,.therw .JireEted by, the City. (Rewritten as a standard). 4z?7. Lineal root barriers should be installed at each tree planted within six feet of the curb or walk. Root barriers on the curb side should be 24 inches deep and root barriers on the walkway side should be 18 inches deep. Root barriers should extend six feet to each side of the trunk of the tree. 5 -16 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES PLANTING 13. Drought tolerant grasses should be used for lawn areas where possible. 14. All plants should be coordinated with irrigation plans. Native and low water use plants should be used in conjunction with an efficient water system, such as drip irrigation. Drip irrigation systems should be used in all areas except for turf irrigation and small ornamental plantings. The irrigation systems should be designed to apply water slowly allowing plants to be deep watered. Each street tree should be watered by two deep watering bubblers separate from all other irrigation. Explore opportunities to reuse rain water and/or grey water for irrigation. 5-1 7 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES PLANTING 17. Plants located directly below the eaves or at a rain gutter outlet should be sturdy and have a subsurface matrix of roots to tolerate heavy sheet flow and periodic saturation consistent with the Standard Urban Stormwater Mitigation Plan. Urban runoff can be greatly reduced by diverting stormwater from impervious areas, such as concrete surfaces, to planted areas. Infiltration basins where water can seep into the ground should be used. 18. Due to challenging soil conditions found throughout the Valley, extra care should be given to prepare and apply soil amendments prior to planting. "Structural soil" should be considered for tree planting in areas that might be subject to compaction, such as street edges, narrow medians, and parking lots. +94761. _ RPtnjr�}'Pn as a Standard). 5-18 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES PLANTING 20. Short lived plants, plants susceptible to disease, and large expanses of single plant varieties should be avoided due to an unchanging appearance and the potential for complete loss of landscaping if struck with disease. € effi-p -t=a =� ...,, nr (Rewritten as a standard). (Rewritten as a standard). r�, multi -family residenti • SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES LOT PLANTING Provide well planted parking areas. Plants should create a functional and attractive parking environment. 1. Parking lot trees with 30 to 40-foot canopies should be planted to shade parked cars and create a more attractive environment. 2. Consideration of plant materials adjacent to parking spaces should be a priority. Thorns, stickers, and sharp leaves should be avoided. heat 05laigel" effeRs. The Feguired tfees shekild be the paddRg stall and should net be EalEbIlated as planted etb.,d . (Rewritten as a standard). (Rewritten as a standard). 5-20 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES BUILDING Building forms and facades influence cohesiveness, comfort, and aesthetic pride and can generate pedestrian activity and increase a sense of security. Any good design should take into consideration fundamental design principals including continuity, mass, scale, rhythm, and proportion. All new buildings and remodels should incorporate 360-degree architecture, which is the full articulation of all building facades, including variation in massing, roof forms, wall planes, and surface articulation. The following guidelines are intended to provide a general framework for design, and do not mandate specific architectural styles, themes, or details. Chapter 3 of this document should be consulted prior to developing building design drawings to ensure that the appropriate community character is incorporated into the building design. The City will be open to considering innovative, alternative design concepts that were not envisioned at the time that these guidelines were written; however an attempt should be made to comply with the general intent of the guidelines provided. MARCH 24, 2009 21 Mass is defined as a three-dimensional form, such as a cube, box, cylinder, pyramid, or cone. The way the forms are sized directly relates to the way building elements are emphasized or de-emphasized. Voids or open spaces in the forms can change the form's appearance and make the building more interesting and less imposing. .,Several smaller, compact building footprints, rather than one large building, should be used to provide an intimate scale and a more efficient envelope for optimizing daylighting and passive solar heating and cooling functions SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES Changes in Massing Detail 4. Combinations of one, one and one half, and two story units should be used to create visual interest and variation in the massing and building height. 6-.5.Structures with greater height should include additional setbacks and steps within the massing to create a transition in heights from adjacent properties and to avoid dominating the character of the neighborhood. Rewritten as a standard). MARCH 24, 2009 r -) 1) SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES building. detak (Rewritten as a standard). z. heuld be utilized (Rewritten as a standard). 5-24 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES �"-" 7`olll �=_ �701zml �7"qv 7 OW Eea'd be used e Weak tip building Fnassing! Va ,F.- igt setba& withwig same St. Eta BlankwallsI'd be eided (Rewritten as a standard). 4.2. MARCH 24, 2009 ARTICULATION sD�� ��8ui|dingelements and details should beconsistent with the chosen architectural style. 9A.Sudacedetailing should not serve asasubstitute for well integrated and distinctive massing. sAmrxcLAmrxCOMMUNITY CHARACTER mDESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24,2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES ROOF Roofs should reflect residential appearance through roof pitch and material selection. +E -2-.1.Roofs covering the entire building, such as hips and gables, are preferred over mansard roofs. MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES Locate large planters over structural columns Waterproof membrane Lightweight, low water -retention soil mix Lightweight .. roof Retention - Ideal Soil Depths: Groundcovers -12" Flowers - 12" to 18" Shrubs - 18" to 24" Trees - 30" to 36" MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES M► Im MARCH 24, 2009 WINDOWS40 ja' .AWNINGS Windows and doors help to define the architectural style of a building while providing daylight to interior spaces and visual interest to building facades. These features may be accented through the use of awnings. (Rewritten as a standard). ;3.Maximize daylighting and views through window placement and design. Passive solar design can be used to reduce heating requirements by 30 percent to 50 percent, thus saving money and energy. However, south facing windows should be shaded with an overhang or awnings to reduce summer sun exposure. r f _ (Rewritten as a standard). sAmrxcLAmrxCOMMUNITY CHARACTER mDESIGN GUIDELINES VV|NDOVVS, AWNINGS z�^Any bun shutters should be proportionate to the adjacent windows tocreate the appearance ofreal and functional shutters. .Z�EPA"Energy Star" labeled windows with low-ecoatings are encouraged. 9-.4, Permanent shading devices such as awnings and canopies onsouth-facing facades should beincorporated into building designs toprovide aesthetic enhancement while assisting in cooling the building during the summer months. 4-4-5,Awnings should be used to add color, form, and relief */ the building. ca Awnings should not bewrapped around buildings in continuous bands. Awnings should only be placed ontop ofdoors, windows, and other openings such as paseoentmnces. w��2�mm 5-30 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES DWELLING ACCESSSTAIRS All entrances should be clearly identifiable and emphasized using lighting, landscaping, and architecture. 1. Access points to units should be clustered in groups of four or less. Long, monotonous access balconies and corridors that provide access to five or more units should be avoided. z. 5heuld be emphasized thFOUgh the use ef lighting, (Rewritten as a standard). 5,2. . MARCH 24, 2009 5-31 MATERIALS& The selection and placement of building materials should provide visual interest at the pedestrian level. Heavier materials should be used to form the building base and as accents on upper stories and walls. Materials and colors should be used to enhance buildings and adjacent pedestrian spaces by adding color, shadows, and interesting forms. (Rewritten as a standard). (Rewritten as a standard). 1,Materials selected for multi -family projects should be aesthetically pleasing but very durable and should require low maintenance. SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES Recommended Change in plane with change in material Not Recommended Material or color change at outside corner Not Recommended Change of materials on same plane C 111) MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MATERIALS"•'`►``, 4. Materials should be utilized that reduce the transfer of heat into and/or out of the building. 5. Recycled content materials, such as wood substitutes, recycled concrete, and asphalt, as well as non -toxic materials, should be used wherever possible. 4 aFEhoteEtElFal el MARCH 24, 2009 C 7 7 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES ASPEC TS All utilitarian equipment and features should be integrated into the site plan and should either be aesthetically screened from view or designed to complement the architectural style of the project. Utility service areas should be part of the early site design process, rather than an afterthought at the construction document phase. (Rewritten as a standard). (Rewritten as a standard). (Rewritten as a standard). -:.Where screen walls are used, the walls should be designed to blend with the site's architecture. <.Transformers required to be installed adjacent to the street should be placed underground. fFem the StFeet (Rewritten as a standard). 5 - 34 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES ASPEC TS 7. Guardrails should complement the architectural style of the building. 8. Ramps should be integrated into the site design and can be used to create functional or unique spaces. 9, Gutters and downspouts on the exterior of the building should be decorative or designed to integrate with the building facade. MARCH 24, 2009 RECYCLING Trash and recycling enclosures should be carefully designed, located, and integrated into the site plan. as a standard). with the desigR of the picejeEt and the building standard .' ^—�] A "~a~.tr/"" ~"t=""~ ^" *,~ t=`h ""ri n`n/rx^n sAmrxcLAmrxCOMMUNITY CHARACTER mDESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24,2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 6. Trash and recycling bins should be conveniently accessible for collection and maintenance and should not block access drives during loading operations. ;T Drainage from adjoining roof and pavement should be diverted around the trash and recycling area. MARCH 24, 2009 5-3 7 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES LIGHTING Effective lighting provides safety and direction for vehicles and pedestrians while enhancing architectural building and landscape details. These guidelines apply to on -site lighting for parking areas and lights associated with the building in private development projects. Light types may include pole lights, spotlighting, wall -mounted sconces, parking lighting, and landscape lighting. 1. Light fixtures should be designed or selected to be architecturally compatible with the main structure or theme of the development. 2. The intensity of light, level of light as measured in footcandles, and the type of bulb or source should be carefully addressed. Lighting levels should not be so intense as to draw attention to the glow or glare of the light source. 3. Spotlighting or glare from any site lighting should be shielded from adjacent properties and directed at a specific object or target area. 5-38 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES LIGHTING • 4. Exposed bulbs should not be used. Cut-off lighting is preferred. 5. Uplighting of building elements and trees should use the lowest wattage possible to minimize impacts to the night sky. Light sources for wall washing and tree lighting should be hidden. 6. Where landscaping is lit, low -voltage lighting should be used whenever possible to conserve energy. Energy efficient lamps and ballasts, controlled by photoelectric methods or timers, should be incorporated. 7. The height of a light pole should be appropriate in scale for the building or the complex and the surrounding area. 8. Accent lighting should be used to illuminate walkways, entries, seating areas, and/or specimen plants and trees. MARCH 24, 2009 5-3 9 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES LIGHTING 9. Walkways and paseos should be lit to an average of one and one half to two footcandles in intensity to ensure safe nighttime conditions. 10. Use renewable energy sources for lighting, such as solar microturbine. 11. Recreational amenities and courtyards should be well lit to enhance the pedestrian experience and create a safe environment. 5-40 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 7-1 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 7-2 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 7-3 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 7-4 MARCH 24, 2009 ygacRRACOMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES ° ^ OVERALL ».. ±yvr .«am> y�� . . MARCH 24,20 9 7-5 OVERALL 5. Both vertical or horizontal integration of uses should be allowed in mixed use development, with an emphasis on tying the uses together with appropriate pedestrian linkages. wallew ry5.-(Rewritten as a standard). -7-.6.Mixed use projects should be designed to create a pedestrian -scale environment through appropriate street and sidewalk widths, block lengths, relationships of buildings to streets, and use of public spaces. develepffient. SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES pe'NTWilightMemo -- - 7-6 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 4 MARCH 24, 2009 OVERALL eeleFs), (Rewritten as a standard) 4-1,10. tFaRspaFeRt identifiable spaEes-« k-v,4. (Rewritten as a standard). OVERALL ^,(Rewritten as a standard). r-;PlPrt4Al , e-a. (Rewritten as a standard). 46-.14. The entire mixed use development should utilize a consistent architectural style and materials. However; if the intent is to differentiate between uses, some architectural details should vary slightly. the building. appFepFiate. SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES s f. 7-8 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 7-9 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES J 7-10 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 1 . The site layeut sheUld ElusteF buildii9gs eig the site te Efeate and plea5ant and that have appFePF*ate amenitie5 (e.g., attFaEtiye—sidew'calks aFiel veREhes). Sidewalks anEY (e.g., awnings/canepie5) and appropriate pedestrian -. vvge nitie5 (e.g., ramn Street tFee nv atee eutdr w .-eating, b 5 publie aFt, etc(Rewritten as a standard). MARCH 24, 2009 7-1 1 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES Vim 171P- PEDESTRIAN - GUIDELINES with �5. / (Rewritten as a standard). 1 '1 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 7 V till I l■ MARCH 24, 2009 b PEDESTRIAN - GUIDELINES (Rewritten as a standard). �crcvanrrc SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 1. As a whole, public space should satisfy the following criteria: • Provide areas for informal meetings and social interaction with other people or areas for passive and active uses as appropriate. • Be accessible to residents. • Provide a strong image and sense of place. • Be a part of the pedestrian linkage throughout the development and adjacent land uses. 7-14 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES PUBLIC • Provide an overall theme and visual connection between spaces and uses within the development. • Include areas of various shapes, sizes, and configurations throughout the development. • Be designed or located to ensure that it is usable year-round by providing areas that have awnings, wind breaks, sun shade, and/or landscaping that can provide shelter from the elements. • Create a pleasant pedestrian environment. • Create an interconnected open space system. • Energize commercial retail activity. passive use. MARCH 24, 2009 7-15 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES iru,p .;+ PUBLIC 3. Public spaces should be clearly recognizable as "public" (e.g., a plaza within view of a street or other public space) and publicly accessible (i.e., a pedestrian accessible), and the space should be able to be occupied by people (i.e., a person can stand or sit in the area). di Etiv 54.Public spaces should be located adjacent to the commercial component of the development that can be converted for joint use with outdoor dining and pedestrian access. However, when used in conjunction with an outdoor dining area, the areas should be designed in such a manner that pedestrian access is not being impeded or hindered. The minimum vertical dimension for clear pedestrian access should be eight feet. 1 7-16 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 7-1 7 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 7-18 MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 7-1 9 6 { Tg I-0 �1�.., 3 # , e-f rip Aw .+..#f k '�� SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 7-21 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES Doug Dun/BAR Architects 9HCPSkND RESPLPANTS AL LAND 9CAPm PAFnS AND PLAIkS I —E—Cl1TYE YALEf PAi1XAC www.i nterlandusa.com OWNHDMES 7-22 _� 8DVTIDVEV HGR L j,`��y[ WDVLD-C AN eDDnoues AND ��� "' VESTAVDAlfIB xan smEer sivuan uxsAn Lom (la FL [£ILJnG� MARCH 24, 2009 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 7-23 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 7-24 MARCH 24, 2009 O Agenda Item: 1 CITY OF SANTA CLARITA PLANNING COMMISSION AGENDA REPORT CONTINUED PUBLIC HEARING PLANNING MANAGER APPROVAL: DATE: July 7, 2026 SUBJECT: MC26-038: CITYWIDE MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE RESIDENTIAL OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS AND RELATED AMENDMENTS TO THE SCMC APPLICANT: City of Santa Clarita LOCATION: Citywide CASE PLANNER: Zarui Chaparyan RECOMMENDED ACTION Planning Commission: 1. Conduct the public hearing; 2. Determine that the project is exempt from environmental review pursuant to California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) under CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3), the common-sense exemption; 3. Adopt Resolution P26-04, recommending the City Council approve Master Case 26-038, consisting of Objective Design Standards and Santa Clarita Municipal Code (SCMC) Amendment 26-003 (UDC26-002); and 4. Take additional, related action that may be desirable. REQUEST The City of Santa Clarita (City) proposes Citywide multifamily and mixed -use Objective Design Standards (ODS) and to update the Santa Clarita Municipal Code (SCMC), including text amendments to Chapter 17 (Zoning) to address administrative procedures for ODS. The proposal would implement Programs HP-2.1 and HP-2.2 of the City's Housing Element (HE). Page 1 Packet Pg. 8 O BACKGROUND State Housing Laws and ODS In recent years, the State of California (State) has adopted a series of housing laws, including Senate Bill (SB) 330, SB 35 and Assembly Bill (AB) 2011, which require the City to adopt ODS or forego enforcing architectural and site design guidelines on certain residential projects. The Legislature's goal is to streamline design review of multifamily and mixed -use housing projects. Objective Design Standards are designed to ensure that new residential development is reviewed under measurable and verifiable criteria to streamline the approval process for certain types of multifamily and mixed -use developments. Objective Design Standards do not apply to commercial, industrial or single-family residential projects. While design guidelines, including the City's current Community Character and Design Guidelines (CCDG), provide the City with greater flexibility during the review process to ensure quality architecture and site design in projects, ODS removes subjectivity from the review process. To the extent feasible, the ODS will: 1. Continue to produce development projects that meet the City's high standards for architecture; 2. Be consistent with the community character established by the City Council; 3. Provide a streamlined review process for applicants; 4. Be consistent with the City's HE of the General Plan; and 5. Meet the requirements of the state housing law. City's 6th Cycle Housing Element (HE) The City's 6th cycle HE was adopted by the City Council on June 27, 2023, and certified by the Department of Housing and Community Development on August 22, 2023. The HE identifies several programs to help the City reach its Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA) of 10,031 new units. Specific to ODS and the proposed zoning amendments are the following Housing Programs identified by the HE: HP-2.1: Zoning Code Changes for Consistency with State Law. This program identifies several potential zoning code changes to support the City in reaching its RHNA allocation, some of which were recently adopted with SB 9 and the Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU) changes in April 2026. Amongst the code changes is the development of ODS for multifamily and mixed -use projects and the integration of the standard conditions of approval currently applied through the Development Review process into the objective design and development standards for development projects with residential components. These changes are proposed to be implemented by updating the CCDG referenced in the SCMC. HP-2.2: Updates to Administrative Procedures. This program would remove the City's discretionary findings requirement for site suitability for development projects. These changes would be implemented through amendments to the SCMC. Refer to Exhibit D. Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG) Regional Early Action Planning Page 2 Packet Pg. 9 O (REAP) Grant On October 8, 2024, the City Council authorized a Memorandum of Understanding between SCAG and the City for a Sub -regional Partnership Program Grant, in the amount of $250,000 to prepare multifamily and mixed -use housing ODS. On May 13, 2025, the City Council appropriated these funds for RRM Design Group (RRM) to draft the proposed ODS at staffs direction. Stakeholder Meetings The City held two stakeholder meetings on January 27 and January 29, 2026 with members of the local development community. Similar meetings have been conducted for other City projects, including the Old Town Newhall Specific Plan and Town Center Specific Plan. The purpose of these meetings was to help ensure that the ODS would be a practical and implementable document for future projects. The primary feedback of the stakeholders included that the ODS should be realistic, avoid unnecessary development costs, and maintain community characteristics. Stakeholders were particularly in favor of a more predictable approval process and asked for an "opt out" option, should they be unable or unwilling to meet all the ODS. Development Committee Meeting The City held a Development Committee meeting on May 1, 2026, to discuss the proposed ODS and associated code amendments. The discussion focused on how the ODS would be implemented, including potential impacts on existing development, Specific Plans, affordable housing laws, and the City's review authority under the proposed opt -out provision. PROJECT DESCRIPTION Objective Design Standards The proposed ODS for multifamily and mixed -use development will help the City maintain local control over project design while preserving the established community character. The City Council adopted the CCDG in 2002 and updated it in 2009 to provide direction for site planning and building design for new developments. The guidelines established the architectural character of the City's four communities of Valencia, Saugus, Canyon Country, and Newhall. The ODS project proposes revisions to Chapter 5 (Multifamily Residential Guidelines) of the CCDG, converting existing guidelines into ODS and integrating standards applicable to mixed -use development, where appropriate. As a result of this consolidation, Chapter 7 (Mixed -Use Design Guidelines) of the CCDG will be removed from the document. The modifications to Chapter 5 also require that design elements included in each of the City's communities must be incorporated into multifamily and mixed -use projects, requiring developers to incorporate specific architectural styles identified in the CCDG into proposed architecture and site design. The proposed ODS are limited to policy and regulatory guidance and will not result in any physical development or construction. Page 3 Packet Pg. 10 O In all, there are 63 proposed ODS, with 99 design guidelines remaining in Chapter 5. Design guidelines for commercial, industrial, and single-family development projects were not changed. In collaboration with RRM, staff identified key design elements to standardize and ensure they are applied correctly. The most important design elements are included as ODS. The 99 remaining non-objective guidelines will allow design flexibility and creativity. During project review, staff may recommend, but not mandate, the application of these guidelines on multifamily and mixed -use housing projects. Existing CCDG design guidelines are converted into objective standards in several ways: 1. Creating objectivity by removing terms like "shall" or "should" and adding "must" and "required" to the guidelines to mandate the standard. 2. Providing a menu of options for applicants to choose from to comply with a standard. 3. Providing standalone, clear, measurable objectives that must be achieved. Note that the proposed standards are the minimum thresholds required for projects; applicants may always propose more. Refer to Figure 1 for proposed examples. Figure 1: Proposed ODS Examples Objective Design Standard CCDG Existing Subjective Standard Buildings with a footprint greater than 4,000 Large projects should be broken up into square feet and two stories or taller must include groups of structures of various heights. massing elements at each story (for example, a three-story building would have at least one massing element on the first story; one massing element on the second story; and one massing element on the third story). Roof lines must not extend horizontally more than Roof lines should be varied in height, and 40 feet in length without a two -foot variation in long horizontal roof lines should be broken height. UP - Individual residential dwelling unit entrances The entrances to individual units should be located on the ground floor must be emphasized visible from nearby parking areas where and clearly defined with at least two of the possible. Building entrances should be following: emphasized through the use of lighting, i. Porch or stoop that is at least six feet wide and landscaping and architecture. four feet deep. ii. Patio. iii. Terrace. iv. Weather protection covering in the form of an awning or recessed doorway. Recessed doorways must be a minimum depth of two feet. v. Architectural detailing such as lighting features or decorative address lettering. vi. Transition in color or material. Facades of commercial uses on the ground floor The vertical plane of the building facade facing either the street, public area (plaza or should be broken up with a high level of courtyard), or primary entrance oriented articulation (e.g., projecting entry or Page 4 Packet Pg. 11 O towards a parking area must be a minimum 75 window features, recessed elements, percent transparent through the use of windows, transparent storefronts, identifiable retail doors, and storefronts. spaces, and awning and entrance canopies), especially at ground level. In addition to providing project applicants the minimum standards for approval, individual ODS include community -specific standards to preserve the established character of the Newhall, Valencia, Saugus, and Canyon Country communities. For example, a hypothetical, new 17,000- square-foot, three-story multifamily project in Valencia must break up massing by using at least one of the following materials for each story: • Native stone veneer; • Cement plaster stucco; • Smooth and hand -troweled stucco; • Tile; • Wood siding/shingles; or • Cement fiber siding. In comparison, a similarly proposed project in Newhall would need to break up massing by using at least one of the following materials for each story: • Accent tile; • Stucco or timber corbels, lintels, sills; • Clay tile vents; • Recessed niches; • Arches; • Colonnades; • Wrought iron; or • Canvas awnings, wood porches, and balconies, shading devices. This effort helps preserve high -quality architecture, while satisfying state mandates for ODS. Refer to Exhibit A for the proposed ODS and updated CCDG. Review and Approval Process Use of the proposed ODS will require an Architectural Design Review (ADR) and Development Review (DR). The ODS only apply to the architectural review; the City cannot deny a housing project based on architecture if all the ODS are met. Land use approvals, height review, Hillside Development Review, Ridgeline Alteration Permit, and other discretionary processes will still require a discretionary review. Environmental concerns will be addressed separately, pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) to determine whether a project is exempt and/or requires an environmental document. The following section outlines hypothetical scenarios in which discretionary review would occur for multifamily and mixed -use housing projects. These include, but are not limited to: Scenario 41: Discretionary Reviews for Land Uses Page 5 Packet Pg. 12 O Certain land uses require discretionary review by the Planning Commission and/or City Council. These include Hillside Development Reviews, Ridgeline Alteration Permits, Planned Development Permits, and Conditional Use Permits. Another example of a staff -level discretionary permit is the Minor Use Permit, which does not require a Planning Commission decision. An example is a multifamily or mixed -use project that meets all proposed ODS and requires a Conditional Use Permit (CUP) for the land use, pursuant to SCMC Chapter 17.42. These include: • CUP for height over 35 feet; • CUP for Community Care Facility in a UR3, UR4, UR5, CR, CC, or CN zone; • CUP for Multifamily development in a CC or CN zone; • CUP for live/work units in UR3, UR4, UR5, CC, CN, BP and I zones. In these scenarios, only the project's architecture would be subject to a ministerial review if the project otherwise follows the City's proposed ODS. The land use(s) would be subject to a discretionary review by the Planning Commission and are appealable to the City Council. Scenario 92: Remodels/Renovations Pursuant to SB 330, remodel/renovation projects that add affordable and market -rate units must comply with ODS. This aligns with other jurisdictions where substantial changes (such as fagade updates and square footage additions to existing multifamily and mixed -use projects) must comply with ODS. In the City, more than a ten percent addition to the existing square footage or project area requires a higher level of discretionary review (SCMC § 17.09.020(A)(3-4)). Accordingly, a renovation project adding more than ten percent in building area would be required to apply ODS to the overall project design. Scenario 93: Waivers and Concessions Multifamily and mixed -use projects that provide affordable units pursuant to the Density Bonus Law (Government Code §§ 65915-65918), may qualify for unlimited waivers and up to four concessions. These may be used to opt out of the proposed ODS and the City's design guidelines. Scenario 94: Opt -out Provision The City will provide an "opt -out" opportunity for developers who do not or cannot meet all ODS. Consistent with other jurisdictions' ODS, the Director would utilize a discretionary Administrative Permit (AP) and ADR, and apply the existing subjective design guidelines to project review. While the discretionary application may be reviewed at the staff level, potential exists for the project to be appealed to the Planning Commission. The Planning Commission may approve or deny the project at that point — a decision that could be appealed to the City Council. Under Page 6 Packet Pg. 13 O these circumstances, the five -meeting rule of the Housing Crisis Act of 2019 (Government Code § 65905.5) may apply. Consequently, a final decision for the project must be made by the fifth hearing. Summary of Proposed SCMC Changes The proposed project would also update the SCMC to implement Program HP-2.2. The proposed SCMC amendments consist of text amendments only; no changes to the City's zoning map, land use designations, or development densities are proposed. Summary of Proposed Changes includes: • Amendments to SCMC § 17.06.130 — Findings and Decisions to update finding 4, such that multifamily and mixed -use housing projects do not need to comply with site suitability; • Amendments to SCMC § 17.11.020 — Definitions, such that a definition for ODS is added; • Amendments to SCMC § 17.23.100 — Administrative Permit, such that an Administrative Permit is required for projects that do not comply with the proposed ODS; and • Amendments to SCMC § 17.37.030 — Specific Plan (SP) Zone, such that housing projects in specific plans are required to comply with the proposed ODS. All proposed SCMC amendment language is detailed in a redline/strikethrough document included with this staff report as Exhibit C. The same language is provided as it would appear (without redlines) in the SCMC as Exhibit D. ANALYSIS As the proposed ODS are proposed as part of a resolution, and not an amendment to the SCMC, findings were not made. Full compliance with the proposed ODS removes the City's subjective discretion on architecture and site design for multifamily and mixed -use housing projects. If projects meet the proposed ODS, the City may not deny or alter a project based on architecture and/or site design. However, if developers opt out of ODS, or the underlying land use requires a discretionary entitlement, then the City will require a discretionary review of the project. Findings SCMC Amendments The proposed SCMC amendments are subject to SCMC § 17.28.120(I). The following findings of SCMC § 17.06.130 are made for the proposed code amendments: 1. That the proposal is consistent with the General Plan. The proposed amendments, by themselves, do not result in any physical development. Individual development projects would require separate CEQA analysis. Adopting the amendments will implement California housing law and the City's HE, specifically, HE Program HP-2.2 to update administrative procedures and materials for consistency with Page 7 Packet Pg. 14 O State requirements to remove discretionary findings related to site suitability. The amendments allow for permit streamlining and clarify procedures for review when projects opt out of ODS application. Therefore, this finding is met. 2. The proposed amendments are allowed within the applicable underlying zone and comply with all other applicable provisions of this code. The proposed amendments would not change development densities or the City's zoning map; the proposed amendments implement mandated state legislation that applies to proposed development in the City, bringing the SCMC into consistency with California law. Therefore, this finding is met. The proposal will not endanger, jeopardize, or otherwise constitute a hazard to the public convenience, health, interest, safety, or general welfare, or be materially detrimental or injurious to the improvements, persons, property, or uses in the vicinity and zone in which the property is located. The proposed amendments will not result in any physical development. The proposed amendments provide a framework for design objectives. Any future proposed projects will be required to comply with applicable law to ensure the health, interest, safety, and general welfare of the public. Therefore, this finding is met. 4. The proposal is physically suitable for the site. The factors related to the proposal's physical suitability for the site shall include, but are not limited to, the following: a. The design, location, shape, size, and operating characteristics are suitable for the proposed use; b. The highways or streets that provide access to the site are ofsufcient width and are improved as necessary to carry the kind and quantity of traffic such proposal would generate; c. Public protection services (e.g., Fire protection, Sheriprotection, etc) are readily available; and d. The provision of utilities (e.g., potable water, schools, solid waste collection and disposal, storm drainage, wastewater collection, treatment, and disposal, etc.) is adequate to serve the site. While the proposed amendments will not result in any physical development, they would amend the SCMC to remove this finding for multifamily and mixed -use housing projects. This amendment will support the City's HE Program and State requirements to remove discretionary findings related to site suitability. Therefore, this finding is met. SCMC § 17.28.120 requires the following additional findings to be made for the proposed proj ect: 1. Principles and Standards for Amendments. The Council shall approve an amendment Page 8 Packet Pg. 15 O other than a zone change only after all of the following required findings can be substantiated: a. The amendment is consistent with the adjacent area, ifapplicable; The proposed amendments would apply to residential and mixed -use properties throughout the City and are consistent with the principles of the General Plan as aforementioned. The project does not result in physical development. Therefore, this finding is met. b. The amendment is consistent with the principles of the General Plan; The proposed amendment does not alter the General Plan Land Use Map or Zoning Map, and does not alter the General Plan densities or population projections. Rather, the amendments adhere to required State legislation and the City's HE programs. Therefore, this finding is met. c. Approval of the amendment will be in the interest ofpublic health, convenience, safety, and general welfare and in conformity with good zoning practice; The proposed amendments comply with state housing law and the City's HE programs, and convert existing guidelines to standards. Any future development will be required to comply with applicable state and local building and fire codes to ensure the health, safety and welfare of the public. Therefore, this finding is met. d. The amendment is consistent with other applicable provisions of this code; The proposed text amendments to the SCMC are drafted to be consistent with all other provisions of this code. Therefore, this finding is met. e. Is necessary to implement the General Plan and/or that the public convenience, the general welfare or good zoning practice justifies such action. The proposed amendments implement the City's HE Program HP-2.2 and address current state housing legislation to streamline multifamily and mixed -use housing projects and provide housing to meet the City's RHNA numbers. Additionally, any future development will still be required to comply with applicable building and fire codes for the general welfare of the public. Therefore, this finding is met. ENVIRONMENTAL A Notice of Exemption was prepared for the proposed project. The project is exempt from additional environmental review pursuant to CEQA Guidelines (14 Cal. Code of Regs. § 15000, et seq.) Section 15061(b)(3), the common-sense exemption. The activity is covered by the general rule that CEQA applies only to projects that have the potential to cause a significant effect on the environment. Where it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the Page 9 Packet Pg. 16 O activity in question may have a significant effect on the environment, the activity is not subject to CEQA. NOTICING All notices required by law were completed which consisted of a one -eighth page legal advertisement in The Signal newspaper on May 26, 2026. As of the writing of this staff report, staff has received no correspondence from the community. CONCLUSION As described above, the multifamily and mixed -use residential ODS are necessary to address state housing laws like SB 330, SB 35 and AB 2011 and implement the City's HE Program HP- 2.1; and the proposed SCMC amendments are necessary to implement the HE Program HP-2.2. City Council action is required to adopt the ODS and approve amendments to the SCMC. Staff recommends that the Planning Commission adopt a resolution recommending approval of the proposed ODS and SCMC amendments to the City Council. STAFF RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends that the Planning Commission: 1. Adopt Resolution P26-04, recommending the City Council approve Master Case 26-038, consisting of Objective Design Standards and SCMC Amendment 26-003 (UDC26-002); and determine that the project is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act. ATTACHMENTS MC26-038 Resolution Exhibit A - Proposed ODS Clean Exhibit B - ODS -Redline Exhibit C - Proposed SCMC Amendments - Redlines Exhibit D - Proposed SCMC Amendments - Clean Exhibit E - Housing Element Programs HP2.1 and 2.2 Exhibit F - MC26-038 NOE CC Resolution Draft CC Ordinance Draft Page 10 Packet Pg. 17 1.a RESOLUTION P26-04 A RESOLUTION OF THE PLANNING COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA, CALIFORNIA, RECOMMENDING THE CITY COUNCIL APPROVE MASTER CASE 26-038, ADOPTING THE PROPOSED MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS; AN ORDINANCE TO AMEND THE SANTA CLARITA MUNICIPAL CODE FOR ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES; AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA' S HOUSING ELEMENT THE PLANNING COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA, CALIFORNIA, DOES HEREBY RESOLVE AS FOLLOWS: SECTION 1. FINDINGS OF FACT FOR MASTER CASE 26-038. The Planning Commission makes the following findings of fact: A. The City of Santa Clarita (City) periodically prepares updates to the Santa Clarita Municipal Code (SCMC), including the subdivision regulations (Title 16) and zoning regulations (Title 17), as well as amendments to various City Council -approved guidelines and policies; B. The City Council adopted the Community Character and Design Guidelines (CCDG) in 2002 and updated them in 2009 to provide direction for site planning and building design for new developments; C. The City Council adopted the 61h Cycle Housing Element on June 27, 2023, and the Department of Housing and Community Development certified the Housing Element on August 22, 2023. The Housing Element included Program HP-2.1: Zoning Code Changes for Consistency with state Law and Program HP-2.2: Updates to Administrative Procedures; D. Various California legislation, including Senate Bill (SB) 330, SB 35, and Assembly Bill (AB) 2011, prevents the City from enforcing subjective design guidelines on qualifying multifamily and mixed -use housing projects; E. To implement the Housing Element's Program HP-2.1, the City seeks to amend the CCDG to convert multifamily and mixed -use design guidelines to Objective Design Standards (ODS) (Project); F. To accommodate changes to the CCDG and design process, as well as to implement HE Program HP-2.2, SCMC §§ 17.06.130, 17.11.020, 17.23.100, and 17.37.030 must be amended; G. The Project was duly noticed in accordance with the public hearing noticing requirements of the SCMC, and a one -eighth page advertisement was placed in The Signal Newspaper on May 26, 2026; Page 1 of 6 Packet Pg. 18 1.a H. The City reviewed the Project's environmental impacts pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) (Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq.) and the CEQA Guidelines (14 California Code of Regulations §§ 15000, et seq.; collectively, "CEQA"); I. The Planning Commission meeting was cancelled on June 16, 2026 due to a lack of Quorum; J. The Planning Commission held a duly noticed public hearing on the Project commencing on June 16, 2026, at 6:00 p.m., or later, at City Hall, 23920 Valencia Boulevard, Santa Clarita, California; and K. At the public hearing, the Planning Commission considered the entire administrative record, including, without limitation, the staff presentation, staff report, and public testimony. This Resolution, and its findings, are made based upon the evidence presented to the Commission at its July 7, 2026 hearing, including, without limitation, the staff report submitted by the Community Development Director. SECTION 2. ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT OF MASTER CASE 26-038. Based upon the foregoing facts and findings, the Planning Commission finds, and recommends the City Council find, as follows: A. A Notice of Exemption for this project was prepared in compliance with the CEQA; B. The project is exempt from CEQA under CEQA Guidelines § 15061(b)(3), the common sense exemption. The activity is covered by the general rule that CEQA applies only to projects that have the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment. Where it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the activity in question may have a significant effect on the environment, the activity is not subject to CEQA; C. The documents and other materials that constitute the record of proceedings upon which the decision of the Planning Commission is based is the Master Case 26-038 project file, and this project file is located within the Community Development Department and is in the custody of the Director of Community Development; and D. Based upon the findings set forth above, the Planning Commission recommends that the City Council find that the Notice of Exemption for this project was prepared in compliance with CEQA. SECTION 3. GENERAL FINDINGS FOR MASTER CASE 26-038. Based on the foregoing facts and findings for Master Case 26-038, the Planning Commission determines and recommends that the City Council determine as follows: A. That the proposal is consistent with the General Plan; The proposed amendments do not result in any physical development. Adopting the amendments will support California housing law and the City's Housing Element, Page 2 of 6 Packet Pg. 19 1.a specifically, Housing Element Program HP-2.2, to update administrative procedures and materials for consistency with state requirements to remove discretionary findings related to site suitability. The amendments allow for permit streamlining and clarify procedures for review when projects opt out of ODS application. Therefore, this finding is met. B. The proposal is allowed within the applicable underlying zone and complies with all other applicable provisions of the Unified Development Code (UDC); The proposed amendments would not change development densities or the City's zoning map; the proposed amendments implement mandated state legislation that applies to proposed development in the City, bringing the SCMC into consistency with California law. Therefore, this finding is met. C. The proposal will not endanger, jeopardize, or otherwise constitute a hazard to the public convenience, health, interest, safety, or general welfare, or be materially detrimental or injurious to the improvements, persons, property, or uses in the vicinity and zone in which the property is located; and The proposed amendments will not result in any physical development. The proposed amendments provide a framework for design objectives. Any future proposed projects will be required to comply with state building and fire codes to ensure health, interest, safety, and general welfare of the public. Therefore, this finding is met. D. The proposal is physically suitable for the site. The factors related to the proposal's physical suitability for the site shall include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. The design, location, shape, size, and operating characteristics are suitable for the proposed use; 2. The highways or streets that provide access to the site are ofsufcient width and are improved as necessary to carry the kind and quantity of traffic such proposal would generate; 3. Public protection services (e.g. Fire protection, Sheriprotection, etc.) are readily available; and 4. The provision of utilities (e.g. potable water, schools. Solid waste collection and disposal, storm drainage, wastewater collection, treatment, and disposal, etc) is adequate to serve the site. While the proposed amendments will not result in any physical development, they would amend the SCMC to remove this finding for multifamily and mixed -use housing projects. This amendment will support the City's Housing Element Program and state requirements to remove discretionary findings related to site suitability. Therefore, this Page 3 of 6 Packet Pg. 20 1.a finding is met. SECTION 4. ADDITIONAL FINDINGS FOR UDC26-002. Based upon the foregoing facts and findings for Master Case 26-038 including UDC26-002, the Planning Commission determines, and recommends that the City Council determine, as follows: A. The amendments are consistent with the adjacent area, ifapplicable; The proposed amendments would apply to residential and mixed -use properties throughout the City and are consistent with the principles of the General Plan as aforementioned. The project does not result in physical development. Therefore, this finding is met. B. The amendments are consistent with the principles of the General Plan; The proposed amendment does not alter the General Plan Land Use Map or Zoning Map, and does not alter the General Plan densities or population projections. Rather, the amendments adhere to required State legislation and the City's Housing Element programs. Therefore, this finding is met. C. Approval of the amendments will be in the interest ofpublic health, convenience, safety, and general welfare and in conformity with good zoning practice; The proposed amendments comply with state housing law and the City's Housing Element programs, and convert existing guidelines to standards. Any future development will be required to comply with applicable state and local building and fire codes to ensure the health, safety and welfare of the public. Therefore, this finding is met. D. The amendments are consistent with other applicable provisions of this code; and The proposed text amendments to the SCMC are drafted to be consistent with all other provisions of this code. Therefore, this finding is met. E. Is necessary to implement the General Plan and/or that the public convenience, the general welfare or good zoning practice justifies such action. The proposed amendments are required to implement the City's Housing Element Program HP-2.2 and address current state housing legislation to streamline multifamily and mixed -use housing projects and provide housing to meet the City's Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA) numbers. Additionally, any future development will still be required to comply with applicable law for the general welfare of the public. Therefore, this finding is met. SECTION 5: DETERMINATION, APPROVALS. The Planning Commission recommends the City Council takes the following actions: Adopt an ordinance finding the project exempt under CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3), the common sense exemption, and approving Master Case 26-038, consisting of UDC26-002, Page 4 of 6 Packet Pg. 21 1.a amending various sections of the SCMC implementing California law, including without limitation, administrative procedures and applicability of ODS, and the City's adopted housing element, as further described in the attached draft Ordinance and Exhibits "A"to "E," which are incorporated by reference. SECTION 6: RELIANCE ON RECORD. Each and every one of the findings and determinations in this Resolution are based on the competent and substantial evidence, both oral and written, contained in the entire record relating to the project. The findings and determinations constitute the independent findings and determinations of the Planning Commission in all respects and are fully and completely supported by substantial evidence in the record as a whole. SECTION 7: SUMMARIES OF INFORMATION. All summaries of information in the findings, which precede this section, are based on the substantial evidence in the record. The absence of any particular fact from any such summary is not an indication that a particular finding is not based in part on that fact. SECTION 8: NOTICE. The Secretary is directed to provide a copy of this Resolution to the Planning Commission and any other person requesting a copy. SECTION 9: EFFECTIVE DATE. This Resolution becomes effective immediately upon adoption and memorializes the Planning Commission's final decision made on July 7, 2026. SECTION 9: SEVERABILITY. If any part of this Resolution or its application is deemed invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Planning Commission intends that such invalidity will not affect the effectiveness of the remaining provisions or applications and, to this end, the provisions of this Resolution are severable. SECTION 10: CONSTRUCTION. This Resolution must be broadly construed in order to achieve the purposes stated in this Resolution. It is the Planning Commission's intent that the provisions of this Resolution be interpreted or implemented by the City and others in a manner that facilitates the purposes set forth in this Resolution. Page 5 of 6 Packet Pg. 22 1.a PASSED, APPROVED, AND ADOPTED this 7th day of July, 2026. CHAIRPERSON PLANNING COMMISSION ATTEST: KELLY ZELAYA, SECRETARY PLANNING COMMISSION STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES CITY OF SANTA CLARITA I, Kelly Zelaya, Planning Commission Secretary of the City of Santa Clarita, do hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly adopted by the Planning Commission of the City of Santa Clarita at a regular meeting thereof, held on the 7th day of July, 2026, by the following vote of the Planning Commission: AYES: COMMISSIONERS: NOES: COMMISSIONERS: ABSENT: COMMISSIONERS: PLANNING COMMISSION SECRETARY Page 6 of 6 Packet Pg. 23 1.b Objective Design Standards Chapters 1, 3, and 5 2 r Q Packet Pg. 24 � �.� - .•?.� .tea .� 1; , �F - PIP CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION I. PURPOSE The purpose of this Santa Clarita Community Character and Design Guidelines document is to guide the creation of new residential, commercial, mixed -use, and industrial developments and give clear direction for the renovation and redevelopment of built areas. This document supersedes the Santa Clarita Architectural Design Guidelines (adopted in 2002) and includes up-to-date planning trends and guidelines written to promote the high quality standards that the City and the community value.The intent of these guidelines is to retain and encourage architectural variety, promote quality development, and ensure that both existing and new development: • Is compatible in size, scale, and appearance with the character of Santa Clarita. • Is attractive and an asset to the community. • Preserves and enhances natural features of a site. • Incorporates quality articulation, community character features, multiple building forms, desirable building details, and other elements that display excellence in design. • Provides pedestrian -oriented design to enrich the pedestrian experience. • Includes pedestrian friendly amenities such as pedestrian connections, plazas, seating, bike racks, fountains, and other similar features, for the enjoyment of the community and visitors. • Promotes the use of high quality materials. • Promotes well -landscaped parking lots with efficient pedestrian and vehicular circulation. • Provides suggestions for ways to improve the environmental performance of projects through the strategic incorporation of green building components. The guidelines have been written to make it easy for a property owner, architect, developer, City staff, and members of the Parks, Recreation, and Community Services Commission, Planning Commission, and City Council to use. The guidelines describe the design review process, citywide goals and objectives, site planning concepts, and architectural design guidelines for residential, commercial, industrial, and mixed -use projects. Specific guidelines have been drafted to ensure that architectural quality and character is preserved within each of the four communities of the City - Canyon Country, Newhall, Saugus, and Valencia. In essence, the purpose of this document is to provide clear and concise direction through a user-friendly document that is easy to administer. 1-2 1 J` 2. GOALS The overarching objective of this Community Character and Design Guidelines document is the desire to establish communities that possess unique qualities that make them special and memorable. How the distinct communities are integrated within the overall fabric of the City is essential to each community's success. The following goals guided the development of the design guidelines in this document. t- ' A. Sense of Timelessness 1 4000 1111P V � F nrwtt -rrli � -�• t- 9 r A sense of timelessness is a feeling that the design and quality of development in the community will neither be frozen in time nor look like it was built yesterday. The community should have characteristics that suggest long-term value. The physical fabric of a community should reflect cultural, aesthetic, and historic character and yet be adaptive to functional changes. B. Sense of Ownership Each sector of the community must have a sense of ownership and a belief that they will benefit from the economic health and quality of life within the community. There should be a feeling that the attributes of the community command an economic premium. Whether or not there is individual property ownership, there must be a sense that everyone has a stake in the overall well being of the community. C. Sense of Place and Identity The built and natural environment must be interwoven and should express a special sense of place. The community character should create a feeling of an original, and not duplicated, place. There should be a perception that the community has a unique identity and attributes that differentiate it from other urban neighborhoods. D. Sense of Community A sense of community is a belief that each individual has a responsibility and obligation to work toward the well being of the community. An acknowledgment of that community is the interconnectedness within the neighborhood and with other sectors of the community and linkage to surrounding neighborhoods. 1-4 d ;. 3. GUIDELINE USERS _ The guidelines are designed for a variety of user groups. A description of how each type of user can benefit from the guidelines is described below. �'A. Property Owners: _.. ice• : � � . p ty The guidelines provide property owners with a clear and simple design review process. This document works in conjunction with the General Plan, Unified Development Code, and Uniform Building Code for the City of Santa Clarita and provides a clear set of expectations and u responsibilities for property owners. This document broadens the scope of the design process beyond basic code requirements and takes the attention to detail, quality, and character to the next level. B. Design Professionals and Developers: The guidelines provide a clear and graphic direction for renovation and new construction. The guidelines serve as an information tool that can provide a link between the property owner and the designer or developer and will clarify the aspects of quality design. C. City Staff: City staff uses the guidelines in assisting applicants and their d representatives with all aspects of project development including " site planning, building orientation, building massing and articulation, architectural themes, and other amenities that work together to create a ,= sense of place. The guidelines serve as the basis for evaluating proposals forqualityof design. City staff will also use these guidelines when working with the Planning Commission and the City Council. D. Review Bodies: The guidelines provide the Parks, Recreation, and Community Services XIDN Commission, Planning Commission, City Council, and other reviewing agencies with a basis for evaluating proposals for quality of design. 4. CONTENTS AND ORGANIZATION No single architectural theme is being promoted, but rather the emphasis is to promote variety. With exception of those styles provided in Chapter 2, many of the styles and patterns shown in the following pictures and graphic illustrations represent a concept of recommended building elements and details as opposed to thematic images. Caution should be exercised when considering architectural styles that have recently become popular (i.e. "trendy") but have not yet stood the test of time. In addition, historic styles that cannot be faithfully replicated should be avoided. Sustainable planning and design concepts were used as a foundation from which the guidelines in this documentwere drafted.The core principles of Smart Growth and New Urbanism as well the key components of LEEDTI (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design), which are defined in Chapter 2, were integrated throughout this document to ensure that proposed developments are planned and designed to reduce impacts on the surrounding environment. Conventional design and construction methods can produce buildings that contribute to excessive resource consumption, that generate waste, and that are expensive to operate. Sustainable principles that can improve the environmental performance of a project without forcing excessive costs on builders or developers have been marked with a white bar throughout the document. 1-6 I .A c This document is organized as follows: OChapter 1 (Introduction) contains the purpose and goals of this document and sets the framework for the design review process. © Chapter 2 (Design Trends and Community Setting) reviews the latest and most influential trends in planning and design that promote efficient sustainable development practices and provide a foundation for the design principles and guidelines contained in this document. © Chapter 3 (Community Character) identifies the architectural details that define the architectural character prescribed for each one of the four communities of the City. Multifamily and mixed -use development must be consistent with the style, material and color guidelines outlined in this Chapter and must comply with the objective standards set forth in Chapter 5. O Chapter 4 (Single -Family Residential) depicts the specific site planning and design and building design guidelines that pertain to single- family neighborhood development. The focus here is the creation of a neighborhood that offers public spaces, lush landscaping and a close- knit neighborhood feel, rather than a sterile housing tract lacking variety and personality. © Chapter 5 (Multi -Family Residential and Mixed -Use) this chapter, unlike any of the other chapters, contains both design guidelines and objective design standards for multi -family residential and mixed -use commercial developments. Objective Design Standards are required bythe State of California and are defined by California Government Code, Section 65913.4; objective design standards are required to be clear and measurable. These are complimented by the design guidelines which promote community character and design continuity. The design guidelines maintain neighborhood character and scale while providing design direction and promoting quality design. All new multifamily and mixed - use projects in the City must comply with the objective standards set forth in Chapter 5 and must be consistent with the style, material and color guidelines outlined in Chapter 3. OChapter6(Commercial) includes design guidelinesforcommercial development to ensure commercial components such as on -site parking, loading and service areas, trash enclosures, lighting, and signage are properly designed. Special design considerations are also addressed. OChapter 7 (Industrial & Business Park) includes design guidelines for industrial development. If not designed properly, industrial facilities can diminish the visual quality of the surrounding areas and can become undesirable land uses. These guidelines address visual and functional aspects of industrial and business park developments and provide guidance to reduce environmental impacts. S. RELATIONSHIPTO OTHER PLANNING DOCUMENTS A. Consistency with the Unified Development Code and General Plan: This document is a tool for the implementation of the City of Santa Clarita's Unified Development Code (UDC) and the General Plan. While the guidelines contained herein are not standards intended to supersede the requirements of the UDC, the guidelines should be considered "recommended practices" that both the Planning Commission and Planning Division consider important to the design of projects within the City. B. Santa Clarita Beautification Master Plan: The Community Character and Design Guidelines work hand in hand with the Santa Clarita Beautification Master Plan. The Beautification Master Plan focuses on improvements within the public rights -of -way. These improvements include streetscape and landscape enhancements, fencing, gateways, monuments, and signage both on a regional and community scale. The Design Guidelines focus on private property improvements outside the public rights -of -way. Both documents contain design guidelines that help guide improvements and aid the City of Santa Clarita in accomplishing their long-term goal of city-wide beautification. The documents strive to maintain the identity of the individual communities, while at the same time unifying the City of Santa Clarita. 1-8 CINEMA DR -� + AUTO CENTER CT `i C. Old Town Newhall Specific Plan (Adopted 2005, Updated 2022): The qua Iityand character of the architecture depicted in this Community Character and Design Guidelines document guides development throughout the entire City, which includes the community of Newhall. The Old Town Newhall Specific Plan, adopted in December of 2005, contains specific standards and guidelines for development within the 271-acre downtown area. The Old Town Newhall Specific Plan depicts specific zones and a variety of architectural types. The building form is further defined by a set of development standards. Therefore, the Old Town Newhall Specific Plan takes the architectural theme and character defined in this document a step further to fit the specific requirements in each of the zones in the downtown area as defined by that document. D. 2026 Update to 2009 Community Character and Design Guidelines: Thisversionofthe CommunityCharacterand Design Guidelines document modernized the original document adopted in 2009 with updated imagery, graphics, and text. Specific updates to individual chapters include: • Chapter 1 - Introduction had moderate changes made to the text to explain the updated processes in relation to the newly added objective standards. • Chapter 2 - Design Trends and Urban Form had select imagery updated but otherwise remains unchanged. • Chapter 3 - Community Character was revised to provide better visual examples of desired community character. • Chapter 4 - Single Family Residential Design Guidelines had select imagery updated but otherwise remains unchanged. • Chapter 5 - Multi -Family and Mixed -Use Residential Objective Design Standards and Design Guidelines have been revised and reorganized. Multi -family and mixed -use content have been combined into Chapter 5, accompanied by newly developed objective design standards and graphics. • Chapter 6 - Commercial Design Guidelines had select imagery updated but otherwise remains unchanged. • Chapter 7 - Industrial and Business Park Design Guidelines had select imagery updated but otherwise remains unchanged. AN 6. APPLICATION PROCESS All applications for development reviews, minor use permits, variances, conditional use permits, tentative tract maps, grading permits, or other entitlements that include physical alteration or construction, shall be reviewed to ensure consistency with these guidelines. The Director of Community >: Development and/or the Planning Commission or City Council will decide if a proposed project is consistent with the overall intent of this document. Mal The adjacent diagram depicts the application and approval process. 1-10 I WIj }`4s" 1 A. Initial Meeting The purpose of the initial meeting is to advise the project applicant of applicable design guidelines (such as this document), design review policies, and other specific design criteria that may affect the project's design. During the initial meeting, the City will provide the applicant with all of the application information, including the following: 1. Entitlement application. 2. Application requirement checklists for all necessary entitlements. 3. Copies of the relevant sections of the Community Character and Design Guidelines document. 4. Design questionnaire — to help the developer demonstrate that the guidelines set forth in this document have been reviewed and incorporated into the project design. 5. Environmental questionnaire - to determine the environmental impacts of the project. B. One Stop In many instances, an applicant may want to obtain more detailed information regarding the feasibility of a potential development without committing the required application fees. In order to provide preliminary comments without the financial commitment required by a formal application submittal, the City has developed a preliminary One Stop review process. The One Stop process described below is encouraged as an initial review of a project to ensure all the required components of a development package are provided by the applicant before continuing on with the formal review process. In order to ensure a proper review of a project during the One Stop process, the applicant should provide at minimum the following material: 1. Conceptual Site Plan. 2. Elevations (color with material cal louts). 3. Conceptual Floor Plan. 4. Aerial Photograph of the Site (depicting the project site and surrounding uses). 5. Photographs (of the project site and surrounding uses). 1-12 e =' tied " >?:� A3 `W In addition to the materials previously listed, the applicant should also demonstrate how the proposed project will relate to the surrounding environment and how the landscape design is to be incorporated as an integral part of the project. An analysis of the existing site conditions should include a review of a site's physical properties, amenities, special r.° issues, and neighboring environment. Specific design considerations u that should be examined include the following: f t e 1. Existing Conditions Analysis ' a. Basic Site Data: Boundaries and dimensions; location of adjacent streets, sidewalks, and rights -of -way; location of setback lines and easements; existing structures and built improvements. b. Existing Natural Features: Location, size, and species of mature - trees; topography; patterns of surface drainage; and other important natural features that are either amenities or potential hazards in development. a c. Neighboring Environment: Analysis of the site and project impacts; land use, the site design, form, character, age and important site '�I�• Y `""����';! a °s. details on neighboring properties. YYYWWYW �a�sa�aqq::'YN �. d. Locale: Available services and facilities including local parks, _— :• shopping centers, bus stops, bike lanes, and parking. '+��� IL I - 1 3 C. Site Design Objectives 1. Develop compatible relationships among the topography, building placement, and existing open spaces. 2. Provide a transition from existing to new development by careful placement and massing of buildings, well -designed and strategically located landscaping, and other appropriate methods. 3. A conceptual landscape plan, prepared by a licensed landscape architect, should be submitted with the One Stop pre -application package to demonstrate that the site plan includes plantings that are effectively integrated with the surrounding topography, site design, and architectural design of the project. The conceptual plan should have a preliminary plant list with plant genuses, species, and common names. Plantings should be complementary to the characteristics of the project's surrounding area and suitable for the environmental conditions of Santa Clarita. D. Application Submittal Upon submittal of a One Stop application, the various City departments that are part of the Development Review Committee provide preliminary comments regarding the submittal requirements and comments regarding the potential development. If the developer decides to formally submit a project after going through the One Stop process, the applicant will receive a credit for the cost of the One Stop toward the required processing fees. 1-14 Following the initial meeting or One Stop, plans are produced and submitted as part of the application process to the City. Specific submittal requirements vary by project type and should be obtained from the City during the Initial Meeting. All applicants must complete a Design Questionnaire as part of the formal submittal. In addition to the required application materials, developers are encouraged to provide before and after photo simulations and renderings in order to demonstrate that the design of the project meets the requirements of these guidelines. Design review is implemented by City staff and the City's architectural consultant. Depending upon the level of permit, a project may be approved by staff, the Planning Commission, the Redevelopment Agency, or the City Council. If a public hearing is necessary, the project goes to the Planning Commission and/or to City Council for approval. E. Design Questionnaire In an effort to ensure that projects conform to adopted design and architectural guidelines, the City has created a form that will be used in the development review process. The applicant is required to fill out this form completely and submit it as part of the application process. Refer to the City's website for the Design Questionnaire Form. 1-15 — =t CHAPTER 3 COMMUNITY CHARACTER INTRODUCTION The City of Santa Clarita is the third largest city in Los Angeles County and encompasses approximately 73 square miles. The City contains four main communities: Canyon Country, Newhall, Saugus, and Valencia, as well as several smaller communities such as Sand Canyon and Placerita Canyon. Each one of these individual communities has its own identity and character. While it is important { to create a "citywide" identity, it is equally important to preserve and enhance the individual community identities. Although specific architectural character exists within each community, it is important to recognize that quality design satisfies — basic guiding design principles regardless of the building's architectural style. For example, mechanical equipment should be screened, buildings should be r . - well proportioned, and massing should be modulated regardless of whether the �+ architectural style is Mission Revival or Victorian. Thus, general design guidelines y. 4` have been provided in Chapter 4 - Chapter 7 to guide design, while this chapter supplements the other chapters by providing direction for architectural style and character for projects within each community. In addition to the guidelines provided here special standards are located in the UDC for Sand Can p � on and p Y Placerita Canyon. In contrast to the other chapters, Chapter 5 provides both objective standards and design guidelines for multifamily and mixed -use development. Unlike the _ ' „�rq x design guidelines in Chapters 4 - 7, the objective standards in Chapter 5 are mandatory rather than advisory. All new multifamily and mixed -use projects in the City must comply with the objective standards set forth in Chapter 5 and must be consistent with the style, material and color guidelines outlined in Chapter 3. This chapter focuses primarily on Canyon Country, Newhall, Saugus, and Valencia and integrates input obtained from the public by participating in a_ , Visual Preference Survey, stakeholder interviews, and several public workshops conducted during the Santa Clarita Beautification Master Plan process. Recommendations from the Citywide Design Committee, the City's General Plan, and the existing Santa Clarita Architectural Design Guidelines have also been incorporated. This chapter contains maps defining community boundaries as well as examples of building styles and desired materials specific to each community. Excerpts from the Community Design Element and Land Use Element of the General Plan have been included to describe past and present design characteristics and architectural styles for each community. It is the intent of the Community Design Element and this document to provide design flexibility for urban design and architectural concepts in order to avoid architectural monotony and lack of design innovation. 3-2 IF I. CANYON COUNTRY A.Community Identity Canyon Country has the largest population of any community in the City and comprises the eastern portion of the City. It contains a wide range of housing types, including large -lot single-family custom homes, single-family tract homes, multi -family development, and mobile home parks. Commercial and manufacturing activities have historically been concentrated along both sides of Soledad Canyon Road and along the northern portion of Sierra Highway. However, recent development has been focused in close proximity to Golden Valley Road, the eastern section of the City's Cross Valley Connector. The Canyon Country area is home to the Centre Pointe Business Park, which includes a large retail development and the City's Sports Complex and an industrial hub in the Honby area. The College of the Canyons has developed a second campus on the northern section of Sierra Highway to serve the continued growth of the Canyon Country area. The landscape and terrain in this area is arid and rugged. The architectural style tends to reflect the rural character and desert atmosphere. The commercial and industrial developments incorporate a wide variety of architectural styles and uses. For example, along one section of Soledad Canyon Road there is an existing older mobile home park with a high density Cape Cod style condominium complex located directly to the south. Other new development includes medium-sized California ranch style homes, Santa Fe and Mediterranean style houses,and Contemporary styled townhomes, multifamily buildings, and commercial shopping center. 3-3 Homes along the northern section of Sierra Highway are generally rural and of very low density. Many of the homes are on custom lots with a variety of architectural styles; however, near the Sierra Highway and Soledad Canyon intersection are multi -family developments. Mediterranean and contemporary architectural styles are present. Some development has also encroached onto the hillsides and ridgelines. The Santa Clara River is a prevalent feature in Canyon Countryas it parallels large reaches of Soledad Canyon Road. The riverbed provides natural open space and presents a major opportunity for enhancement of the area and the abi lity to create a greenbelt connecting the community with other areas of the Valley. The Sand Canyon Special Standards District, a sub -community of Canyon Country, is located in the southeastern part of Canyon Country and is comprised of predominantly low -density single-family residential and equestrian uses. The area is rural with extensive stands of oaks and is characterized by large, upscale single-family homes and lots. The community is accessible via Sand Canyon Road and Placerita Canyon Road and is bordered on the south and east by the Angeles National Forest. 3-4 13 ., ;. -VA FE, . - } F ^ Canyon Country is a place full of community pride and rural character. Surrounded by a series of mountains and canyons that also penetrate the community, the location contributes to community members' appreciation for the natural environment. In addition to natural sensitivity, Canyon Country is a community that encourages economic and cultural diversity. The following characteristics were used to describe Canyon Country during a public workshop. • Family -oriented • Rural • Rustic • Equestrian • Country • Mountainous • River trails • Outdoor -oriented • Natural • Best kept secret • Small town feel • Community involvement • Friendly B. Architectural Character & Specific Community Needs The desired architectural character for Canyon Country is a rustic, natural, and timeless style. Heavy timber and river rock or natural stone are materials that are strongly encouraged within the community. Residents would like to see projects that incorporate water features, trellises, special paving, and plaza spaces. C. Exterior Building Materials These guidelines are intended to complement the general guidelines provided in Chapter 4 -Chapter 7. The basic recommendations for color and material selection in the subsequent chapters must be reviewed in conjunction with this section when building in Canyon Country. The following listings of appropriate and inappropriate materials were developed for the Canyon Country community. The materials listed as "appropriate" have generally stood the test of time as having desirable aesthetic qualities, while the materials listed as "inappropriate" have failed to withstand the test of time. Certain materials have been omitted because the success or failure of these materials has traditionally had more to do with the overall design than the materials selected. These listings of materials are intended to provide general guidance and are not intended to be exhaustive; designers should not feel that they must limit their material palette to the following selections. New materials and refined fabrication methods are continually being introduced and Santa Clarita encourages designers to take advantage of these innovations. 3-6 i 1. Appropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: a. Native stone veneer. b. Cement plaster stucco. c. Smooth and hand -troweled stucco. d. Tile. e. Rough, split -face masonry. f. Wood siding (vertical rough sawn board and batten siding and/or ` horizontal rough sawn lap siding) or wood shingles. g. Cement/fiber siding (6-inch, 8-inch, or 12-inch horizontal siding). ih. Brick. 2. Inappropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: a. Simulated materials such as cement brick. b. T-111 siding (4-foot by 8-foot plywood with vertical grooves at 8-inch to 12-inch increments). c. Metal siding. d. Slump stone. e. Precision block. f. Highly polished materials. g. Spray on "Spanish lace" or knock down stucco. h. Mirror glass and heavily tinted glass. i. Corrugated fiberglass. 3-7 3. Appropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: a. Accent tile. b. Stucco corbels, lintels, and sills. c. Timber lintels, sills, corbels, and trusses. d. Heavy wood beams. e. Exposed timber rafter tails. f. Clay tile vents. g. Wood vents. h. Recessed niches. i. Arches. j. Colonnades. k. Deep overhangs. I. Wrought iron. m. Wood trellises/shading devices. n. Decorative knee bracing. o. Wood casement or fixed windows (multi-lite). p. Wood doors with wood trim. 4. Inappropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: a. Chrome. b. Plastic. c. Aluminum windows. d. Highly polished materials. 3-8 a SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES Chapter 3 Community Character March 24, 2009 Revised: June 29, 2026 1.b Packet Pg. 48 D. Colors The following guidelines are intended to promote well -coordinated color palettes that integrate with the other exterior features of a building. 1. Light, subtle earth tones such as tan, beige, sand, and cream, used in conjunction with bold, rich complementary accents, are appropriate color choices for Canyon Country. 2. Simple color schemes involving a maximum of three colors are rec- ommended. 3. Bright colored and stark white walls are discouraged. 4. Certain materials, such as stone and brick, have distinct coloring in their natural state and should be thought of as an element of the color palette used. These materials should not be painted. 5. Brighter colors should be used as accents. 3-10 Noon ._ ON ON lN um on t a y r PA N DA E X P R E S S Aow E. Design Considerations Many existing shopping centers within the community are in need of renovation. Facade and character upgrades can make a dramatic difference in the attractiveness and desirability of a retail property. Simple cosmetic changes such as painting, incorporating appropriate signage and lighting, and installing shading devices can significantly improve the appearance of a building. The removal of unsafe and unsightly building ,. components, such as deteriorated stucco and other materials, will also greatly enhance the aesthetics of the entire community. r '4i Alf t �S 2. NEWHALL A.Community Identity Newhall was the earliest permanent settlement in the Valley, established in 1876 in conjunction with the construction of the Southern Pacific Railroad. This area was a typical western town of oil, mining, and railroad workers. Many residents were first attracted to Newhall because of its rural environment and open space. Early rural ranch style homes built on large lots located south of Lyons Avenue reflect the community's sporadic and independent growth. The architecture of the Newhall homes reflects a diversity of architectural styles. The newer homes, on smaller lots, reflect popular design styles from the 1950s to the present. Much of the early commercial development in the downtown Newhall area occupies single -story older buildings and serves neighborhoods along Newhall Avenue. Commercial development along Lyons Avenue, with some exceptions, follows the common style of the 1960s, 1970s, and 1980s and includes numerous small and mid -sized wood and stucco strip centers. Recent attempts have been made to improve the aesthetics of the commercial area by building community shopping centers that incorporate historic elements of the area. Examples of building styles include Spanish buildings with terra cotta tile roofs, a Victorian -style shopping center, and western -theme buildings. 3-12 Along the southern end of Newhall Avenue are several small, one-story, older neighborhood commercial uses. Further to the north, along Newhall Avenue =11 adjoining the railroad tracks, are older industrial developments. Many of the industrial and commercial land uses along this strip of road are surrounded by vacant lots. rNewhall has developed very much on its own, without regard to any particular architectural style, street development standards, or consistent streetscapes. Large stands of oak trees are scattered throughout the community. Prior to the completion of the interstate system, Newhall Avenue, formerly known as San Fernando Road, was a principal link in the historic circulation system between the San Joaquin Valley and the Los Angeles Basin. The roadway still Lo� serves as one of the key traffic arteries within the City. =: The Old Town Newhall Specific Plan, adopted in December of 2005 and _ revised in May of 2022, sets design parameters for sub -areas throughout the downtown area that complement the following Newhall -wide design guidelines. The Old Town Newhall Specific Plan document goes into greater detail by identifying specific forms and details that fit the architectural types that are prescribed for the downtown area. The quality of architecture, however, must meet the directives of this Community Character and Design Guidelines document. 3-13 Placerita Canyon Special Standards District, a subcommunity of Newhall, is a rural and oak -studded residential area northeast of downtown Newhall. Equestrian -oriented residential areas placed among oak woodlands typify most of the development in the area. A substantial amount of new home construction has occurred in recent years. Historically, the area contained scattered ranches, some of which remain today. Newer homes include Tudor, Ranch, French Country, Victorian, and other styles on larger lots of one-half acre or greater. Oil fields are located in the eastern portion of the canyon, west of SR-14. East of the freeway, Placerita Canyon Special Standards District is predominantly undeveloped, with much of the land as part of the Angeles National Forest. The Placerita Canyon Special Standards District is also home to the Master's University and Melody Ranch Motion Picture Studio. Newhall is a community rich in history. Evolving from an Indian trading center to an important destination in the quests for gold and then oil, it soon became a railroad flag stop of general stores, saloons, and churches. As the film industry grew, Newhall became the home of early western silent screen movies. 3-14 y 40r- It i y t4i ` - These strong roots are still very important to the residents of Newhall. The passion for history and love of the old film stars help to identify the essence of Newhall. The following characteristics were used to describe Newhall during public workshops. • Western movies • William S. Hart 1 • Passion for history • Cowboys • Melody Ranch — filming • Rich cultural heritage • Oak of the Golden Dream A • Oil fields (Mentryville) • Community involvement tr 3-15 B. Old Town Newhall The Old Town Newhall Specific Plan regulates the downtown area and establishes a direction for architectural styles and character in the area. Any project within the Old Town Newhall Specific Plan area will be required to comply with the Old Town Newhall Specific Plan in -lieu of these guidelines. C.Architectural Character & Specific Community Needs Newhall's downtown core possesses a historic feel consisting primarily of Victorian, Western, and Mission Revival architecture. Outside of the downtown core the architecture takes on a variety of styles, but the historicflavor influences new development. Residentsfeel that outside of the district, quality materials and good site and building design are more important than theme architecture. Developers should be encouraged to capture the essence of Newhall without being tied to a specific architectural style. 3- 1 6 CHAPTER 2: FORM AND CHARACTER bJ.D D. Exterior Building Materials These guidelines are intended to complement the general guidelines provided in Chapter 4 - Chapter 7. The basic recommendations for color and material selection in the subsequent chapters must be reviewed in conjunction with this section when building in Newhall. The following listings of appropriate and inappropriate materials were developed for the Newhall community. The materials listed as "appropriate" have generally stood the test of time as having desirable aesthetic qualities, while those listed as "inappropriate" have failed to withstand the test of time. Certain materials have been omitted because the success or failure of these materials has traditionally had more to do with the overall design, rather than the materials selected. These listings are intended to provide general guidance and are not intended to be exhaustive; designers should not feel that they must limit their material palette to the following selections. New materials and refined fabrication methods are continually being introduced, and Santa Clarita encourages designers to take advantage of these innovations. bA t* -17 1. Appropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: a. Native stone veneer. b. Cement plaster stucco. c. Smooth and hand -troweled stucco. d. Tile. e. Horizontal siding of wood or fiber cement board (6-inch, 8-inch, or 12-inch exposures). f. Cement/fiber siding (6-inch, 8-inch, 12-inch horizontal siding). 2. Inappropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: a. T-111 siding (4-foot by 8-foot plywood with vertical grooves at 8-inch to 12-inch increments). b. Highly polished materials. c. Mirror glass and heavily tinted glass. d. Corrugated metal/fiberglass panels. e. Metal siding. f. Spray -on or knock -down stucco. g. Exposed steel framing. 3-18 11 3. Appropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: a. Accent tile. b. Stucco corbels, lintels, sills. c. Timber lintels, sills, corbels. d. Clay tile vents. e. Wood vents. f. Recessed niches. g. Arches. h. Colonnades. i. Wrought iron. j. Canvas awnings, wood porches, and balconies/shading devices. 4. Inappropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: a. Plastic. b. Chrome. c. Aluminum windows. d. Highly polished materials. 3-19 5. Appropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: a. Clay tiles. b. Cement tiles. c. Dimensional asphalt/composite shingles. d. Metal roofing. e. "Cool roof"built-up roofing. f. Traditional tapered barrel tiles. +i+r 6. Inappropriate roofing materials and colors include, but are not limited _ to: a. Maxitile (simulated clay or concrete roofing tiles). b. Corrugated metal/fiberglass panels. " c. Bright or dark -colored roofing. d. S-tiles. 3-20 11 E. Colors The following guidelines are intended to promote well -coordinated color palettes that integrate with the other exterior features of a building. 1. Given the Victorian architectural influence, a broader spectrum of colors is desirable in Newhall. 2. Muted shades of virtually any color is appropriate. 3. Certain materials, such as stone and brick, have distinct coloring in their natural state and should be thought of as an element of the color palette used. These materials should not be painted. 4. Brighter colors should be used as accents. F. Design Considerations Although a variation in architectural style is encouraged throughout the community, San Fernando Road warrants special consideration. The Santa Clarita Beautification Master Plan identifies it as a primary corridor within the community and, consequently, projects should be designed to prominently address the street edge. Projects should incorporate a landscaped parkway and, where possible, a split rail fence. Buildings should be placed at the street edge with parking located behind. 3. SAUGUS A.Community Identity Established in 1887, Saugus is named for the Massachusetts birthplace of founder Henry Mayo Newhall and owes its existence to the Southern Pacific Railroad. Similar to Newhall in its early development, Saugus began as a rural community with large residential lots and open spaces. The residential areas of Saugus are located in Seco Canyon and Bouquet Canyon, with townhouses located on the heights above the junction of the two canyons. Much of the development in Saugus has moved into the canyon and hill areas in a series of suburban tracts. Many of the older homes are California ranch style. Strip commercial centers, prevalent in Saugus along Soledad Canyon Road and Bouquet Canyon Road, consist primarily of stucco, wood, and Spanish styles with terra cotta tile roofs. The natural areas remaining in the center of the City known as the Whittaker-Bermite property present a major opportunity for enhancement of the area and the ability to create a greenbelt connecting the communitywith other areas of theValley.The northern part of Saugus is hilly, the streets are tree -lined, and much of this area is covered with natural vegetation. The Saugus area is home to Central Park, the City's largest park and outdoor recreation facility, which includes numerous multi -purpose fields and amenities. 3-22 Residents of Saugus think of themselves as family -oriented, rural community. They value the surrounding canyons, the abundance of cottonwoods, and the rustic and ranch character of the community. Local residences used the following characteristics to describe Saugus during a public workshop. • Old mining community • Ranching community • Community of homes • Family -oriented • Hillside community • Open space • Canyons • Middle of the valley • Small business • Cottonwoods • Natural wildlife • Gateway to natural forest • Large lots • Rustic • Home to the road runner • Sycamore and oak trees • Soft natural green look rather than clipped manicured look B. Architectural Character & Specific Community Needs Saugus is one of the oldest communities within the City and for the most part is completely built -out. For this reason, the majority of the future projects within this communitywill be commercial building and shopping center rehabilitation. Members of the Saugus community have expressed a desire to see the existing stark white commercial architecture that lacks detail and overhangs updated in order to create aesthetically pleasing and well designed shopping areas. Renovation and/or expansion raises property values, reinforces or improves the character of the community, and inspires other property owners and designers to make improvements to their properties, which in turn enhances the entire community. 3-24 C. Exterior Building Materials These guidelines are intended to complement the general guidelines provided in Chapter 4 - Chapter 7. The basic recommendations for color and material selection in the subsequent chapters must be reviewed in conjunction with this section when building in Saugus. The following listings of appropriate and inappropriate materials were developed for the Saugus community. The materials listed as "appropriate" have generally stood the test of time as having desirable aesthetic qualities, while those listed as "inappropriate" have failed to withstand the test of time. Certain materials have been omitted because success or failure of these materials has traditionally had more to do with the overall design than the materials selected. These listings are intended to provide general guidance, and are not intended to be exhaustive; designers should not feel that they must limit their material palette to the following selections. New materials and refined fabrication methods are continually being introduced, and Santa Clarita encourages designers to take advantage of these innovations. 1. Appropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: a. Natural stone veneer. b. Float finished stucco. c. Tile. d. Flash fired brick. e. Precast concrete. f. Concrete. g. Wood shingles/shakes. h. Smooth sand finished hand troweled stucco. i. Hand troweled plaster surfaces. 2. Inappropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: a. Simulated materials such as cement brick. b. T-111 siding (4-foot by 8-foot plywood with vertical grooves at 8-inch to 12-inch increments). c. Metal siding. d. Slump stone. e. Precision block. f. Highly polished materials. g. Spray on "Spanish lace" or knock down stucco. h. Mirror glass and heavily tinted glass. i. Corrugated fiberglass. 3-26 rid 3. Appropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: a. Ornamental tile for accent. b. Build up stucco relief. c. Prefabricated molding forms. d. Inlaid tile. e. Painted wainscoting. f. Natural stone. g. Wrought iron. h. Clay tile vents. i. Wood attic vents. j. Timber lintels. k. Recessed niches. 4. Inappropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: a. Plastic. b. Chrome. c. Aluminum windows. d. Highly polished materials. -2 5. Appropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: a. Clay tiles. b. Concrete roof tiles. c. Dimensional asphalt/composite shingles. d. Traditional tapered barrel tiles. 6. Inappropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: a. Simulated clay or concrete roofing tiles. b. Wood shingles/shakes. c. Built-up flat roofing. d. Fiber cement units that imitate slate, wood shakes, or mission tile. e. S-tiles. 3-28 XL _", 4 D. Colors The following guidelines are intended to promote well -coordinated color palettes that integrate with the other exterior features of a building. 1. Light, subtle, earth tones such as tan, beige, sand, and cream, used in conjunction with bold, rich complementary accents, are appropri- ate color choices for Saugus. 2. Simple color schemes involving a maximum of three colors are rec- ommended. 3. Certain materials, such as stone and brick, have distinct coloring in their natural state and should be thought of as an element of the color palette used. These materials should not be painted. 4. Dark blue and brightly colored roofing is expressly discouraged, as are vibrantly colored and stark white walls. E. Design Considerations Existing parking lots lack shade trees, landscaping, and pedestrian amenities. Community members feel that the addition of these site features would improve the shopping experience and encourage shoppers to stay within the community to make their purchases. 4. VALENCIA A.Community Identity The community of Valencia is part of the original 37,500 acre Newhall Ranch. Named after a city in Spain, Valencia was dedicated in 1965 and developed as a planned community. Residential, commercial, and industrial developments form the basic community structure and are supported byadditional shopping centers, recreational facilities, schools, colleges, a hospital, golf courses, professional offices, and other support services that are connected by a system of walkways called "paseos". The community is home to the local Los Angeles County Civic Center, College of the Canyons, and California Institute of the Arts. 3-30 The southern section of Valencia was first developed in the late 1960s and reflects the architectural style of that period. These neighborhoods include the areas along Orchard Village Road, Wiley Canyon Road, and McBean Parkway, which feature relatively homogeneous suburban tract housing. The homes are on medium-sized landscaped lots. The streets were designed and planned for residential uses and landscaped to create a community atmosphere. Recent residential development has occurred in the hilly section of Valencia north of Newhall Ranch Road. These homes reflect several different modern architectural styles. The neighborhoods are planned with paseos, parks, and other amenities. - e r 4L I Ir, A� f • 1 r� ri s'n Commercial uses in Valencia were planned and located in centers such as the regional mall,Town Center Drive, auto row, and smaller neighborhood � y centers. These centers incorporate a Spanish and Mediterranean architectural style. ,_,.. Industrial land use in the area is located in a business and industrial center in the northern section of the area near Rye Canyon Road. The area contains wide streets with generous landscaped setbacks and one to three-story buildings. 4 Although it is probably the most urban community in Santa Clarita, ¢' g p Y Y JE'tr.z Valencia still has a touch of rural character. It is the combination of lush landscaping, urban architecture, and sophistication in a suburban setting that defines Valencia's character. The following characteristics were used to describe Valencia during a public workshop. �\ • Family w. • High quality of life • Cleanliness ^ i* • Paseo system • Safe and secure • Lush landscaping •r • Pedestrian friendly 7 140 • Well lit • Tight knit community s • Stability of real estate values , e: r� , • Community pride � to ®- • Pristine marketing corridor 3-32 --- �` B.Architectural Character & Specific Community Needs Much of the desired architectural character for Valencia is established by the currently existing buildings. The mixture of bright colors, -.� - natural materials, and contemporary design create a favorable array of architectural stylewithin the community.The area with the most potential r, --massg • ,, for new development is the industrial center. Architects are encouraged to provide innovative designs with unique forms and articulation on all sides of the building. Careful planning for employee break areas and outdoor seating is also a concern. These spaces should be designed, not just created within left over areas, and should include special paving and furnishings. Arl ' C. Exterior Building Materials These guidelines are intended to complement the general guidelines provided in Chapter 4 - Chapter 7. The basic recommendations for color m_ and material selection in the subsequent chapters must be reviewed in conjunction with this section when building in Valencia. The following listings of appropriate and inappropriate materials were developed for the Valencia community. The materials listed as "appropriate" have generally stood the test of time as having desirable aesthetic qualities, while the materials listed as "inappropriate" have — failed to withstand the test of time. Certain materials have been omitted because the success or failure of these materials has traditionally had more to do with the overall design than the materials selected. ~' These listings are intended to provide general guidance, and are not intended to be exhaustive; designers should not feel that they must limit - — their material palette to the following selections. New materials and .- refined fabrication methods are continually being introduced, and Santa Clarita encourages designers to take advantage of these innovations. 3-33 1. Appropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: a. Native stone veneer. b. Cement plaster stucco. c. Smooth and hand -troweled stucco. d. Tile. e. Wood siding/shingles. f. Cement/fiber siding (6-inch, 8-inch, or 12-inch horizontal siding). 2. Inappropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: a. T-111 siding (4-foot by 8-foot plywood with vertical grooves at 8-inch to 12-inch increments). b. Highly polished materials. c. Mirror or heavily tinted glazing. d. Corrugated metal/fiberglass panels. e. Metal siding. f. Spray -on or knock -down stucco. g. Exposed steel framing. 3-34 t, w r ILI 3. Appropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: a. Accent tile. b. Stucco corbels, lintels, sills. "D c. Timber lintels, sills, corbels. Y. .nn � d. Clay the vents. i i 1N e. Wood vents. n i f. Recessed niches. � u g. Arches. h. Colonnades. r i. Wrought iron. J. Wood trellises/shading devices. v 4. Inappropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: a. Plastic. b. Chrome. c. Aluminum windows. d. Highly polished materials. -3 5. Appropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: a. Clay tiles. Ix� b. Cement tiles. c. Dimensional asphalt/ composite shingles. d. Metal roofing. e. "Cool roof"built-up roofing. . f. Traditional tapered barrel tiles. 6. Inappropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: a. Simulated clay or concrete roofing tiles. _ b. Wood shingles/shakes. T c. Corrugated metal/fiberglass panels. -' d. S-tiles. tCl�f aril Mi i� �' I I I I t� Diu 3-36 D. Colors The following guidelines are intended to promote well -coordinated color palettes that integrate with the other exterior features of a building. a 1. Bold, rich colors such as rust, ocher, and olive greens are appropriate in Valencia. 2. Simple color schemes involving a maximum of three colors are rec- `+� ommended. • 3. Stark white walls are discouraged unless used where authentically ' - appropriate, such as on a Mission style building. 4. Certain materials, such as stone and brick, have distinct coloring in their natural state and should be thought of as an element of the color palette used. These materials should not be painted. E. Design Considerations Valencia has become a community that supports progressive thinking and creativity through the built form. In addition to showcasing successful f a contemporary architecture, Valencia has become a street -side gallery for ps public art. To continue the infusion of art throughout the community, each project should consider what is appropriate to their location and scale and design an integrated place to exhibit public artwork. The public art for each project, regardless of size or visual impact, will, in time, Y +,5 significantly contribute to the richness of Valencia. 1, 3-37 CHAPTER 5 MULTIFAMILY RESIDENTIAL & MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS & GUIDELINES INTRODUCTION Multifamily developments are higher density residential buildings such as apartments, condominiums, and townhomes. Similarly, mixed -use developments i��I� combine two or more different uses, such as residential, commercial, or office, within a single building or connected series of buildings. These types of development are typically comprised of attached units with common facilities such as parking, open A� space, and recreation areas. This chapter provides general standards and guidelines for the design ofmulti-family and mixed -use development in all areas of the City.The standards are mandatory and written to be objective and measurable. In contrast, F the guidelines are not objective, and applicants are encouraged to incorporate applicable guidelines where feasible to achieve higher-qualityoutcomes.The design 11&� guidelines and objective standards apply to any addition, remodeling, relocation, or construction requiring a building permit within the City. Additionally, multifamily and mixed -use housing projects must also include community specific exterior building materials, colors and design considerations of Chapter 3. If a new project falls within either the Canyon Country, Newhall, Saugus, or Valencia neighborhood, the exterior building materials, colors, and design considerations of Chapter 3 must 1 be applied in addition to the standards and guidelines listed in this chapter. The '1t following text in Section 1 (Site Planning and Design), Section 2 (Building Design), and Section 3 (Utilitarian Aspects) of this chapter apply to all projects. Standards provided in Section 4 (Mixed Use) are strictly for mixed -use projects. The following y, = topics are addressed: 1. Site Planning and Design 2. Building Design 3. Utilitarian Aspects 4. Mixed Use MJ 5-1 PROCESS Applicants may opt -out of using one or more of the following objective design standards (ODS) via an Administrative Permit. In these instances, projects will proceed under the City's standard Architectural Design Review Permit process. In an opt -out scenario, the Applicant must: • Applyfor an Administrative Permitfor staff level reviewat nofee. Included in the application, the Applicant must state in writing their intent to not satisfy the City's ODS requirements; • Apply for an Architectural Design Review Permit. s r. ?�Wil- o. r 5-2 JP i 1. SITE PLANNING AND DESIGN A. Site Layout The primary project objective must be constructing a high -quality residential environment. Multifamily residential and mixed -use developments surrounded by high walls, parking lots, and rows of carports and/or garages along public streets should be avoided while r " l ' pedestrian circulation, appropriate landscaping, and functional public and private common areas should be prioritized. y 1. Objective Standards a. Projects along Collector or Local streets as defined in the City of Santa Clarita General Plan and adjacent to pedestrian oriented _ T development, must be located adjacent to the primary street. .. Parking lots must be located in the rear of the site, away from ' the primary street frontage. Where the lot configuration does not permit rear access due to the absence of a rear or side alley, easement, or secondary street providing vehicular access, vehicular access and parking lots must be located to the side '? of the primary structure, provided parking lots are set back a minimum of 10 feet from the primary street property line and adequately screened in alignment with Parking Lot Area Screening Objective Standards. b. Multifamily and mixed -use projects must not feature street facing building frontages that extend horizontally along a public sidewalk for more than 100 feet without incorporating at least one (1) of the following design methods in order to provide natural ventilation and usable outdoor space: i. Outdoor courtyards adjacent to the public right-of-way which provide ventilation and outdoor space. 5-3 ii. Arcades a minimum of six (6) feet deep. iii. Separation of buildings into two individual buildings with an incorporated courtyard/entrance providing access to internal uses such as residential dwellings, commercial uses, or private open space areas. 2. Design Guidelines a. The design of multifamily and mixed -use developments should consider compatibility with the surrounding neighborhood. b. Intensified landscaping, increased setbacks, and building orientation should be utilized as a means of providing adequate separation between such land uses. c. Multifamily and mixed -use structures should be clustered. Clustering creates plazas or pedestrian malls and prevents long "barrack -like" or continuous rows of structures. d. Natural amenities such as views, mature trees, creeks, riparian corridors, and similar features unique to the site should be preserved. e. Building placement should not limit solar access by shading adjacent rooftops. f. Orient buildings on an east/west axis to maximize the use of natural daylighting. g. Narrowfloor plan depths should be used to maximize daylight, exterior views, and natural ventilation. Use a courtyard atria to bring light and air into interior spaces. 5-4 s,. *4 �Zlt ILI B. Vehicular Access, Circulation and Parking Lot Areas Site plans should balance the need to provide adequate vehicular access with the need to eliminate unnecessary driveway entrances and should provide access points that are coordinated with other properties. 1. Objective Standards a. Projects requiring more than 100 parking spaces must break up parking areas into a series of smaller connected parking areas of no more than 75 parking spaces. b. Projects of over 20,000 square feet or more must include a primary vehicular access into the project incorporating at least two of the following accent features: i. Brick, pavers, colored, patterned, textured, and/or permeable paving treatments a minimum of 12 feet deep from back of sidewalk. ii. Landscaping on both sides of the project entry consisting of a minimum of two trees (minimum 24-inch box), four shrubs .: (minimum 5-gallon), and ground cover plantings, within a landscaped area a minimum of 10 feet wide by 10 feet deep. iii. Landscaped medians (minimum width of at least seven (7) feet. iv. Where permissible, architectural monument signs. v. Masonry or wrought iron walls or gates, a minimum of 36 inches in height. 2. Design Guidelines a. Project entry features should reflect the overall architectural identity or character of the development. b. Projects that include more than one vehicular drive access should feature at least one decorative entry drive. 5-5 C. Parking Lot Area Screening Screening should be provided at the edge of all parking areas. 1. Objective Standards a. A 36-inch to 42-inch tall berm, hedge, or masonry wall must be used to screen any parking at the street periphery. Breaks must be provided to allow pedestrian circulation at least every 100 feet or as required by the California Building Code. If the parking lot elevation is 36-inches or more below the adjacent street, then no berm, hedge, or masonry is required. b. Both sides of all perimeter walls or fences must include at least one (1) of the following treatments: i. Application of a cap or ledge at the top of the wall, projecting a minimum of two inches. ii. A pattern of reveals, recesses, or pilasters at intervals of no more than 15 feet. Long expanses of fence or wall surfaces must be offset a minimum of 18 inches at least every 50 feet. 2. Design Guidelines a. Where topography allows, parking lots could also be located above or below the adjacent street grade to effectively screen parking without the addition of substantial screen walls or landscaping. b. Landscaped buffer area provided between parking areas and public rights -of -way should not be included in the minimum five percent landscaping within the parking lot interior calculation required by the UDC.This buffer should be designed to provide stormwater retention through swales, sumps, etc. c. Transitioning between walls, berms, and landscape materials is highly recommended in locations where parking lot screening is required. d. Fences and walls placed adjacent to parking lot areas should 5-6 feature styles that are complementary to the primary structure. a :r �W 1 t' �• E i «E f r, D. Pedestrian Access Adequate pedestrian circulation should be provided to all pedestrians for safe passage throughout the internal site. 1. Objective Standards a. Dedicated pedestrian access must be provided to each building primary entrance, vehicle parking area, private open space area, trash and recycling enclosure, and adjacent residential, recreational, and commercial uses. Such pedestrian access must include: i. A minimum of one (1) directional sign at each primary pedestrian decision point; ii. A change in paving material, paving color, or paving pattern from the adjacent vehicular circulation surface (e.g. use of brick, stamped concrete, or painted/striped surfaces where the vehicular surface is standard asphalt or broom -finished concrete). The on -site pedestrian circulation system must be directly connected to off -site public sidewalks.. b. Enhanced paving treatment, such as brick, textured/colored concrete, or asphalt, or clearly delineated crosswalks, such as painted or striped crosswalks, must be used where primary pedestrian paths cross vehicular drive aisles. 2. Design Guidelines a. Meandering paths are generally preferred over long straight path alignments. b. Paths made from permeable materials, such as decomposed granite, should be limited to private open space areas to create a more park -like setting and allow for stormwater percolation. c. Projects should provide internal and/or public pedestrian connections that are direct, convenient, and pleasant and that have appropriate amenities such as decorative paving treatments or benches. - 5.7 d. Pedestrian connections and/or plazas should be provided with adequate weather protection (awnings or canopies) and appropriate pedestrian amenities, such as street tree grates, outdoor seating, bus waiting areas, trash cans, mail boxes, sidewalk displays, public art. E. PavingTreatment Specialty paving should be provided adjacent to building entries or facades, in plazas and courtyards or seating areas, at intersections, at mid -block between buildings, and adjacent to parks. 1. Objective Standards a. Building entrances must be clearly indicated through the use of patterns and colors. At least one (1) of the following must be installed at each building entrance onsite: tile, brick, textured or colored concrete, in order to provide clear identification of access points into buildings. b. At least one (1) of the following permeable pavement materials must comprise a minimum of 50% of the hardscape materials used in common amenity spaces of multi -family and mixed use projects: i. Porous asphalt. ii. Paver blocks. iii. Lattice blocks. 2. Design Guidelines a. Reuse of materials such as brick and flagstone is encouraged where possible. b. Light colored paving should be incorporated near buildings to reduce the amount of heat radiating onto buildings and people. 5-8 Joe I, IIM o jL-�1 Q i F. Garages and Accessory Structures Garages, carports, and other accessory structures should be designed as integral parts of the development. 1. Objective Standards a. Garages must not be placed along the primary street unless the site lacks any alternative driveway access for residential parking. _ b. Garage doors must be recessed at least four (4) inches from the ,F pll exterior wall. _ ray c. Detached garages and accessory structures must incorporate r e/ at least two of the same exterior cladding materials used on the primary structure (e.g., if the primary structure uses stucco and stone veneer, the detached garage must use stucco and stone veneer) and must use at least one (1) exterior color found on the primary structure. 2. Design Guidelines _ f a. Garages should be located to have the least amount of visual impact on the street. b. When viewed from the street, garages should be subordinate - _ � 1 to the main living area. Where possible, the garage should be �. S'i recessed behind the dwelling unit and not located between the _ I main living area and the street. c. Garages should be located along alleys and/or secondary streets jl when available. d. Flat roofs are discouraged on detached garages and accessory structures. 5-9 G. Public Space, Common Amenities, Park Land and Trails Public or private common amenity space designated for onsite residents, as well as pedestrian connections to such spaces, should be provided to enhance the living environment and contribute to a walkable neighborhood character. 1. Objective Standards a. Pedestrian pathways must connect to any onsite private parks and any adjacent offsite or connecting jogging or hiking trails, bicycle pathways, equestrian trails, or parkways. In the event the site is adjacent to public parks or neighborhood parks included within the community -wide park system, pedestrian pathways must be provided to connect to adjacent public parks. b. Any common amenity space greater than 600 square feet dedicated to public and/or private use must contain shading provided through umbrellas, awnings, or trees and a trash and recycling receptacle, as well as incorporate at least two (2) of the following features: i. Outdoor seating with at least two (2) benches or tables. ii. Dog relief area with a dog waste station. iii. One (1) prominently located art feature. iv. One (1) children play structure or tot lot. v. Picnic area with at least two (2) tables and one (1) barbeque grill with shading provided. vi. Gardening area with at least four (4) beds or raised vegetable boxes. vii. One (1) improved outdoor game area such as bocce, shuffle board, or similar amenity. 5-10 WI N 2. Design Guidelines a. Private outdoor space should focus on areas that are usable to the residents and not remainder parcels with marginal utility. b. A transition area should be provided between new development and adjacent open space to preserve the rural feel of the Valley. c. A river -oriented recreational greenbelt and trails system should t be constructed along the Santa Clara River to tie together the communities of Santa Clarita. gig d. Bicycle and pedestrian pathways should access a project at — visually pleasing locations rather than service areas. u - e. Buildings, parking areas, and open space should be arranged to minimize the use of sound walls next to freeway, arterial, and/or collector streets. �$ f. Public spaces should be clearly recognizable as "public" (e.g., a plaza within view of a street or other public space) and publicly accessible (i.e., a pedestrian accessible), and the space should be able to be occupied by people (i.e., a person can stand or sit in the area). g. Public rooftop gardens, or viewing areas, should have street level h signage directing access. h. Where possible, larger public spaces should be located near the main pedestrian access to the development. A 5-11 H.Planting Design Plants should be used to define building entrances, parking lots, and the edges of various land uses. Plants should also be used to buffer and screen neighboring properties and to enhance the quality and functional aspects of landscaping. Consider safety, environmental impacts, and accent elements when selecting and locating landscaping features.. 1. Objective Standards a. Landscaping and irrigation must comply with applicable Landscaping and Irrigation Standards within SCMC Section 17.51.030. b. Landscaping must not obstruct solar access to adjacent solar collectors for water heating, space heating or cooling, or electricity generation. c. The ultimate width of a trees canopy must be located no closer than ten feet to street lights. d. Artificial or synthetic plants, except for turf, are prohibited. The use of artificial and synthetic turf may count towards required landscaping but may not exceed 50% of the required landscaping and is not permitted in front or street side setbacks. The installation of artificial and synthetic turf must meet the requirements of SCMC Section 17.51.030.C.3. e. Irrigation plans must be provided for all onsite plants. Irrigation systems must incorporate water efficient technologies such as drip emitters, sub -grade capillary action irrigation for turf areas, evapotranspiration controllers, and moisture sensors. The use of recycled water must be used for irrigation when available. 5-12 _wi L 1. �a A r«� ngxxx i�xlp6dxnm^I; i MII"p§xlllll III!Iltfllll�x w,, nlwNm�+xu i = 4t f. Long-term soil stabilization must be considered when developing a landscape plan on sloped sites or projects with cut and fill slopes. See SCMC Section 17.51.020.C.4.a. Water runoff should be retained to reduce the risk of flooding. Stabilization must be achieved by methods such as planting native erosion control vegetation, including a mix of trees, shrubs, vines and/ or other ground covers with stabilizing mulch to naturalize the hillsides. i. Cut and fill slopes less than five feet in height must be planted to cover the slopes completely within six months of planting. ii. Cut and fill slopes exceeding five feet in vertical height must be planted in accordance of SCMC Section 17.51.030.C.2. g. Deciduous species, perennials, and grasses or grass -like plants must not be used for privacy screening. h. Dense, evergreen trees, shrubs, and/or vines must be used to screen the following areas from public view: trash and recycling enclosures, surface parking areas, storage areas, loading areas, public utility equipment, and mechanical equipment. Screening plantings must be of a species and size sufficient to achieve a minimum 80% visual opacity within three years of planting, as demonstrated on the approved landscape plan. i. All landscaping in areas designated as a very high fire hazard severity zone must be subject to the requirements of the Los Angeles County Fire Department. Additional landscape design requirements may be required by the Fire Department for any project that is located within a fire sensitive area. The applicant, architect, and/or landscape architect are encouraged to consult with the Fire Marshall for"Interface Zone" requirements. j. Trees and shrubs must be placed to not interfere with vehicular sight lines located at driveways, parking lot entrances, vehicular intersections, etc. 5 - 13 2. Design Guidelines a. Landscape areas should contain a mix of plant sizes and materials to ensure variety. b. 36-inch box trees or larger are strongly encouraged in front and side yard setback areas. c. At least one mature specimen tree (Le., 48-inch box or 60-inch box) should be prominently located at main focal areas and/or be visible from project frontages. d. The clustering of trees is encouraged and trees should be used to shade streets, sidewalks, and parking areas and create an intimate scale, enclosure spaces, and frame views. However, tree placement should respect the long-range views and solar access of surrounding neighbors and prevent damage to adjoining property. e. Seasonal shading from trees and shrubs on southern and western facades should be used when developing planting schemes for courtyards and streetscapes. Deciduous trees provide solar control during summer and winter while providing fall color, seasonal flower, and other desired effects. f. Accent planting should be used to emphasize primary building and site entries, key activity hubs, and main focal areas. In addition, the incorporation of decorative focal elements are encouraged to accentuate views (i.e. recirculating water elements and public art). g. Vines and potted plants should be used to provide wall, column, and post texture and color, as well as to accentuate entryways, courtyards, and sidewalks. 5-14 MOM i-4,1710�M MIA 4s�e r *r` h. Nuisance trees that drop flowers and fruit should not be located within the ultimate width of the canopy extending over pedestrian walkways, pools and play equipment areas, parking areas, public sidewalks. i. Lawn areas should be planted to serve a functional purpose and not be located in areas that are difficult to irrigate or maintain. Sod should be used for turf installation. Special permission should be obtained from the City to install lawns by seeding. j. Lineal root barriers should be installed at each tree trunk located within six feet of the curb or walk or building foundation and should not extend six feet to each side of the trunk of the tree. Root barriers on the curb side should be 24 inches deep and root barriers on the walkway side should be 18 inches deep. k. Plant materials should be primarily drought -tolerant and/or California native plant materials, and not include invasive plants listed by the California Invasive Plant Council, or other plants determined to be invasive by a qualified botanist or biologist. Drought tolerant turf or warm season turf should be used for lawn areas where possible. I. Drip irrigation systems should be used in all areas except for turf irrigation and small ornamental plantings. The irrigation systems should be designed to apply water slowly allowing plants to be deep watered. m. Each street tree should be watered by two deep watering bubblers separate from all other irrigation. n. Explore opportunities to reuse rainwater and/or grey water for irrigation. 5-15 o. Plants located directly below the eaves or at a rain gutter outlet' should be sturdy and have a subsurface matrix of roots to tolerate heavy sheet flow and periodic saturation consistent with the Standard Urban Stormwater Mitigation Plan. Urban runoff can be greatly reduced by diverting stormwater from impervious areas, such as concrete surfaces, to planted areas. Infiltration` , basins where water can seep into the ground should be used. p. Due to challenging soil conditions found throughout the > •a, < ' Valley, extra care should be given to prepare and apply soil:�� amendments prior to planting."Structural soil "should be i considered for tree planting in areas that might be subject to compaction, such as street edges, narrow medians, and parking lots. - - q. Short lived plants, plants susceptible to disease, and large' F Y expanses of single plant varieties should be avoided due to an 'T unchanging appearance and the potential for complete loss of landscaping if struck with disease. , r. Landscape screening should be located to obscure direct sight s , lines from communal areas such as parking areas, common mailboxes, and pedestrian walkways into dwelling units and private recreational space. Strategically located landscaping may be used in combination with walls, fencing, berms, and/ or trellises to provide screening. 11 «?—F s. Important natural resources on the project site should be " retained when feasible (i.e. landmark, specimen or native trees). "• „' . Oak tree removals are subject to SCMC Section 17.51.040. 5-16 .r k FIN I. Parking Lot Area Planting Provide well -planted parking areas. Plants should create a functional and attractive parking environment. 1. Objective Standards a. Parking spaces may overhang into a planted area a maximum of two (2) feet. However, the two feet encroachment and the required protective curb area must be counted only as a part of the length of the parking stall and must not be calculated as planted area or setback. b. All planted areas must be bordered by a concrete curb adjacent to the parking surface that is a minimum of six (6) inches high. 2. Design Guidelines a. Evergreen shade trees should be planted within parking lots to reduce the heat island effect. Parking lot trees with 30 to 40-foot canopies should be planted to shade parked cars and create a more attractive environment. b. Consideration of plant materials adjacent to parking spaces should be a priority. Thorns, stickers, and shaper leaves should be avoided. c. Parking lot area planting should comply with all local/ state Standard Urban Storm Water Mitigation Plan (SUSMP) requirements. 5-17 2. BUILDING DESIGN Building forms and facades influence cohesiveness, comfort, and aesthetic pride and can generate pedestrian activity and increase a sense of security. Any good design should take into consideration fundamental design principles including continuity, mass, scale, rhythm, and proportion. All new buildings and remodels should incorporate 360-degree architecture, which is the full articulation of all building facades, including variation in massing, roof forms, wall planes, and surface articulation. The following standards and guidelines are intended to provide a general framework for design, and do not mandate specific architectural styles, themes, or details. Chapter 3 of this document should be consulted prior to developing building design drawings to ensure that the appropriate community character is incorporated into the building design. The City will be open to considering innovative, alternative design concepts that were not envisioned at the time that these guidelines were written; however an attempt should be made to comply with the general intent of the guidelines provided. 5-18 A. Building Massing and Articulation Mass is defined as a three-dimensional form, such as a cube, box, cylinder, pyramid, or cone. The way the forms are sized directly relates to the way building elements are emphasized or de-emphasized. Voids or open spaces in the forms can change the form's appearance and make the building more interesting and less imposing. Articulation refers to the way architectural design divides uniform building forms into smaller, visually distinct elements. Through transitions in materials, colors, textures, and the use of setbacks or projections, articulation clarifies how a building's components relate to one another. When done correctly, articulation establishes human scale and adds visual richness. Building designers should incorporate 360-degree architecture in all buildings, which is the full articulation of all building facades, including variation in massing, roof forms, wall planes, and surface articulation. Acknowledging sensitivity to a budget, it is expected that the highest level of articulation will occur on the front facade and facades visible from public streets. 1. Objective Standards a. Buildings with a footprint greater than 4,000 square feet and two (2) stories or taller, must include massing elements at each story (for example a three-story building would have at least one (1) massing element on the first story, (1) massing element on the second story, and one (1) massing element on the third story). b. Building facades on all sides of the building must not extend more than 55 feet in length without the inclusion of one of the following: i. A change in wall plane depth of at least two (2) feet (projected or recessed elements). ii. A change in roof height of at least two (2) feet. iii. Projecting or recessed building entrances or porches. iv. Balconies for each residential unit. 5-19 v. Architectural detailing consisting of columns (minimum eight (8) inches in width and projecting a minimum of four (4) inches from the wall surface) or arcades (minimum six (6) feet of walking space between facade and arcade, and eight (8) feet in height at the lowest point). Use of columns and/ or arcades must be consistent with Chapter 3 - Community Character. vi. Use of moldings, trim bands, or a change in exterior material at least once every 20 horizontal feet and at each floor transition. c. Building facades must not include blank wall space (defined as an uninterrupted area of a single material with no windows, doors, projections, recesses, trim, or material changes) that is larger than 10 feet by 10 feet in size. d. Buildings must be designed to differentiate uniformly between a defined base; a middle or body; and a top, cornice, or parapet cap through the use of contrasting materials, colors, or textures change. e. Lower walls of buildings adjacent to a pedestrian -oriented street, from finished grade to a height of 12 feet, must incorporate at least one of the following design elements: i. Arches; ii. Trellises; iii. Awnings (refer to Objective Standard C(1)(e) for awning dimensions). iv. Recessed entries. v. Display windows. 5-20 f. Multifamily and mixed -use projects on corner lots must include at least one (1) or more of the following features on both street - facing facades within 25 feet of the intersection: i. Vertical elements such as towers that extend a minimum of 3 feet above adjacent roof elements. ii. A different roof style than the adjacent facades of the building. Flat roofs are not permitted; slopes must be between 2:12 and 6:12. iii. Building entrances on the ground floor within 25 feet of the street corner must include a massing break of at least 24 inches in depth by eight (8) feet in height. iv. A variation of material, color, or fenestration pattern of windows and doors from the rest of the fa4ade. 2. Design Guidelines a. Several smaller, compact building footprints, rather than one large building, should be used to provide an intimate scale and a more efficient envelope for optimizing daylighting and passive solar heating and cooling functions. To accomplish this, large projects, such as twelve or more residential units, should be broken into smaller buildings with several different building heights proposed. b. Combination of one, one and one half, and two story units should be used to create visual interest and variation in the massing and building height. c. Structures with greater height should include additional setbacks and steps within the massing to create a transition in heights from adjacent properties and to avoid dominating the character of the neighborhood. d. Surface detailing should not serve as a substitute for well - integrated and distinctive massing. e. Building elements and details should be consistent with the 5-2 1 chosen architectural style. AM B. Roof Forms Roof forms should be in alignment with the selected architectural style through roof pitch and material selection. 1. Objective Standards a. Roof lines must not extend horizontally more than 55 feet in length without a two (2) foot variation in height. b. Where roofs exceed 60 linear feet, cross gables or accent roofs must equal a minimum of 30% of the roof fa4ade. c. Flat roofs must provide parapets around the perimeter of the roof with parapets extending at least six (6) inches above all rooftop equipment. Parapet design must comply with all County of Los Angeles Fire Department Fire Code Standards. d. Rooftop equipment must not be visible to pedestrians and be located at least ten (10) feet away from the roof edge. e. Parapets must be adorned with precast treatment, banding, cornice or dentil details, or similar edge treatment (for example, parapet with a minimum of four (4) inches in height and a minimum of two (2) inch extrusion from the wall. f. Eaves and rakes must include at least one (1) of the following: i. Minimum 18 inch overhang. ii. Corbel end beams or rafter tails at three (3) feet maximum spacing. iii. Cornices with a minimum projection of at least four (4) inches. iv. Scalloped stucco transition to roof tile edges. 2. Design Guidelines a. Roofs covering the entire building, such as hips and gables 5 22 should be used instead of mansard roofs. t �a .q I, I s C.Windows, Doors and Awnings Windows and doors help to define the architectural style of a building while providing daylight to interior spaces and visual interest to building facades. These features are sometimes accented through the use of awnings. 1. Objective Standards a. Window and door type, material, and shape must be consistent on each elevation (with allowance for features or accent windows) and consistent with Chapter 3 - Community Character. Up to 20% of the total window area on any elevation may deviate from the primary window type(s) as feature or accent windows, provided such accent windows are identified on the submitted building elevations. b. Windows must be articulated with at least two (2) of the following: i. Decorative lintels applied to all windows. ii. Window trim on all windows, a minimum of three and a half (3.5) inches. iii. One (1) feature window per fa4ade (bay window, bow window, arched window, dormer window, or angled window). iv. Shutters or awnings on 30% of windows. v. Recessed from the outer wall plane a minimum of three (3) inches. vi. Non -white vinyl, or non -vinyl frame material on all windows. vii. Window sills projecting a minimum of one and a half (1.5) inches beyond the wall surface. c. Unless offset by more than five (5) feet horizontally, to enhance privacy, windows for residential units on side elevations within 10 feet of adjacent structures, or private outdoor spaces serving adjacent units, must be designed with at least one (1) of the following: i. Non -transparent glazing; ii. Frosted/patterned glass; ab 5 - 2 3 iii. Permanent architectural screens or affixed louvers at windows; iv. Or utilization of high or transom windows. d. Awnings, weather protection coverings, or recessed doorways must be incorporated on multifamily and mixed -use primary building entries to clearly define the entrance and orient pedestrians. e. Awnings must be made of metal, must feature a minimum depth of three (3) feet, and must be at least seven (7) feet off of the ground to accommodate pedestrian traffic. 2. Design Guidelines a. Window distribution should assist in improving building scale. b. Maximize daylighting and views through window placement and design. Passive solar design can be used to reduce heating requirements by 30 percent to 50 percent, thus saving money and energy. For organization of the facade, primary upper and lower windows should stack vertically whenever possible. c. EPA"Energy Star" labeled windows with low-e coatings are encouraged. d. Awnings should be used to add color, form, and relief to the building and enhance building articulation. e. Awnings should not be wrapped around buildings in continuous bands. Awnings should only be placed on top of doors, windows, and other openings such as paseo entrances. f. Consideration should be given to placing awnings and canopies on south -facing facades to provide aesthetic enhancement while assisting in cooling the building during the summer months. g. Any shutters should be proportionate to the adjacent windows to create the appearance of real and functional shutters. 5-24 D.Residential Dwelling Unit Access and Building Entrances All entrances should be clearly identifiable and emphasized using lighting, landscaping, and architecture. 1. Objective Standards a. Individual residential dwelling unit entrances located on the ground floor must be emphasized and clearly defined with at least two (2) of the following: i. Porch or stoop that is at least six (6) feet wide and four (4) feet deep. ii. Patio. iii. Terrace. iv. Weather protection covering in the form of an awning or recessed doorway. Recessed doorways must be a minimum depth of two (2) feet. v. Architectural detailing such as lighting features or decorative address lettering. vi. Transition in color or material. b. Building entrances must be oriented towards adjacent public sidewalks. 2. Design Guidelines a. Access points to units should be clustered in groups of four or less. Long, monotonous access balconies and corridors that provide access to five or more units should be avoided. b. Every building should have at least one entrance that does not require passage through a parking lot or garage to gain access. 5-25 5-26 E. Materials and Colors The selection and placement of building materials should provide visual interest at the pedestrian level. Heavier materials should be used to form the building base and as accents on upper stories and walls. Materials and colors should be used to enhance buildings and adjacent pedestrian spaces by adding color, shadows, and interesting forms. Materials and color selection must also align with the corresponding community identity found in the Community Character guidelines established in Chapter 3. 1. Objective Standards a. Projects must include at least two (2) of the following materials: i. Wood. ii. Stone. iii. Brick. iv. Stucco. v. Wood composite siding (for example Hardie siding). vi. Stone veneer. vii. Vertical board siding. viii.Tile. b. Projects must include at least one (1) primary color and at least one (1) accent color. c. Accent materials or colors must make up at least 10% of facades facing the primary street. d. Material changes on building facades must occur at a change in wall plane of at least two (2) inches in depth (projection or recess) or at an inside corner where two wall planes meet. Material changes on a single, flat wall plane without a change in plane or inside corner are prohibited. 111;I'mi; Wi IW e. Natural materials, such as brick, stone, copper, wood, must be left the natural color. f. Stairways must be constructed of smooth stucco, plaster, or wood and be consistent with the approved materials of the corresponding neighborhood as defined in Chapter 3 - Community Character. Open metal, prefabricated stairs will not be allowed. 2. Design Guidelines a. Materials selected for multifamily and mixed -use projects should be aesthetically pleasing but very durable and should require low maintenance. b. Materials should be utilized that reduce the transfer of heat into and/or out of the building. c. Recycled content materials, such as wood substitutes, recycled concrete, and asphalt, as well as non -toxic materials, should be used wherever possible. d. The entire development should utilize a consistent architectural style and materials. However; if the intent is to differentiate between uses, some architectural details should vary slightly. 5-27 3. UTILITARIAN ASPECTS - x A. Utilitarian Equipment All utilitarian equipment and features should be integrated into the site plan and should either be aesthetically screened from view or designed' to complement the architectural style of the project. Utility service areas should be part of the early site design process, rather than an afterthought r at the construction document phase. 1. Objective Standards a. Any outdoor equipment, whether on a roof, side of a structure, or the ground must be fully screened from view (landscaping may be used to screen ground mounted equipment). The material r" " or elements used for screening of outdoor equipment must be as tall or taller than the equipment in which it is screening and adequate space for maintenance must be provided. b. Utility service areas, such as electrical panels, must be placed I within enclosures constructed of at least one exterior cladding material used on the primary building facade, and paintedrixaaai orfinished in a color matching the adjacent building wall.AM "mega _ Enclosures must be a minimum of six (6) inches taller than the enclosed equipment on all sides (ensure manufacture recommendations are met). -� c. Utility enclosures, excluding entrances for maintenance access, r= , must be screened by at least one of the following: — `- i. Solid masonry walls. ;t ii. Berms.- iii. Landscaping. 5-28 d. Common box mailbox enclosures must incorporate at least one (1) of the following: i. A material or color identical to a material or color used on the primary building facade. ii. A roof form (e.g., gable, hip, or flat with parapet) matching the roof form of the primary structure. 2. Design Guidelines a. Where screen walls are used, the walls should be designed to blend with the site's architecture. b. Transformers required to be installed adjacent to the street should be placed underground. c. Guardrails should complement the architectural style of the building. d. Ramps should be integrated into the site design and can be used to create functional or unique spaces. e. Gutters and downspouts on the exterior of the building should be decorative or designed to integrate with the building facade. 5-29 B. Trash and Recycling Enclosures Trash and recycling enclosures should be carefully designed, located, and integrated into the site plan. 1. Objective Standards a. Trash and recycling enclosures must be screened with a solid masonry wall constructed of at least one (1) exterior material used on the primary building facade and must include landscaping consisting of a minimum of one (1) 5-gallon shrub for every three (3) linear feet of enclosure perimeter. Enclosure walls must be a minimum of six (6) feet in height. 2. Design Guidelines a. A pedestrian entrance to the trash and recycling enclosure should be provided so that the large access gates do not have to be opened as often. b. Trash and recycling bins should be conveniently accessible for collection and maintenance and should not block access drives during loading operations. c. Drainage from adjoining roof and pavement should be diverted around the trash and recycling area. d. Architecturally designed roof structures on trash and recycling enclosures should be used to create a finished looking structure. 5-30 -;.. C. Lighting Effective lighting provides safety and direction for vehicles and pedestrians while enhancing architectural building and landscape details. These guidelines apply to on -site lighting for parking areas and lights associated with the building in private development projects. Light types may include pole lights, spotlighting, wall -mounted sconces, parking lighting, and landscape lighting. 1. Objective Standards a. Lighting must comply with applicable Outdoor Lighting Standards within SCMC Section 17.51.050. _.. b. Outdoor lighting fixtures must match the primary building's g architectural style by using colors, materials, and design features ' that are commonly associated with that style, including but not limited to finish type, fixture form, and detailing. 2. Design Guidelines a. Light fixtures should be designed or selected to be architecturally compatible with the main structure or theme of the development. b. The intensity of light, level of light as measured in footcandles, and the type of bulb or source should be carefully addressed. Lighting levels should not be so intense as to draw attention to the glow or glare of the light source. - c. Spotlighting or glare from any site lighting should be shielded / from adjacent properties and directed at a specific object or target area. d. Exposed bulbs should not be used. Cut-off lighting is preferred. 5-31 e. Uplighting of building elements and trees should use the lowest wattage possible to minimize impacts to the night sky. Light sources for wall washing and tree lighting should be hidden. f. Where landscaping is lit, low -voltage lighting should be used whenever possible to conserve energy. Energy efficient lamps and ballasts, controlled by photoelectric methods or timers, should be incorporated. g. The height of a light pole should be appropriate in scale for the building or the complex and the surrounding area. h. Accent lighting should be used to illuminate walkways, entries, seating areas, and/or specimen plants and trees. i. Walkways and paseos should be lit to an average of one and one half to two footcandles in intensity to ensure safe nighttime conditions. j. Use renewable energy sources for lighting, such as solar microturbine. k. Recreational amenities and courtyards should be well lit to enhance the pedestrian experience and create a safe environment. 5-32 ,X wn _ t e. 4. MIXED -USE Mixed -use development is designed to integrate residential, commercial, and public and private spaces all within the same cohesive area. New development should emphasize the pedestrian experience rather than automobile dependence and foster more connected neighborhoods. Typically comprised of ground floor commercial uses, upper -story residential dwelling units, and thoughtfully designed transitions between uses to create a vibrant streetscape and a strong sense of place. 5-33 A.Site Planning and Design 1. Objective Standards a. Sidewalks and/or plazas on mixed -use projects must include at least one (1) weather protection or covering in the form of an awning, canopy, umbrella, etc., for each individual internal space to ensure some form of weather coverage is available throughout the entire project. b. In instances where the building frontage of a mixed -use buildings is not built to the back of sidewalk, the space between back of sidewalk and building frontage must be occupied by one of the following: i. Plaza. ii. Outdoor dining area. iii. Pedestrian amenities (for example seating areas, children play areas, or BBQ stations). 2. Design Guidelines a. Both vertical or horizontal integration of uses should be allowed in mixed -use development, with an emphasis on tying the uses together with appropriate pedestrian linkages. b. Mixed -use projects should be designed to create a pedestrian - scale environment through appropriate street and sidewalk widths, block lengths, relationships of buildings to streets, and use of public spaces. c. Consideration should be given to the location and placement of commercial and residential uses on mixed -use projects to reduce odor, noise, light and glare, visual and other conflicts between uses. 5-34 miAW d. In new mixed -use projects, public space should satisfy the following criteria: i. Provide areas for informal meetings and social interaction with other people or areas for passive and active uses as appropriate. ii. Provide a strong image and sense of place. iii. Be a part of the pedestrian linkage throughout the development and adjacent land uses. iv. Provide an overall theme and visual connection between spaces and uses within the development. v. Include areas of various shapes, sizes, and configurations throughout the development. vi. At least one (1) awning, weather covering, canopy should be provided in public outdoor spaces to ensure public space is usable year-round. vii. Create a pleasant pedestrian environment. rT viii.Create an interconnected open space system. ix. Energize commercial retail activity. e. Public spaces should be clearly recognizable as "public" (such as plazas) and publicly accessible, and the space should be able to be occupied by people (a person can stand or sit in the area). f. In mixed -use projects, public spaces should be located adjacent to the commercial component of the development that can be converted forjoint use with outdoor dining and pedestrian access. However, when used in conjunction with an outdoor ML 32. dining area, the areas should be designed in such a manner that pedestrian access is not being impeded or hindered. The minimum vertical dimension for clear pedestrian access should be eight (8) feet. 5-35 B. Building Design 1. Objective Standards a. Ground floor commercial uses on mixed -use projects must include storefront entrances oriented on the fa4ade fronting the primary street. b. Mixed -use projects must include at least one (1) entrance for each proposed use (offices with more than one (1) suite are not required to satisfy this standard). In addition, at least one (1) building entrance must be provided for each ground floor individual commercial tenant. Commercial uses provided on upper floors must be allowed to share a ground floor entrance. c. Mixed -use buildings with more than one ground level commercial tenant must clearly differentiate and articulate individual commercial tenant spaces through the addition of at least two of the following: i. Recessed entries a minimum of two (2) feet. ii. Awning and/or entrance canopies. iii. Color and material transition. 2. Design Guidelines a. The architectural design of mixed -use projects should demonstrate a cohesive approach between the residential and commercial portions in terms of style, colors and materials, and overall character. b. Mixed -use development should utilize a consistent architectural style and materials. However; if the intent is to differentiate between uses, some architectural details should vary slightly. 5-36 1.c Objective Design Standards - Redline Version Chapters 1, 3, 5 and 7 Packet Pg. 113 SANTA C LARITACOMM UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES The purpose of this Santa Clarita Community Character and Design Guidelines document is to guide the creation of new residential, commercial, mixed -use, and industrial developments and give clear direction for the renovation and redevelopment of built areas. This document supersedes the Santa Clarita Architectural Design Guidelines (adopted in 2002) and includes up-to-date planning trends and guidelines written to promote the high quality standards that the City and the community value. The intent of these guidelines is to retain and encourage architectural variety, promote quality development, and ensure that both existing and new development: • Is compatible in size, scale, and appearance with the character of Santa Clarita. • Is attractive and an asset to the community. • Preserves and enhances natural features of a site. • Incorporates quality articulation, community character features, multiple building forms, desirable building details, and other elements that display excellence in design. • Provides pedestrian -oriented design to enrich the pedestrian experience. 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 114 Includespedestrianfriendly amenities such as pedestrian connections, plazas, seating, bike racks, fountains, and other similar features, for the enjoyment of the community and visitors. • Promotes the use of high quality materials. • Promotes well -landscaped parking lots with efficient pedestrian and vehicular circulation. • Provides suggestions for ways to improve the environmental performance of projects through the strategic incorporation of green building components. The guidelines have been written to make it easy for a property owner, architect, developer, City staff, and members of the Parks, Recreation, and Community Services Commission, Planning Commission, and City Council to use. The guidelines describe the design review process, citywide goals and objectives, site planning concepts, and architectural design guidelines for residential, commercial, industrial, and mixed -use projects. Specific guidelines have been drafted to ensure that architectural quality and character is preserved within each of the four communities of the City - Canyon Country, Newhall, Saugus, and Valencia. In essence, the purpose of this document is to provide clear and concise direction through a user-friendly document that is easy to administer. in introduction 1.c SANTA CLARITACOM M UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 115 1.c SANTA C LARITACOMM UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES The overarching objective of this Community Characterand Design Guidelines document is the desire to establish communities that possess unique qualities that make them special and memorable. How the distinct communities are integrated within the overall fabric of the City is essential to each community's success. The following goals guided the development of the design guidelines in this document. Sense of Timelessness A sense of timelessness is a feeling that the design and quality of development in the community will neither be frozen in time nor look like it was built yesterday. The community should have characteristics that suggest long-term value. The physical fabric of a community should reflect cultural, aesthetic, and historic character and yet be adaptive to functional changes. Sense of Ownership Each sector of the community must have a sense of ownership and a belief that they will benefit from the economic health and quality of life within the community. There should be a feeling that the attributes of the community command an economic premium. Whether or not there is individual property ownership, there must be a sense that everyone has a stake in the overall well being of the community. MARCH 24, 2009 1-3 Packet Pg. 116 Sense of Place and Identity The built and natural environment must be interwoven and should express a special sense of place. The community character should create a feeling of an original, and not duplicated, place. There should be a perception that the community has a unique identity and attributes that differentiate it from other urban neighborhoods. Sense of Community A sense of community is a belief that each individual has a responsibility and obligation to work toward the well being of the community. An acknowledgment of that community is the interconnectedness within the neighborhood and with other sectors of the community and linkage to surrounding neighborhoods. 1.c SANTA CLARITACOM M UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 117 SANTA C LARITACOMM UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES PURPOSE AND GUIDELI C The guidelines are designed for a variety of user groups. A description of how each type of user can benefit from the guidelines is described below. Property Owners: The guidelines provide property owners with a clear and simple design review process. This document works in conjunction with the General Plan, Unified Development Code, and Uniform Building Code for the City of Santa Clarita and provides a clear set of expectations and responsibilities for property owners. This document broadens the scope of the design process beyond basic code requirements and takes the attention to detail, quality, and character to the next level. Design Professionals and Developers: The guidelines provide a clear and graphic direction for renovation and new construction. The guidelines serve as an information tool that can provide a link between the property owner and the designer or developer and will clarify the aspects of quality design. 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 1-5 Packet Pg. 118 City Stott: City staff uses the guidelines in assisting applicants and their representatives with all aspects of project development including site planning, building orientation, building massing and articulation, architectural themes, and other amenities that work together to create a sense of place. The guidelines serve as the basis for evaluating proposals for quality of design. City staff will also use these guidelines when working with the Planning Commission and the City Council. Review Bodies: The guidelines provide the Parks, Recreation, and Community Services Commission, Planning Commission, City Council, and other reviewing agencies with a basis for evaluating proposals for quality of design. 1.c SANTA CLARITACOM M UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 119 SANTA C LARITACOMM UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES L_ n� �����..' MARCH 24, 2009 -ION Nosing I e architectural theme is being promoted, but rather the emphasis is to promote variety. With exception of those styles provided in Chapter 2, many of the styles and patterns shown in the following pictures and graphic illustrations represent a concept of recommended building elements and details as opposed to thematic images. Caution should be exercised when considering architectural sty►es that have recently become popular (i.e. "trendy") but have not yet stood the test of time. In addition, historic styles that cannot be faithfully replicated should be avoided. 1.c 1-7 Packet Pg. 120 CONTENTS AND CONTENTS • ; _ 6411VAIF—IIELO164 Sustainable planning and design concepts were used as a foundation from which the guidelines in this document were drafted. The core principles of Smart Growth and New Urbanism as well the key components of LEEDTI (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design), which are defined in Chapter 2, were integrated throughout this document to ensure that proposed developments are planned and designed to reduce impacts on the surrounding environment. Conventional design and construction methods can produce buildings that contribute to excessive resource consumption, that generate waste, and that are expensive to operate. Sustainable principles that can improve the environmental performance of a project without forcing excessive costs on builders or developers have been marked with a white bar throughout the document. This document is organized as follows: Chapter 1 (Introduction) contains the purpose and goals of this document and sets the framework for the design review process. 1.c 0 SANTA CLARITACOM M UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES y , � 33"W"l- d m •�l .�l S X�• L W A I_ ti s: 5 U l0 Q MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 121 SANTA C LARITACOMM UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 TION Chapter 2 (Design Trends and Community Setting) reviews the latest and most influential trends in planning and design that promote efficient sustainable development practices and provide a foundation for the design principles and guidelines contained in this document. Chapter 3 (Individual Community Character) identifies the architectural details that define the architectural character prescribed for each one of the four communities of the City. Multifamily and mixed -use development must be consistent with the style, material and color guidelines outlined in this Chapter and must comply with objective standards set forth in Chapter 5. Chapter 4 (Single -Family Residential) depicts the specific site planning and design and building design guidelines that pertain to single-family neighborhood development. The focus here is the creation of a neighborhood that offers public spaces, lush landscaping and a close-knit neighborhood feel, rather than a sterile housing tract lacking variety and personality. Chapter 5 (Multi -Family Residential and Mixed -Use) this chapter, unlike any of the other chapters, contains both design guidelines and objective design standards for multi -family residential and mixed -use commercial developments. Objective Design Standards are required by the State of California and are defined by California Government Code, Section 65913.4; objective design standards are required to be clear and measurable. These are complimented by the design guidelines which promote community character and design continuity. The design guidelines maintain neighborhood character and scale while providing design direction and promoting quality design. All new multifamily and mixed -use projects in the City must comply with the objective standards set forth in Chapter 5 and must be consistent with the style, material and color guidelines outlined in Chapter 3:set5-sim:;w FneEhaniEal equipment and lighting. FeF multi family developmeRts, the higher intensity ef develepment. Packet Pg. 122 CONTENTS A CONTEN 3 W-A• ; _ ► _ No Chapter 6 (Commercial) includes design guidelines for commercial development to ensure commercial components such as on -site parking, loading and service areas, trash enclosures,lighting, and signage are properly designed. Special design considerations are also addressed. Chapter 78 (Industrial & Business Park Development) includes design guidelines for industrial development. If not designed properly, industrial facilities can diminish the visual quality of the surrounding areas and can become undesirable land uses. These guidelines address visual and functional aspects of industrial and business park developments and provide guidance to reduce environmental impacts. 1.c SANTA CLARITACOM M UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 123 SANTA C LARITACOMM UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES PLANNING Consistency with the Unified Development Code and General Plan: This document is a tool for the implementation of the City of Santa Clarita's Unified Development Code (UDC) and the General Plan. While the guidelines contained herein are not standards intended to supersede the requirements of the UDC, the guidelines should be considered "recommended practices" that both the Planning Commission and Planning Division consider important to the design of projects within the City. Santa Clarita Beautification Master Plan: The Community Character and Design Guidelines work hand in hand with the Santa Clarita Beautification Master Plan. The Beautification Master Plan focuses on improvements within the public rights -of -way. These improvements include streetscape and landscape enhancements, fencing, gateways, monuments, and signage both on a regional and community scale. The Design Guidelines focus on private property improvements outside the public rights -of -way. Both documents contain design guidelines that help guide improvements and aid the City of Santa Clarita in accomplishing their long-term goal of city-wide beautification. The documents strive to maintain the identity of the individual communities, while at the same time unifying the City of Santa Clarita. 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 124 1.c SANTA CLARITACOM M UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES C.i• ne ;AP h CiAWA 0OWNT00% NC■WALL CPCCi P1C PLM Old TownDewntewn Newhall Specific Plan (Adopted 200S. Updated 2022): The quality and character of the architecture depicted in this Community Character and Design Guidelines document guides development throughout the entire City, which includes the community of Newhall. The Old TownDewRtewrq Newhall Specific Plan, adopted in December of 2005, contains specific standards and guidelines for development within the 271-acre downtown area. The Old TownDewntewn Newhall Specific Plan depicts specific zones and a variety of architectural types. The building form is further defined by a set of development standards. Therefore, the Old Town DewRtewn Newhall Specific Plan takes the architectural theme and character defined in this document a step further to fit the specific requirements in each of the zones in the downtown area as defined by that document. MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 125 SANTA C LARITACOMM UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES ---------------------- Santa C1 4------------ - I - tectural r*wi y T -. aI . i i a. ,� ------------------------ ----- arita design Guidelines June 19, 2002 DRC DRAFT MARCH 24, 2009 TO "1..r PLANNIN (CON T. 2026 Update to 2009 Community Character and Design Guidelines}: This version of the Community Character and Design Guidelines document modernized the original document adopted in 2009 with updated imagery, graphics, and text. Specific updates to individual chapters include: • Chapter 1 - Introduction had moderate changes made to the text to explain the updated processes in relation to the newly added objective standards. • Chapter 2 - Design Trends and Urban Form had select imagery updated but otherwise remains unchanged. • Chapter 3 - Community Character was revised to provide better visual examples of desired community character. • Chapter 4 - Single Family Residential Design Guidelines had select imagery updated but otherwise remains unchanged. • Chapter 5 - Multi -Family and Mixed -Use Residential Objective Design Standards and Design Guidelines have been revised and reorganized. Multi -family and mixed -use content have been combined into Chapter 5, accompanied by newly developed objective design standards and graphics. • Chapter 6 - Commercial Design Guidelines had select imagery updated but otherwise remains unchanged. • Chapter 7 - Industrial and Business Park Design Guidelines had select imagery updated but otherwise remains unchanged.T445 Thus update OREludes new and FeVised guidelines that 5UPPeFt the m m Packet Pg. 126 All applications for development reviews, minor use permits, variances, conditional use permits, tentative tract maps, grading permits, or other entitlements that include physical alteration or construction, shall be reviewed to ensure consistency with these guidelines. The Director of Community Development and/or the Planning Commission orKity Council will decide if a proposed project is consistent with the overall intent of this document. The adjacent diagram depicts the application and approval process. 1-14 1.c 0 SANTA CLARITACOM M UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES r INITIAL MEETING f.. ONESTOP REVIEW 1 rp� SUBMIT/PREPAREPLANS k revisions- revisions DEVELOPMENT REVIEWCOMMITTEE PUBLIC MEETINGS approval approval plancheck Q revisions DESIGNREVIEW PREPARECONSTRUCTIONDOCUMENTS SUBMITPLANS BUILDINGPERMIT CONSTRUCTION FINALPLANNINGINSPECTION MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 127 SANTA C LARITACOMM UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES The purpose of the initial meeting is to advise the project applicant of applicable design guidelines (such as this document), design review policies, and other specific design criteria that may affect the project's design. During the initial meeting, the City will provide the applicant with all of the application information, including the following: 1. Entitlement application. 2. Application requirement checklists for all necessary entitlements. 3. Copies of the relevant sections of the Community Character and Design Guidelines document. 4. Design questionnaire — to help the developer demonstrate that the guidelines set forth in this document have been reviewed and incorporated into the project design. 5. Environmental questionnaire - to determine the environmental impacts of the project. 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 1 -1 5 Packet Pg. 128 In many instances, an applicants e = e may want to obtain more detailed information regarding the feasibility of a potential development without committing the required application fees. In order to provide preliminary comments without the financial commitment required by a formal application submittal, the City has developed a preliminary One Stop review process. The One Stop process described below is encouraged as an initial review of a project to ensure all the required components of a development package are provided by the applicant before continuing on with the formal review process. In order to ensure a proper review of a project during the One Stop process, the applicant should provide at minimum the following material: 1. Conceptual Site Plan. 2. Elevations (color with material callouts). 3. Conceptual Floor Plan. 4. Aerial Photograph of the Site (depicting the project site and surrounding uses). 5. Photographs (of the project site and surrounding uses). V L 1.c SANTA CLARITACOM M UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 129 SANTA C LARITACOMM UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 1.c In addition to the materials previously listed, the applicant should also demonstrate how the proposed project will relate to the surrounding environment and how the landscape design is to be incorporated as an integral part of the project. An analysis of the existing site conditions should include a review of a site's physical properties, amenities, special issues, and neighboring environment. Specific design considerations that should be examined include the following: Existing Conditions Analysis 1. Basic Site Data: Boundaries and dimensions; location of adjacent streets, sidewalks, and rights -of -way; location of setback lines and easements; existing structures and built improvements. 2. Existing Natural Features: Location, size, and species of mature trees; topography; patterns of surface drainage; and other important natural features that are either amenities or potential hazards in development. 3. Neighboring Environment: Analysisofthesiteandproject 1� impacts; land use, the site design, form, character, age o and important site details on neighboring properties. O m 4. Locale: Available services and facilities including local parks, shopping centers, bus stops, bike lanes, and X parking. w c a� E t U l0 Q 1-17 Packet Pg. 130 Site Design Ubjectives 1. Develop compatible relationships among the topography, building placement, and existing open spaces. 2. Provide a transition from existing to new development by careful placement and massing of buildings, well - designed and strategically located landscaping, and other appropriate methods. 3. A conceptual landscape plan, prepared by a licensed landscape architect, should be submitted with the One Stop pre -application package to demonstrate that the site plan includes plantings that are effectively integrated with the surrounding topography, site design, and architectural design of the project. The conceptual plan should have a preliminary plant list with plant genuses, species, and common names. Plantings should be complementary to the characteristics of the project's surroundina area and suitable for the environmental anta Clarita. 1.c SANTA CLARITACOM M UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES M. MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 131 SANTA C LARITACOMM UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES Upon submittal of a One Stop application, the various C departments that are part of the Development Revi, Committee provide preliminary comments regarding t submittal requirements and comments regarding the poten� development. If the developer decides to formally submi project after going through the One Stop process, the applici will receive a credit for the cost of the One Stop toward t required processing fees. Following the initial meeting or One Stop, plans are produc and submitted as part of the application process to the C' Specific submittal requirements vary by project type and shoe be obtained from the City during the Initial Meeting. applicants must complete a Design Questionnaire as part oft formal submittal. In addition to the required applicati materials, developers are encouraged to provide before a after photo simulations and renderings in order to demonstri that the design of the project meets the requirements of the guidelines. Design review is implemented by City staff a the City's architectural consultant. Depending upon the level permit, a project may be approved by staff, the Planni Commission, the Redevelopment Agency, or the City Council a public hearing is necessary, the project goes to the Planni Commission and/or to City Council for approval. MARCH 24, 2009 1.c Packet Pg. 132 1.c SANTA CLARITACOM M UNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES oM� ��'aa �i E-SHIN o 91355 DESIGN QUESTIONNALRE b� DESIGN be�re roe Nmr Pla&ag.—f ��r 1� f ��o+++ererotr. /I:�aon<ara Rata,✓r,rm a:o��ewin .moral envy rada�lnmmererar Bark wdwd In an effort to ensure that projects conform to adopted design aoeaTdeN° and architectural guidelines, the City has created a form that wil I sesso s Parcel Nwnbs(s). be used in the development review process. The applicant is 6 of Ro;e¢Besar Peon required to fill out this form completely and submit it as part of the application process. ameof APPliwrt Fhove: QkieStieWiaiFe FeFFA. Refer to the City's website for the Design Fa N- 9dress Questionnaire Form. Z — P "1N, If➢P-: PI®sells[ 8. This pmjec[is ben dumbedaz _Si o Family—devtial _—II family _Com '— _M—d-Use 9. The subjectpmpertyisloeredv. _ ➢ C—� _N-- _ gu _Val®oa 3. °Lg° o YB use oa a � a taawo e 5 oma e mrari 1. Omwes[ti lmms, hemm,.++ws. mmrcewafimwes,aw iR rresretwil 2. s w mP'ti�lnetaaaces @are mdlaevmntidttLrpu 3. ose ® leas rye��huzes mw¢tdwamtireuw roemsof ryemc 2. mdryarma� N. milMMfiom aewelks parlv�¢epewamevs, 3. eul® p asueereafi mpoblicnew. Ves/No Foa�e� wee veu nru p Ves/N. Pr p ge wtal i n MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 133 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 1.c COMMUNITY C4ty-.The City of Santa Clarita is the third largest city in Los Angeles County and encompasses approximately 73 square miles. The City contains four main communities: Canyon Country, Newhall, Saugus, and Valencia, as well as several smaller communities such as Sand Canyon and Placerita Canyon. Each one of these individual communities has its own identity and character. While it is important to create a "citywide" identity, it is equally important to preserve and enhance the individual community identities. Although specific architectural character exists within each community, it is important to recognize that quality design satisfies basic guiding design principles regardless of the building's architectural style. For example, mechanical equipment should be screened, buildings should be well proportioned, and massing should be modulated regardless of whether the architectural style is Mission Revival or Victorian. Thus, general design guidelines have been provided in Chapter 4- Chapter 79to guide design, while this chapter supplements the other chapters by providing direction for architectural style and character for projects within each community. In addition to the guidelines provided here, special standards are located in the UDC for Sand Canyon and Placerita Canyon. In contrast to the other chapters, Chapter 5 provides both ob;eci tive X standards and desian auidelines for multifamilv and mixed -use w development. Unlike the design guidelines in Chapters 4- 7, the objective standards in Chapter 5 are mandatory rather than advisory. All new s multifamily and mixed -use proiects in the City must comply with the U obiective standards set forth in Chapter 5 and must be consistent with the style, material and color guidelines outlined in Chapter 3. Packet Pg. 134 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES This chapter focuses primarily on Canyon Country, Newhall, Saugus, and Valencia and integrates input obtained from the public by participating in a Visual Preference Survey, stakeholder interviews, and several public workshops conducted during the Santa Clarita Beautification Master Plan process. Recommendations from the Citywide Design Committee, the City's General Plan, and the existing Santa Clarita Architectural Design Guidelines have also been incorporated. This chapter contains maps defining community boundaries as well as examples of building styles and desired materials specific to each community. Excerpts from the Community Design Element and Land Use Element of the General Plan have been included to describe past and present design characteristics and architectural styles for each community. It is the intent of the Community Design Element and this document to provide design flexibility for urban design and architectural concepts in order to avoid architectural monotony and lack of design innovation. 1.c 3-2 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 135 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 1.c CANYON COUNTRY IDENTITY Canyon Country has the largest population of any community in the City and comprises the eastern portion of the City. It contains a wide range of housing types, including large -lot single-family custom homes, single-family tract homes, multi- family development, and mobile home parks. Commercial and manufacturing activities have historically been concentrated along both sides of Soledad Canyon Road and along the northern portion of Sierra Highway. However, recent development has been focused in close proximity to Golden Valley Road, the eastern section of the City's Cross Valley Connector. The Canyon Country area is home to the Centre Pointe Business Park, which includes a large retail development and the City's Sports Complex and an industrial hub in the Honby area. The College of the Canyons has developed a second campus on the northern section of Sierra Highway to serve the continued growth of the Canyon Country area. The landscape and terrain in this area is arid and rugged. The architectural style tends to reflect the rural character and desert atmosphere. The commercial and industrial developments incorporate a wide variety of architectural styles and uses. For example, along one section of Soldead Canyon Road there is an existing older mobile home park with a high density Cape Cod style condominium complex located directlyto the south. Other new development includes medium-sized California ranch style homes as well as Santa Fe and Mediterranean style houses, and Contemporary styled townhomes, multifamily buildings, and commercial shopping center.: MARCH 24, 200 Packet Pg. 136 IDENTITY Homes along the northern section of Sierra Highway are generally rural and of very low density. Many of the homes are on custom lots with a variety of architectural styles; however, near the Sierra Highway and Soledad Canyon intersection are multi -family developments. Mediterranean and contemporary architectural styles are present. Some development has also encroached onto the hillsides and ridgelines. The Santa Clara River is a prevalent feature in Canyon Country as it parallels large reaches of Soledad Canyon Road. The riverbed provides natural open space and presents a major opportunity for enhancement of the area and the abilityto create a greenbelt connecting the community with other areas of the Valley. The San Canyon Special Standards District , a sub -community of Canyon Country, is located in the southeastern part of Canyon Country and is comprised of predominantly low -density single-family residential and equestrian uses. The area is rural with extensive stands of oaks and is characterized by large, upscale single- family homes and lots. The community is accessible via Sand Canyon Road and Placerita Canyon Road and is bordered on the south and east by the Angeles National Forest. L7 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 1.c 3-4 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 137 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES IDENTITY Canyon Country is a place full of community pride and rural character. Surrounded by a series of mountains and canyons that also penetrate the community, the location contributes to community members' appreciation for the natural environment. In addition to natural sensitivity, Canyon Country is a community that encourages economic and cultural diversity. The following characteristics were used to describe Canyon Country during a public workshop. • Family -oriented Outdoor -oriented • Rural Natural • Rustic Best kept secret • Equestrian Small town feel • Country Community involvement • Mountainous Friendly • River trails 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 3-5 Packet Pg. 138 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES CHARACTER& COMMUNITY The desired architectural character for Canyon Country is a rustic, natural, and timeless style. Heavy timber and river rock or natural stone are materials that are strongly encouraged within the community. Residents would like to see projects that incorporate water features, trellises, special paving, and plaza spaces. 3-6 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 139 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 1:�11�■�1�►[CJ These guidelines are intended to complement the general guidelines provided in Chapter 4 - Chapter 78. The basic recommendations for color and material selection in the subsequent€e4ewjffq chapters must 5heuld be reviewed in conjunction with this section when building in Canyon Country. The following listings of appropriate and inappropriate materials were developed for the Canyon Country community. The materials listed as "appropriate" have generally stood the test of time as having desirable aesthetic qualities, while the materials listed as "inappropriate" have failed to withstand the test of time. Certain materials have been omitted because the success or failure of these materials has traditionally had more to do with the overall design than the materials selected. These listings of materials are intended to provide general guidance and are not intended to be exhaustive; designers should not feel that they must limit their material palette to the following selections. New materials and refined fabrication methods are continually being introduced and Santa Clarita encourages designers to take advantage of these innovations. MARCH 24, 2009 3 7 Packet Pg. 140 B U I L D I N G (C0NT.) 1. Appropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: • Native stone veneer. • Cement plaster stucco. • Smooth and hand -troweled stucco. • Tile. • Rough, split -face masonry. • Wood siding (vertical rough sawn board and batten siding and/or horizontal rough sawn lap siding) or wood shingles. • Cement/fiber siding (6-inch, 8-inch, or 12-inch horizontal siding). • Brick. 2. Inappropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: • Simulated materials such as cement brick. • T-111siding (4-footby8-foot plywood with vertical grooves at 8-inch to 12-inch increments). • Metal siding. • Slump stone. • Precision block. • Highly polished materials. • Spray on "Spanish lace"or knock down stucco. • Mirror glass and heavily tinted glass. • Corrugated fiberglass. 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES ® . 3-8 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 141 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES BUILDING (C0NT.) 3. Appropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: • Accenttile. • Stucco corbels, lintels, and sills. • Timber lintels, sills, corbels, and trusses. • Heavy wood beams. • Exposed timber rafter tails. • Clay tile vents. • Wood vents. • Recessed niches. • Arches. • Colonnades. • Deep overhangs. • Wrought iron. • Wood trellises/shading devices. • Decorative knee bracing. • Wood casement or fixed windows (multi-lite). • Wood doors with wood trim. 4. Inappropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: • Chrome. • Plastic. • Aluminum windows. • Highly polished materials. 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 3-9 Packet Pg. 142 BUILDING (C0NT.) 5. Appropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: • Clay tiles. • Cementtiles. • Dimensional asphalt/composite shingles. • Standing seam/metal roofing. • "Cool roof'built-up roofing. • Traditional tapered barrel tiles. 6. Inappropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: • Simulated clay or concrete roofing tiles. • Wood shingles/shakes. • Corrugated metal/fiberglass panels. • S-tiles. 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES AN low t 3-10 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 143 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES Vz" — ' r--�xrcRioR cFMa.rr The following guidelines are intended to promote well - coordinated color palettes that integrate with the other exterior features of a building. 1. Light, subtle earth tones such as tan, beige, sand, and cream, used in conjunction with bold, rich complementary accents, are appropriate color choices for Canyon Country. 2. Simple color schemes involving a maximum of three colors are recommended. 3. Bright colored and stark whitewalls are discouraged. 4. Certain materials, such as stone and brick, have distinct coloring in their natural state and should be thought of as an element of the color palette used. These materials should not be painted. 5. Brighter colors should be used as accents. 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 3 -1 1 Packet Pg. 144 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES CONSIDERATIONS Many existing shopping centers within the community are in need of renovation. Facade and character upgrades can make a dramatic difference in the attractiveness and desirability of a retail property. Simple cosmetic changes such as painting, incorporating appropriate signage and lighting, and installing shading devices can significantly improve the appearance of a building. The removal of unsafe and unsightly building components, suchasdeterioratedstuccoandothermaterials, will also greatly enhance the aesthetics of the entire community. 1.c 3-12 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 145 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES N E W H A L L I�111►���r'1 Newhall was the earliest permanent settlement in the Valley, established in 1876 in conjunction with the construction of the Southern Pacific Railroad. This area was a typical western town of oil, mining, and railroad workers. Many residents were first attracted to Newhall because of its rural environment and open space. Early rural ranch style homes built on large lots located south of Lyons Avenue reflect the community's sporadic and independent growth. The architecture of the Newhall homes reflects a diversity of architectural styles. The newer homes, on smaller lots, reflect popular design styles from the 1950s to the present. Much of the early commercial development in the downtown Newhall area occupies single -story older buildings and serves neighborhoods along Newhall Avenue. Commercial development along Lyons Avenue, with some exceptions, follows the common style of the 1960s, 1970s, and 1980s and includes numerous small and mid -sized wood and stucco strip centers. Recent attempts have been made to improve the aesthetics of the commercial area by building community shopping centers that incorporate historic elements of the area. Examples of building styles include Spanish buildings with terra cotta tile roofs, a Victorian -style shopping center, and western - theme buildings. MARCH 24, 2009 1.c 3-13 Packet Pg. 146 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES IDENTITY Along the southern end of Newhall Avenue are several small, one-story, older neighborhood commercial uses. Furtherto the north, along Newhall Avenue adjoining the railroad tracks, are older industrial developments. Many of the industrial and commercial land uses along this strip of road are surrounded by vacant lots. Newhall has developed very much on its own, without regard to any particular architectural style, street development standards, or consistent streetscapes. Large stands of oak trees are scattered throughout the community. Prior to the completion of the interstate system, Newhall Avenue, formerly known as San Fernando Road, was a principal link in the historic circulation system between the San Joaquin Valley and the Los Angeles Basin. The roadway still serves as one of the key traffic arteries within the City. The Old TownDewntewi3 Newhall Specific Plan, adopted in December of 2005 and revised in May of 2022, sets design parameters for sub -areas throughout the downtown area that complement the following Newhall- wide design guidelines. The Old Townl)ewntewR Newhall Specific Plan document goes into greater detail by identifying specific forms and details that fit the architectural types that are prescribed for the downtown area. The quality of architecture, however, must meet the directives of this Community Character and Design Guidelines document. 1.c 3 -14 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 147 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES IDENTITY Placerita Canyon Special Standards District, a subcommunity of Newhall, is a rural and oak -studded residential area northeast of downtown Newhall. Equestrian -oriented residential areas placed among oak woodlands typify most of the development in the area. A substantial amount of new home construction has occurred in recent years. Historically, the area contained scattered ranches, some of which remain today. Newer homes include Tudor, Ranch, French Country, Victorian, and other styles on larger lots of one-half acre or greater. Oil fields are located in the eastern portion of the canyon, west of SR-14. East of the freeway, Placerita Canyon Special Standards District is predominantly undeveloped, with much of the land as part of the Angeles National Forest. The Placerita Canyon Special Standards DistrictaFea is also home to the Master's UniversbC-&�, Eerie Ratfy's-Melody Ranch Motion Picture Studio, Newhall is a community rich in history. Evolving from an Indian trading center to an important destination in the quests for gold and then oil, itsoon becamea railroad flag stop of general stores, saloons, and churches. As the film industry grew, Newhall became the home of early western silent screen movies. 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 3-15 Packet Pg. 148 IDENTITY These strong roots are still very important to the residents of Newhall. The passion for history and love of the old film stars help to identify the essence of Newhall. The following characteristics were used to describe Newhall during public workshops. • Western movies • William S. Hart • Passion for history • Cowboys • Melody Ranch - filming • Rich cultural heritage • Oak of the Golden Dream • Oil fields (Mentryville) • Community involvement 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES V MATTRESS R4at;tiU ' , �iTk�a ��,. �a.� .41 eRol A� 3-16 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 149 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES N E W H A L L The Old TownBevyntewig Newhall Specific Plan regulates the downtown area and establishes a direction for architectural styles and character in the area. Any project within the Old Town[Dewntewir Newhall Specific Plan Area will be required to comply with the Old TownBewntewiq Newhall Specific Plan in - lieu of these guidelines. 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 150 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES CHARACTER& COMMUNITY Newhall's downtown core possesses a historic feel consisting primarily of Victorian, Western, and Mission Revival architecture. Outside of the downtown core the architecture takes on a variety of styles, but the historic flavor influences new development. Residents feel that outside of the district, quality materials and good site and building design are more important than theme architecture. Developers should be encouraged to capture the essence of Newhall without being tied to a specific architectural style. 1.c 3-18 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 151 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES I:lilmlmpll►[O These guidelines are intended to complement the general guidelines provided in Chapter 4 - Chapter 79. The basic recommendations for color and material selection in the subsequent€e4ewiffq chapters must54ei+W be reviewed in conjunction with this section when building in Newhall. The following listings of appropriate and inappropriate materials were developed for the Newhall community. The materials listed as "appropriate" have generally stood the test of time as having desirable aesthetic qualities, while those listed as "inappropriate" have failed to withstand the test of time. Certain materials have been omitted because the success or failure of these materials has traditionally had more to do with the overall design, rather than the materials selected. These listings are intended to provide general guidance and are not intended to be exhaustive; designers should not feel that they must limit their material palette to the following selections. New materials and refined fabrication methods are continually being introduced, and Santa Clarita encourages designers to take advantage of these innovations. 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 3 -19 Packet Pg. 152 BUILDING (C0NT.) 1. Appropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: • Native stone veneer. • Cement plaster stucco. • Smooth and hand -troweled stucco. • Tile. • Horizontal siding of wood or fiber cement board (6-inch, 8-inch, or 12-inch exposures). • Cement/fiber siding (6-inch, 8-inch, 12-inch horizontal siding). 2. Inappropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: • T-111 siding (4-foot by 8-foot plywood with vertical grooves at 8-inch to 12-inch increments). • Highly polished materials. • Mirror glass and heavily tinted glass. • Corrugated metal/fiberglass panels. • Metal siding. • Spray -on or knock -down stucco. • Exposed steel framing. SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES ;».:• �.rc. v Hill' ®■ , �r anti ON 0 4' 1.c 3-20 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 153 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES BUILDING (C0NT.) 3. Appropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: • Accenttile. • Stucco corbels, lintels, sills. • Timber lintels, sills, corbels. • Clay tile vents. • Wood vents. • Recessed niches. • Arches. • Colonnades. • Wrought iron. • Canvas awnings, wood porches, and balconies/shading devices. 4. Inappropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: • Plastic. • Chrome. • Aluminum windows. • Highly polished materials. MARCH 24, 2009 1.c 3-21 Packet Pg. 154 B U I L D I N G (coNT.) 5. Appropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: • Clay tiles. • Cementtiles. • Dimensional asphalt/composite shingles. • Metal roofing. • "Cool roof'built-up roofing. • Traditional tapered barrel tiles. 6. Inappropriate roofing materials and colors include, but are not limited to: • Maxitile (simulated clay orconcrete roofing tiles). • Corrugated metal/fiberglass panels. • Bright or dark -colored roofing. • 5-tiles. ■lil'P �1 - 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 1 3-22 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 155 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES M The following guidelines are intended to promote well - coordinated color palettes that integrate with the other exterior features of a building. 1. Given the Victorian architectural influence, a broader spectrum of colors is desirable in Newhall. 2. Muted shades of virtually any color is appropriate. 3. Certain materials, such as stone and brick, have distinct coloring in their natural state and should be thought of as an element of the color palette used. These materials should not be painted. 4. Brighter colors should be used as accents. 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 3 - 23 Packet Pg. 156 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES DESIGN Although a variation in architectural style is encouraged throughout the community, San Fernando Road warrants special consideration. The Santa Clarita Beautification Master Plan identifies it as a primary corridor within the community and, consequently, projects should be designed to prominently address the street edge. Projects should incorporate a landscaped parkway and, where possible, a split rail fence. Buildings should be placed at the street edge with parking located behind. 1.c 3-24 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 157 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES SAUGUS I�l1f►���r'1 Established in 1887, Saugus is named for the Massachusetts birthplace of founder Henry Mayo Newhall and owes its existence to the Southern Pacific Railroad. Similar to Newhall in its early development, Saugus began as a rural community with large residential lots and open spaces. The residential areas of Saugus are located in Seco Canyon and Bouquet Canyon, with townhouses located on the heights above the junction of the two canyons. Much of the development in Saugus has moved into the canyon and hill areas in a series of suburban tracts. Many of the older homes are California ranch style. Strip commercial centers, prevalent in Saugus along Soledad Canyon Road and Bouquet Canyon Road, consist primarily of stucco, wood, and Spanish styles with terra cotta tile roofs. The natural areas remaining in the center of the City known as the Whittaker-Bermite property present major opportunity for enhancement of the area and the ability to create a greenbelt connecting the community with other areas of the Valley. The northern part of Saugus is hilly, the streets are tree -lined, and much of this area is covered with natural vegetation. The Saugus area is home to Central Park, the City's largest park and outdoor recreation facility, which includes numerous multi -purpose fields and amenities. MARCH 24, 2009 1.c 3-25 Packet Pg. 158 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES IDENTITY Residents of Saugus think of themselves as a family -oriented, rural community. They value the surrounding canyons, the abundance of cottonwoods, and the rustic and ranch character of the community. Local residences used the following characteristics to describe Saugus during a public workshop. • Old mining community Natural wildlife • Ranching community Gateway to natural • Community of homes forest • Family -oriented Large lots • Hillside community Rustic • Open space Home to the road runner • Canyons • Sycamore and oak trees • Middle of the valley • Soft natural green look • Small business rather than clipped • Cottonwoods manicured look 3-26 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 159 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES CHARACTER& COMMUNITY Saugus is one of the oldest communities within the City and for the most part is completely built -out. For this reason, the majority of the future projects within this community will be commercial building and shopping center rehabilitation. Members of the Saugus community have expressed a desire to see the existing stark white commercial architecture that lacks detail and overhangs updated in order to create aesthetically pleasing and well designed shopping areas. Renovation and/or expansion raises property values, reinforces or improves the character of the community, and inspires other property owners and designersto make improvements to their properties, which in turn enhances the entire community. MARCH 24, 2009 1.c 3-27 Packet Pg. 160 BUILDING These guidelines are intended to complement the general guidelines provided in Chapter 4 - Chapter 79. The basic recommendations for color and material selection in the subsequent€e44ew+ffq chapters muster be reviewed in conjunction with this section when building in Saugus. The following listings of appropriate and inappropriate materials were developed for the Saugus community. The materials listed as "appropriate" have generally stood the test of time as having desirable aesthetic qualities, while those listed as"inappropriate" have failed to withstand the test of time. Certain materials have been omitted because success or failure of these materials has traditionally had more to do with the overall design than the materials selected. These listings are intended to provide general guidance, and are not intended to be exhaustive; designers should not feel that they must limittheir material paletteto the following selections. New materials and refined fabrication methods are continually being introduced, and Santa Clarita encourages designers to take advantage of these innovations. SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES - 1.c 3-28 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 161 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES R; . `? WLq BUILDING (C0NT.) 1. Appropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: • Natural stone veneer. • Floatfinished stucco. • Tile. • Flash fired brick. • Precast concrete. • Concrete. • Wood shingles/shakes. • Smooth sand finished hand troweled stucco. • Hand troweled plaster surfaces. 2. Inappropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: • Simulated materials such as cement brick. • T-111 siding (4-foot by 8-foot plywood with vertical grooves at 8-inch to 12-inch increments). • Metal siding. • Slump stone. • Precision block. • Highly polished materials. • Spray on "Spanish lace"or knock down stucco. • Mirror glass and heavily tinted glass. • Corrugated fiberglass. 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 3 - 29 Packet Pg. 162 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES B U I L D I N G (coNT.) 3. Appropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: • Ornamental tile for accent. • Build up stucco relief. • Prefabricated molding forms. • Inlaid tile. • Painted wainscoting. • Natural stone. • Wrought iron. • Clay tile vents. • Wood attic vents. • Timber lintels. • Recessed niches. 4. Inappropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: • Plastic. • Chrome. • Aluminum windows. • Highly polished materials. 3-30 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 163 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES t MARCH 24, 2009 BUILDING (C0NT.) 5. Appropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: • Clay tiles. • Concrete roof tiles. • Dimensional asphalt/composite shingles. • Traditional tapered barrel tiles. 6. Inappropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: • Simulated clay or concrete roofing tiles. • Wood shingles/shakes. • Built-up flat roofing. • Fiber cement units that imitate slate, wood shakes, or mission tile. • S-tiles. 1.c 3-31 Packet Pg. 164 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES The following guidelines are intended to promote well - coordinated color palettes that integrate with the other exterior features of a building. 1. Light, subtle, earth tones such as tan, beige, sand, and cream, used in conjunction with bold, rich complementary accents, are appropriate color choices for Saugus. 2. Simple color schemes involving a maximum of three colors are recommended. 3. Certain materials, such as stone and brick, have distinct coloring in their natural state and should be thought of as an element of the color palette used. These materials should not be painted. 4. Dark blue and brightly colored roofing is expressly discouraged, as are vibrantly colored and stark white walls. 1.c 3-32 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 165 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES CONSIDERATIONS Existing parking lots lack shade trees, landscaping, and pedestrian amenities. Community members feel that the addition of these site features would improve the shopping experience and encourage shoppers to stay within the community to make their purchases. 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 3 - 33 Packet Pg. 166 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES VALENCIA IDENTITY The community of Valencia is part of the original 37,500 acre Newhall Ranch, Named after a city in Spain, Valencia was dedicated in 1965 and developed as a planned community. Residential, commercial, and industrial developments form the basic community structure and are supported by additional shopping centers, recreational facilities, schools, colleges, a hospital, golf courses, professional offices, and other support services that are connected by a system of walkways called "paseos". The community is home to the local Los Angeles County Civic Center, College of the Canyons, and California Institute of the Arts. The southern section of Valencia was first developed in the late 1960s and reflects the architectural style of that period. These neighborhoods include the areas along Orchard Village Road, Wiley Canyon Road, and McBean Parkway, which feature relatively homogeneous suburban tract housing. The homes are on medium-sized landscaped lots. The streets were designed and planned for residential uses and landscaped to create a community atmosphere. 1.c 3-34 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 167 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES I ML MARCH 24, 2009 IDENTITY Recent residential development has occurred in the hilly section of Valencia north of Newhall Ranch Road. These homes reflect several different modern architectural styles. The neighborhoods are planned with paseos, parks, and other amenities. Commercial uses in Valencia were planned and located in centers such as the regional mall, Town Center Drive, auto row, and smaller neighborhood centers. These centers incorporate a Spanish and Mediterranean architectural style. Industrial land use in the area is located in a business and industrial center in the northern section of the area near Rye Canyon Road. The area contains wide streets with generous landscaped setbacks and one to three-story buildings. 1.c 3-35 Packet Pg. 168 IDENTITY Although it is probably the most urban community in Santa Clarita, Valencia still has a touch of rural character. It is the combination of lush landscaping, urban architecture, and sophistication in a suburban setting that defines Valencia's character. The following characteristics were used to describe Valencia during a public workshop. • Family • High quality of life • Cleanliness • Paseo system • Safe and secure • Lush landscaping • Pedestrian friendly • Well lit • Tight knit community • Stability of real estate values • Community pride • Pristine marketing corridor 3-36 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES De>Serra r Pict MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 169 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES f� IAN, MARCH 24, 2009 CHARACTER& COMMUNITY Much of the desired architectural character for Valencia is established by the currently existing buildings. The mixture of bright colors, natural materials, and contemporary design create a favorable array of architectural style within the community. The area with the most potential for new development is the industrial center. Architects are encouraged to provide innovative designs with unique forms and articulation on all sides of the building. Careful planning for employee break areas and outdoor seating is also a concern. These spaces should be designed, not just created within left over areas, and should include special paving and furnishings. 1.c 3-37 Packet Pg. 170 BUILDING These guidelines are intended to complement the general guidelines provided in Chapter 4 - Chapter 78. The basic recommendations for color and material selection in the subsequent chapters must--AedW be reviewed in conjunction with this section when building in Valencia. The following listings of appropriate and inappropriate materials were developed for the Valencia community. The materials listed as "appropriate" have generally stood the test of time as having desirable aesthetic qualities, while the materials listed as "inappropriate" have failed to withstand the test of time. Certain materials have been omitted because the success or failure of these materials has traditionally had more to do with the overall design than the materials selected. These listings are intended to provide general guidance, and are not intended to be exhaustive; designers should not feel that they must limittheir material paletteto the following selections. New materials and refined fabrication methods are continually being introduced, and Santa Clarita encourages designers to take advantage of these innovations. am 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 3 - 38 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 171 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES M' BUILDING (C0NT.) 1. Appropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: • Native stone veneer. • Cement plaster stucco. • Smooth and hand -troweled stucco. • Tile. • Wood siding/shingles. • Cement/fiber siding (6-inch, 8-inch, or 12-inch horizontal siding). 2. Inappropriate primary wall surfaces include, but are not limited to: • T-111 siding (4-foot by 8-foot plywood with vertical grooves at 8-inch to 12-inch increments). • Highly polished materials. • Mirror or heavily tinted glazing. • Corrugated metal/fiberglass panels. • Metal siding. • Spray -on or knock -down stucco. • Exposed steel framing. 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 3 - 39 Packet Pg. 172 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES B U I L D I N G (c0NT.) 3. Appropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: • Accent tile. • Stucco corbels, lintels, sills. • Timber lintels, sills, corbels. • Clay tile vents. • Wood vents. • Recessed niches. • Arches. • Colonnades. • Wrought iron. • Wood trellises/shading devices. 4. Inappropriate wall articulation and accents include, but are not limited to: • Plastic. • Chrome. • Aluminum windows. • Highly polished materials. 3-40 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 173 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES BUILDING (C0NT.) 5. Appropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: • Clay tiles. • Cementtiles. • Dimensional asphalt/ composite shingles. • Metal roofing. • 'Cool roof'built-up roofing. • Traditional tapered barrel tiles. 6. Inappropriate roofing materials include, but are not limited to: • Simulated clay or concrete roofing tiles. • Wood shingles/shakes. • Corrugated metal/fiberglass panels. • S-tiles. 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 3 - 41 Packet Pg. 174 The following guidelines are intended to promote well - coordinated color palettes that integrate with the other exterior features of a building. 1. Bold, rich colors such as rust, ocher, and olive greens are appropriate in Valencia. 2. Simple color schemes involving a maximum of three colors are recommended. 3. Stark white walls are discouraged unless used where authentically appropriate, such as on a Mission style building. 4. Certain materials, such as stone and brick, have distinct coloring in their natural state and should be thought of as an element of the color palette used. These materials should not be painted. F 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES Q 3-42 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 175 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES CONSIDERATIONS Valencia has become a community that supports progressive thinking and creativity through the built form. In addition to showcasing successful contemporary architecture, Valencia has become a street -side gallery for public art. To continue the infusion of art throughout the community, each project should consider what is appropriate to their location and scale and design an integrated place to exhibit public artwork. The public art for each project, regardless of size or visual impact, will, in time, significantly contribute to the richness of Valencia. 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 3-43 Packet Pg. 176 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES a 3-44 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 177 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES RESI DENT IAL&MIXED-USE O BJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS & GUIDELINES Introduction has been rewritten to address changes to Chapter 5. Multi -family developments are higher density residential buildings such as apartments, condominiums, and townhomes. These developments are typically comprised of attached units with common facilities such as parking, open space, and recreation areas. This chapter provides general guidelines for the design of multi -family development in all areas of the City, with the exception of Specific Plan areas. The provisions of this section should applyto any addition, remodeling, relocation, or construction requiring a building permit within the City. The following topics are addressed: 1. Site Planning and Design 2. Building Design 3. Utilitarian Aspects Note: "Green Building" principles are identified with an oak tree symbol. A Process section has been added to provide direction for applicants. MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 178 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES PLANNING & The primary project objective rr e-=4 be on constructing a high quality residential environment. Residential developments surrounded by high walls, parking lots, and rows of carports and/or garages along public streets should be avoided. 1. The design of multi -family developments should consider compatibility with the surrounding neighborhood. 2. _ s*ree, and "he dwelling. When plaEed EeFFeEtly, these 3. repai;,etE., 5rrvcim--be ba,rcTca48FA Fc;iacRrtam Intensified landscaping, increased setbacks, and building orientation should be utilized as a means of providing adequate separation between such land uses. 4. New structures should be clustered. Clustering creates plazas or pedestrian malls and prevents long "barrack - like" or continuous rows of structures. 5-2 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 179 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES PLANNING& , 677.Natural amenities such as views, mature trees, creeks, riparian corridors, and similar features unique to the site should be preserved. r e -i d a rCii. 876..Building placement should not limit solar access by shading adjacent rooftops. ',Orient buildings on an east/west axis to maximize the use of natural daylighting. Narrow floor plan depths should be used to maximize daylight, exterior views, and natural ventilation. Use a courtyard atria to bring light and air into interior spaces. 1.c Q MARCH 242009 5-3 Packet Pg. 180 �I' SF 7 oil' ............. SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES COURTYARD GARAGES ACCESSIBLE FROM COURTYARD BUILDING LOCATED ALONG STREET FRONT NOT THIS ACCESS, PARKING Site plans should balance the need to provide adequate vehicular access with the need to eliminate unnecessary driveway entrances and should provide access points that are coordinated with other properties. the stFeet when pessip e (Rewritten as a standard). she FiteFest ~d Fed Ee'heat : and" a ffe,+,.. (Rewritten as a standard). 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 c c Packet Pg. 182 ` .1. 1. —1A COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES LOT SCREENING Screening should be provided at the edge of all parking areas. 1. A landscaping buffer should be provided between parking areas and public rights -of -way. The landscaped buffer area should not be included when calculating the minimum five percent landscaping within the parking lot interior. This buffer should be designed to provide stormwater retention through swales, sumps, etc. u_ qj-a= z C a �. � f.Where topography allows, parking lots could also be located above or below the adjacent street grade to effectively screen parking without the addition of substantial screen walls or landscaping. ��-"*�`--r;=�E ervy�=p� -` f ,. _ ... -'a` ^e-T�--u r-* �-•=�-�=_4-`--t,s s.s.€-'-�'. . , ,.. 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 5-6 Packet Pg. 183 sAwTAcLxmTACOMMUNITY CHARACTER mDESIGN GUIDELINES ~-----_+ -- - DeEe Fat aye walls. -371.Project entry features should eOat the overall Packet Pg. 184 ACCESS Parking areas should be designed so that cars and pedestrians are separated. (Rewritten as a standard). (Rewritten as a standard). EenigeEted te OFF site PHl9liE sidewalks. (Rewritten as a standard). 4;1.Meandering paths are generally preferred over long straight path alignments. 1_; 2 Paths made from permeable materials, such as decomposed granite, can create a more park -like setting and allow for stormwater percolation. 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 185 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES b..B wllh. lantlscaped Palk4fay WIRt Porous asphalt. paver hbpks ar lRrge a(Igr.g.r. Mncrets for perkRg antl ti 1 ,� hghlY used 41.rGe a.d p.dBBtrian erBaB. \ Crushetl smn. w Krick Tor IFghtly-ruatl patlaslna� path3_ Proritle'curh-cuts' Intl slope had.....�o.62." .aN5all-g wliee.drlt. Rw to pbl...sy.EVrolI.W WWA, rfOpe,ki npIggC. hir 3erh r mrl agMm55 X.d9. 1.c PAVING Specialty paving should be provided adjacent to building entries or facades, in plazas and courtyards or seating areas, at intersections, at mid -block between buildings, and adjacent to parks. lip, (Rewritten as a standard). (Rewritten as a standard). 32.Specify reuse of materials such as brick and flagstone where possible. ble&s-latt+ee bleEks, and gFaSSEFet , wheneyeF t.aff:E (Rewritten as a standard). �3.Light colored paving should be incorporated near buildings to reduce the amount of heat radiating onto buildings and people. MARCH 24, 2009 1 Packet Pg. 186 GARAGES& • ° STRUCTURES Garages, carports, and other accessory structures should be designed as integral parts of the development. 1, Garages and parking areas should be located to have the least amount of visual impact on the street. 2. When viewed from the street, garages should be subordinate to the main living area. Where possible, the garage should be recessed behind the dwelling unit and not located between the main living area and the street. Q 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 04� ani 5-10 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 187 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES � C E, COMMON AMENITIES, LAND Public or private common open space, as well as pedestrian connections to such spaces, should be provided to enhance the living environment and contribute to a walkable neighborhood character. 1 . Residents ef housing pFE�eEtS SheUld have safe, effiEieRt, (Rewritten as a standard). .1.A transition area should be provided between new development and adjacent open space to preserve the rural feel of the Valley. �A river -oriented recreational greenbelt and trails system should be constructed along the Santa Clara River to tie together the communities of Santa Clarita. E8FRFAURity wide paF ( system, i.e. JeqqiRg and hiking (Rewritten as a standard). 63.13icycle and pedestrian pathways should access a project at visually pleasing locations rather than service areas. MARCH 24, 2009 1.c Packet Pg. 188 5PACE,/q "'LAND 7. Open space should focus onareas that are usable mthe residents and not merely remainder parcels with marginal uti|ity. 978.13uildings, parking areas, and open space should be arranged to minimize the use ofsound walls next to freeway, arterial, and/or collector streets. � sAw/xcLAm/xCOMMUNITY CHARACTER aDESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24,2009 1 Packet Pg. 189 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 1.c z s= -^mil -__. _. _.., should be Fetained, __I___._..y .... _._ _.. ___ 4. Open SpaEe al9d FeEfeatieRal uses toed te the Santa GlaFa 0 m S. All eak tFee pFe5eFyatieR BFdwnaREes shall apply to all L X W N E L U l0 Q 5-1 3 Packet Pg. 190 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES Deciduous trees �� on west facade. 6 Deciduous trees I r on west facade. N Shade devices on south facade. PLANTINGS e Plants should be used to define building entrances, parking lots, and the edges of various land uses. Plants should also be used to buffer and screen neighboring properties. Consider safety, environmental impacts, and accent elements when selecting and locating landscaping features. 41.Trees should be used to create an intimate scale, enclose spaces, and frame views, but placement should respect the long-range views of surrounding neighbors. 42.Seasonal shading from trees and shrubs on southern and western facades should be used when developing planting schemes for courtyards and streetscapes. Deciduous trees provide solar control during summer and winter while providing fall color, seasonal flower, and other desired effects. __Accent planting should be used around entries and key activity hubs. 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 5-1 5 Packet Pg. 192 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES PLANTING ,Vines and potted plants should be used to provide wall, column, and post texture and color, as well as to accentuate entryways, courtyards, and sidewalks. 6,Nuisance trees that drop flowers and fruit should be avoided near pedestrian walkways to maintain clear paths of travel. B�i.Lawn areas should be planted to serve a functional purpose. Turf installation should be limited due to high watering needs. Sod should be used for turf installation. Special permission should be obtained from the City to install lawns by seeding. (Rewritten as a standard). 4?7. Lineal root barriers should be installed at each tree planted within six feet of the curb or walk. Root barriers on the curb side should be 24 inches deep and root barriers on the walkway side should be 18 inches deep. Root barriers should extend six feet to each side of the trunk of the tree. 1.c 5 -16 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 193 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES PLANTING 13. Drought tolerant grasses should be used for lawn areas where possible. 14. All plants should be coordinated with irrigation plans. Native and low water use plants should be used in conjunction with an efficient water system, such as drip irrigation. Drip irrigation systems should be used in all areas except for turf irrigation and small ornamental plantings. The irrigation systems should be designed to apply water slowly allowing plants to be deep watered. Each street tree should be watered by two deep watering bubblers separate from all other irrigation. MExplore opportunities to reuse rain water and/or grey water for irrigation. MARCH 24, 2009 1.c 5-1 7 Packet Pg. 194 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES PLANTING 17. Plants located directly below the eaves or at a rain gutter outlet should be sturdy and have a subsurface matrix of roots to tolerate heavy sheet flow and periodic saturation consistent with the Standard Urban Stormwater Mitigation Plan. Urban runoff can be greatly reduced by diverting stormwater from impervious areas, such as concrete surfaces, to planted areas. Infiltration basins where water can seep into the ground should be used. 18. Due to challenging soil conditions found throughout the Valley, extra care should be given to prepare and apply soil amendments prior to planting. "Structural soil" should be considered for tree planting in areas that might be subject to compaction, such as street edges, narrow medians, and parking lots. +94761. _ RPtnjr�}'Pn as a Standard). 1.c 5-18 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 195 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES PLANTING 20. Short lived plants, plants susceptible to disease, and large expanses of single plant varieties should be avoided due to an unchanging appearance and the potential for complete loss of landscaping if struck with disease. (Rewritten as a standard). (Rewritten as a standard). 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 5-1 9 Packet Pg. 196 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES LOT PLANTING Provide well planted parking areas. Plants should create a functional and attractive parking environment. 1. Parking lot trees with 30 to 40-foot canopies should be planted to shade parked cars and create a more attractive environment. 2. Consideration of plant materials adjacent to parking spaces should be a priority. Thorns, stickers, and sharp leaves should be avoided. "heareffeRs. The FegHiFed tFees should be the padd!99 stall and should not be EalEbIlated as planted etb.,d . (Rewritten as a standard). (Rewritten as a standard). 1.c 5-20 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 197 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES il MARCH 24, 2009 BUILDING Building forms and facades influence cohesiveness, comfort, and aesthetic pride and can generate pedestrian activity and increase a sense of security. Any good design should take into consideration fundamental design principals including continuity, mass, scale, rhythm, and proportion. All new buildings and remodels should incorporate 360-degree architecture, which is the full articulation of all building facades, including variation in massing, roof forms, wall planes, and surface articulation. The following guidelines are intended to provide a general framework for design, and do not mandate specific architectural styles, themes, or details. Chapter 3 of this document should be consulted prior to developing building design drawings to ensure that the appropriate community character is incorporated into the building design. The City will be open to considering innovative, alternative design concepts that were not envisioned at the time that these guidelines were written; however an attempt should be made to comply with the general intent of the guidelines provided. 1.c S-2 1 Packet Pg. 198 AND ARTICULATION Introduction text was rewritten. Mass is defined as a three-dimensional form, such as a cube, box, cylinder, pyramid, or cone. The way the forms are sized directly relates to the way building elements are emphasized or de-emphasized. Voids or open spaces in the forms can change the form's appearance and make the building more interesting and less imposing. (Rewritten as a standardL �1-1,Several smaller, compact building footprints, rather than one large building, should be used to provide an intimate scale and a more efficient envelope for optimizing daylighting and passive solar heating and cooling functions. VaFiatqeig IR wall height. Reefs i,.,.- ted at diff .,.ent l,.ve , (Rewritten as a standard). 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 199 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES Changes in Massing Detail 4. Combinations of one, one and one half, and two story units should be used to create visual interest and variation in the massing and building height. 6-.5.Structures with greater height should include additional setbacks and steps within the massing to create a transition in heights from adjacent properties and to avoid dominating the character of the neighborhood. Rewritten as a standard). 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 c I � Packet Pg. 200 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES a 5-24 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 201 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES Fa in E P- "g -ww l=,,- 5 Mr, 2 • )ssuble, eaEh ef the dwelling UAk5 5heUld be reEegnizable. The fellewing ffietheds L) 2 Eebl'd be used te Weak tip building fflassing! cn co VaFyfFeRt setba&S withwig same stFHEtEffe. m 9 Stagger and jeq unit planes. (D L) Design a Fnamimum ef twe aE�aEent uRits with Wall and reef liRes. VaFy buildiRg eFientatwens te aveid ffleigeteigy and leigg gaFage 9RRF F-Rrr*FIRF-; cn 0 0 Blank walls sheuld be aveiEled-.jBewCitten as a standardh x w 4.2.BHildiRgs sheHld be designed with the iRtegFatien ef vaHed textHFe, Felief-, and desigiq aEEeRts efg all walls. E 5 m MARCH 24,2009 1 Packet Pg. 202 1 ARTICULATION sD�� 8-.-',.Buildingelememsanddetaibshouldbemnsistentwith the chosen architectural style. 9A^ udacedetai|ingshou|dnotsemeasasubstituteforwe|| integrated and distinctive massing. sAw/xcLAm/xCOMMUNITY CHARACTER aDESIGN GUIDELINES I Packet Pg. 203 sAwrAcLAmrxCOMMUNITY CHARACTER mDESIGN GUIDELINES ROOF Roofs shou|dref I ectansidentia|appearanoethmughroof pitch and material selection. standard). .;�-l�Roofs covering the entire building, such as hips and Packet Pg. 204 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES Locate large planters over structural columns Waterproof membrane Lightweight, low water -retention soil mix Lightweight .. roof Retention - Ideal Soil Depths Groundcovers -12" Flowers - 12" to 18" Shrubs - 18" to 24" Trees - 30" to 36" MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 205 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 0 r. i MARCH 24, 2009 WINDOWS • • • .AWNINGS Windows and doors help to define the architectural style of a building while providing daylight to interior spaces and visual interest to building facades. These features may be accented through the use of awnings. (Rewritten as a standard). -2-.1.Maximize daylighting and views through window placement and design. Passive solar design can be used to reduce heating requirements by 30 percent to 50 percent, thus saving money and energy. However, south facing windows should be shaded with an overhang or awnings to reduce summer sun exposure. Rewritten as a standard). adjaEeRt 54HEttfre3 (Rewritten as a standard). (Rewritten as a standard). 1.c Packet Pg. 206 sAmrxcLAmrxCOMMUNITY CHARACTER mDESIGN GUIDELINES VV|NDOVVS, AWNINGS z�^Any bun shutters should be proportionate to the adjacent windows tocreate the appearance ofreal and functional shutters. .Z�EPA"Energy Star" labeled windows with low-ecoatings are encouraged. 9-.4, Permanent shading devices such as awnings and canopies onsouth-facing facades should beincorporated into building designs toprovide aesthetic enhancement while assisting in cooling the building during the summer months. 4-4-5,Awnings should be used to add color, form, and relief */ the building. ca Awnings should not bewrapped around buildings in continuous bands. Awnings should only be placed ontop ofdoors, windows, and other openings such as paseoentmnces. w��2�mm 5-30 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES RESIDENTIAL DWELLING UNIT ACCESS AND BUILDING ENTRANCES DAkL ,CELL' nIG W N ITA CCESC 4.0 VTC DIORSTA IDS All entrances should be clearly identifiable and emphasized using lighting, landscaping, and architecture. 1. Access points to units should be clustered in groups of four or less. Long, monotonous access balconies and corridors that provide access to five or more units should be avoided. z. 5heuld be emphasized thFOUgh the use of lighting, (Rewritten as a standard). .2. . MARCH 24, 2009 r I 1 Packet Pg. 208 MATERIALS& The selection and placement of building materials should provide visual interest at the pedestrian level. Heavier materials should be used to form the building base and as accents on upper stories and walls. Materials and colors should be used to enhance buildings and adjacent pedestrian spaces by adding color, shadows, and interesting forms. (Rewritten as a standard). (Rewritten as a standard). 1,Materials selected for multi -family projects should be aesthetically pleasing but very durable and should require low maintenance. 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES Recommended Change in plane with change in material Not Recommended Material or color change at outside corner Not Recommended Change of materials on same plane c MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 209 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES i MATERIALS • • .,k_ 4. Materials should be utilized that reduce the transfer of heat into and/or out of the building. 5. Recycled content materials, such as wood substitutes, recycled concrete, and asphalt, as well as non -toxic materials, should be used wherever possible. should be l-ett the natural EeleF. (Rewritten as a standard). aFEhoteEtWal el 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 c � 1) Packet Pg. 210 ASPEC TS All utilitarian equipment and features should be integrated into the site plan and should either be aesthetically screened from view or designed to complement the architectural style of the project. Utility service areas should be part of the early site design process, rather than an afterthought at the construction document phase. (Rewritten as a standard). (Rewritten as a standard). (Rewritten as a standard). 41,Where screen walls are used, the walls should be designed to blend with the site's architecture. <.Transformers required to be installed adjacent to the street should be placed underground. h l.. F...... +hil .. .... St.+ SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 1 1.c 5 - 34 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 211 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES ASPEC TS 7. Guardrails should complement the architectural style of the building. 8. Ramps should be integrated into the site design and can be used to create functional or unique spaces. 9, Gutters and downspouts on the exterior of the building should be decorative or designed to integrate with the building facade. 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 �d-,��a 5-3 5 Packet Pg. 212 RECYCLING Trash and recycling enclosures should be carefully designed, located, and integrated into the site plan. as a standard). with the desigR of the picejeEt and the building standard .' ^—�] A "~a~.tr/"" ~"t=""~ ^" *,~ t=`h ""ri n`n/rx^n sAw/xcLAm/xCOMMUNITY CHARACTER aDESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24,2009 1 Packet Pg. 213 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES RECYCLIN 6. Trash and recycling bins should be conveniently accessible for collection and maintenance and should not block access drives during loading operations. P iaRter with low gFE)WiAq plant mateFials to ensure that adequate 5paEe is available fee passeRgeFs to a ?,Drainage from adjoining roof and pavement should be diverted around the trash and recycling area. 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 5-3 7 Packet Pg. 214 LIGHTING Effective lighting provides safety and direction for vehicles and pedestrians while enhancing architectural building and landscape details. These guidelines apply to on -site lighting for parking areas and lights associated with the building in private development projects. Light types may include pole lights, spotlighting, wall -mounted sconces, parking lighting, and landscape lighting. 1. Light fixtures should be designed or selected to be architecturally compatible with the main structure or theme of the development. 2. The intensity of light, level of light as measured in footcandles, and the type of bulb or source should be carefully addressed. Lighting levels should not be so intense as to draw attention to the glow or glare of the light source. 3. Spotlighting or glare from any site lighting should be shielded from adjacent properties and directed at a specific object or target area. 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES r- 30 5-38 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 215 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES LIGHTING • 4. Exposed bulbs should not be used. Cut-off lighting is preferred. 5. Uplighting of building elements and trees should use the lowest wattage possible to minimize impacts to the night sky. Light sources for wall washing and tree lighting should be hidden. 6. Where landscaping is lit, low -voltage lighting should be used whenever possible to conserve energy. Energy efficient lamps and ballasts, controlled by photoelectric methods or timers, should be incorporated. 7. The height of a light pole should be appropriate in scale for the building or the complex and the surrounding area. 8. Accent lighting should be used to illuminate walkways, entries, seating areas, and/or specimen plants and trees. 1.c 5-3 9 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 216 LIGHTING 9. Walkways and paseos should belit toanaverage ofone and one half to two footcand|es in intensity to ensue safe nighttime conditions. lO.Use renewable energy sources for lighting, such assolar ll.Recreational amenities and courtyards should bewell lit toenhance the pedestrian experience and create asafe environment. sAw/xcLAm/xCOMMUNITY CHARACTER aDESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24,2009 1 Packet Pg. 217 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 1 Packet Pg. 218 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES As 7-2 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 219 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 7-3 Packet Pg. 220 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 7-4 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 221 ygacRRACOMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES ° ^ OVERALL ».. ±yvr .«am> y�� . . MARCH 24,20 9 7-5 Packet m.£2 OVERALL 5. Both vertical or horizontal integration of uses should be allowed in mixed use development, with an emphasis on tying the uses together with appropriate pedestrian linkages. wallew ry5.-(Rewritten as a standard). -7-.6.Mixed use projects should be designed to create a pedestrian -scale environment through appropriate street and sidewalk widths, block lengths, relationships of buildings to streets, and use of public spaces. develepffient. SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES pe'NTWilightMemo -- - 1.c 7-6 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 223 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 4 OVERALL eeleFs), (Rewritten as a standard) 4-1,10. tFaRspaFeRt identifiable spaEes-« k-v,4. (Rewritten as a standard). 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 224 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES OVERALL ^,(Rewritten as a standard). r-;PlPrt4Al , e-a. (Rewritten as a standard). 46-.14. The entire mixed use development should utilize a consistent architectural style and materials. However; if the intent is to differentiate between uses, some architectural details should vary slightly. the building. appFepFiate. 7-8 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 225 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 9 Packet Pg. 226 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES J 1.c 7-10 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 227 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 1 . The site layeut sheUld ElusteF buildii9gs eig the site te Efeate and plea5ant and that have appFePF*ate amenitie5 (e.g., attFaEtiye—sidew'calks aFiel veREhes). Sidewalks anEY (e.g., awnings/canepie5) and appropriate pedestrian -. vvge nitie5 (e.g., ramn Street tFee nv atee eutdr w .-eating, b 5 publie aFt, etc(Rewritten as a standard). MARCH 24, 2009 1.c 7-11 Packet Pg. 228 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES PEDESTRIAN - GUIDELINES with �5. / (Rewritten as a standard). 1.c 1 '1 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 229 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 7 V till I l■ b PEDESTRIAN - GUIDELINES (Rewritten as a standard). �crcvanrrc 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 230 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 1. As a whole, public space should satisfy the following criteria: • Provide areas for informal meetings and social interaction with other people or areas for passive and active uses as appropriate. • Be accessible to residents. • Provide a strong image and sense of place. • Be a part of the pedestrian linkage throughout the development and adjacent land uses. 1.c 7-14 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 231 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES PUBLIC • Provide an overall theme and visual connection between spaces and uses within the development. • Include areas of various shapes, sizes, and configurations throughout the development. • Be designed or located to ensure that it is usable year-round by providing areas that have awnings, wind breaks, sun shade, and/or landscaping that can provide shelter from the elements. • Create a pleasant pedestrian environment. • Create an interconnected open space system. • Energize commercial retail activity. passive use. 1.c MARCH 24, 2009 7-15 Packet Pg. 232 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES iru,p .;+ PUBLIC 3. Public spaces should be clearly recognizable as "public" (e.g., a plaza within view of a street or other public space) and publicly accessible (i.e., a pedestrian accessible), and the space should be able to be occupied by people (i.e., a person can stand or sit in the area). di Etiv 54.Public spaces should be located adjacent to the commercial component of the development that can be converted for joint use with outdoor dining and pedestrian access. However, when used in conjunction with an outdoor dining area, the areas should be designed in such a manner that pedestrian access is not being impeded or hindered. The minimum vertical dimension for clear pedestrian access should be eight feet. 1 7-16 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 233 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 1 7 Packet Pg. 234 F 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES e� 7-18 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 235 SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES X- MARCH 24, 2009 L 1.c 7-19 Packet Pg. 236 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES 7-20 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 237 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 7-21 Packet Pg. 238 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES Doug Dun/BAR Architects �n�� RE RFBT LtICALkNO NFNRIx �� 9R9PSkR0RESPLPAHTB 6L T � � � FARYFlCS lAltl9CAPE0 PARRS ANGP aaaa SFr V � �� zu.Reoaa • V RnrrnauF xex� ,k N,'`'J�.,� �%- aFsrauRaxrs r ^' a3'r Pram xa�.+smeer a.IEVELEffcurne YAIkT PAilKllc (ta FL[e Gu www.i nterlandusa.com mwRxoa 7-22 MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 239 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 7-23 Packet Pg. 240 7-24 1.c SANTA CLARITA COMMUNITY CHARACTER & DESIGN GUIDELINES MARCH 24, 2009 Packet Pg. 241 1.d Exhibit C 17.06.130 Findings and Decision. B. Required Findings. The review authority may approve the application only after the applicant substantiates the following required findings: The proposal is consistent with the General Plan; 2. The proposal is allowed within the applicable underlying zone and complies with all other applicable provisions of this code; 3. The proposal will not endanger, jeopardize, or otherwise constitute a hazard to the public convenience, health, interest, safety, or general welfare, or be materially detrimental or injurious to the improvements, persons, property, or uses in the vicinity and zone in which the property is located; and 4. The proposal is physically suitable for the site. The factors related to the proposal's physical suitability for the site include, without limitation, the following: a. For projects that are not multi -family or mixed -use housing, the design, location, shape, size, and operating characteristics are suitable for the proposed use. Multi -family and mixed -use housing projects must comply with Objective Design Standards; b. The highways or streets that provide access to the site are of sufficient width and are improved as necessary to carry the kind and quantity of traffic such proposal would generate; c. Public protection services (e.g., Fire protection, Sheriff protection) are readily available; and d. Providing utilities (e.g., potable water, schools, solid waste collection and disposal, storm drainage, wastewater collection, treatment, and disposal) is adequate to serve the site. § 17.11.020 Definitions. "Objective Design Standards" are zoning, subdivision, and design review standards that regulate the location, form, site layout, and appearance of multifamily and mixed -use a residential develoament that are verifiable by reference to a uniform benchmark. Objective design standards may be contained in this code, specific plans, overlay Packet Pg. 242 1.d zones, subdivision and landscaping requirements, or other applicable land development regulations adopted by the City Council, and apply only to the extent they are stated with sufficient clarity that compliance can be determined in a purely ministerial manner. 17.23.100 Administrative Permit. B. Applicability. 1. To safeguard and enhance the appearance and quality of development in the City, administrative permit approval is required before the building official issues any building permit for new single-family homes, additions, and activities or construction of improvements which are permitted at the discretion of the Director. Art arlminio PeFFH sh;;" ho if��� ss���n of 1bjGGt tG thio nhapter 2. An administrative permit is required for any multi -family or mixed -use housing project that does not fullv comply with the Obiective Desian Standards. 3. Requests for an administrative permit are filed as a Class II application, subject to this chapter. 17.37.030 Specific Plan (SP) Zone. The specific plan zoning designation identifies lands in the planning area that are governed by an adopted specific plan. Specific allowable uses, maximum intensity standards, and development standards are determined by the adopted specific plan. Development within a specific plan that includes multi -family or mixed -use housing must comply with the Objective Design Standards. Where a specific plan established design requirements more restrictive than the Objective Design Standards, the more restrictive standards apply. Packet Pg. 243 1.e Exhibit D 17.06.130 Findings and Decision. B. Required Findings. The review authority may approve the application only after the applicant substantiates the following required findings: The proposal is consistent with the General Plan; 2. The proposal is allowed within the applicable underlying zone and complies with all other applicable provisions of this code; 3. The proposal will not endanger, jeopardize, or otherwise constitute a hazard to the public convenience, health, interest, safety, or general welfare, or be materially detrimental or injurious to the improvements, persons, property, or uses in the vicinity and zone in which the property is located; and 4. The proposal is physically suitable for the site. The factors related to the proposal's physical suitability for the site include, without limitation, the following: a. For projects that are not multi -family or mixed -use housing, the design, location, shape, size, and operating characteristics are suitable for the proposed use. Multi -family and mixed -use housing projects must comply with Objective Design Standards; b. The highways or streets that provide access to the site are of sufficient width and are improved as necessary to carry the kind and quantity of traffic such proposal would generate; c. Public protection services (e.g., Fire protection, Sheriff protection) are readily available; and d. Providing utilities (e.g., potable water, schools, solid waste collection and disposal, storm drainage, wastewater collection, treatment, and disposal) is adequate to serve the site. § 17.11.020 Definitions. "Objective Design Standards" are zoning, subdivision, and design review standards that a regulate the location, form, site layout, and appearance of multifamily and mixed -use residential development that are verifiable by reference to a uniform benchmark. Objective design standards may be contained in this code, specific plans, overlay Packet Pg. 244 1.e zones, subdivision and landscaping requirements, or other applicable land development regulations adopted by the City Council, and apply only to the extent they are stated with sufficient clarity that compliance can be determined in a purely ministerial manner. 17.23.100 Administrative Permit. B. Applicability. 1. To safeguard and enhance the appearance and quality of development in the City, administrative permit approval is required before the building official issues any building permit for new single-family homes, additions, and activities or construction of improvements which are permitted at the discretion of the Director. An administrative permit shall be filed as a Class II application, subject to this chapter. 2. An administrative permit is required for any multi -family or mixed -use housing project that does not fully comply with the Objective Design Standards. 3. Requests for an administrative permit are filed as a Class II application, subject to this chapter. 17.37.030 Specific Plan (SP) Zone. The specific plan zoning designation identifies lands in the planning area that are governed by an adopted specific plan. Specific allowable uses, maximum intensity standards, and development standards are determined by the adopted specific plan. Development within a specific plan that includes multi -family or mixed -use housing must comply with the Objective Design Standards. Where a specific plan established design requirements more restrictive than the Objective Design Standards, the more restrictive standards apply. Packet Pg. 245 1.f Housing Element 2 rograms HP=2.1 00 N U N an N N a x N E L O L. a r C m E m w a� C �N 7 O x W r t X W r C d E t c.� ca r r Q Packet Pg. 246 1.f Santa Clarita - Housing Element June 2023 Program HP- 1.14: Sites Identified in Multiple Planning Periods: Government Code § 65583 requires analysis and justification of the sites included in the sites inventory of the City's Housing Element. The Housing Element may only count non -vacant sites included in one previous Housing Element inventory and vacant sites included in two previous Housing Elements if the sites are subject to a program that allows affordable housing by right. Some sites within this Housing Element were used in previous cycles, and this program is included to address the by -right approval requirement. Per Government Code § 65583, the use by -right of these sites during the planning period is restricted to developments in which at least 20 percent of the units in the development are affordable to lower income households. This provision is valid on the condition that these sites have sufficient water, sewer, and other dry utilities available and accessible, or that they are included in an existing General Plan program or other mandatory program or plan to secure sufficient water, sewer, dry utilities supply to support housing development. Prior to the end of 2022, Community Development Department staff will provide a pop-up "Notice" in Accela for each inventoried parcel subject to these requirements. The Notice will prompt staff to not require a Conditional Use Permit application for a residential development project on that site if at least 20% of the units are provided as affordable. A training session will be held to ensure that all staff are aware of the by -right allowances for projects providing at least 20% of units as affordable on these specific sites. The Unified Development Code will be amended concurrent with the Housing Element to ensure compliance with Government Code § 65583.2(c). Timeline: Adopt code amendment with Housing Element. Set up Notice in Accela prior to the end of 2022. Within the first three years of the planning period, ensure staff receives training. Ongoing. Responsibility: Community Development Department Funding: Departmental Budget Program HP-2.1: Zoning Code Changes for Consistency with State Law City staff will bring forward Municipal Code amendments to address recent changes to state law. Specific Code amendments to ensure compliance include but are not limited to the following: • Transitional Housing: Allow transitional and supportive housing in all zone districts that allow residential uses, subject to only those restrictions that apply to other residential dwellings of the same type in the same zone. (SB 2, 2007) • Supportive Housing: Supportive housing, as defined in Government Code Section 65650, to be a by -right use in all zones where multifamily and mixed -uses are permitted. (AB 2162) Packet Pg. 247 Santa Clarita - Housing Element 1.f June 2023 • Emergency Shelters: Review development standards for emergency shelters, particularly Standard D, and revise to be objective (SB 2, 2007) • Low Barrier Navigation Centers: to be a use by -right in zones where multifamily and mixed -uses are permitted, including the nonresidential zones where multifamily is permitted. (GC 65660) • Employee and Agricultural Worker Housing: employee housing for six or fewer employees is to be treated as a single-family structure and permitted in the same manner as other dwellings of the same type in the same zone. Employee housing consisting of not more than 12 units or 36 beds are to be considered an agricultural use and permitted in the same manner as other agricultural uses in the same zone (AB 1783) • ADUs: Update Accessory Dwelling Unit Ordinance pursuant to HCD's ADU Guidebook, including allowing such units by -right in all residential zones and reduction of side and rear setbacks as well as to reflect changes in these laws made by AB 3182, AB 68, and SB 13. • Group Homes: Allow group homes for seven or more residents as a permitted use in residential zones. Review current code requirements for all housing types serving people with disabilities for consistency with fair housing laws and make amendments as necessary, including ensuring the number of parking spaces for residential care facilities do not exceed those of other non -group home uses of the same form in the same zone. • Design Review: Develop Objective Design and Development Standards for multi -family and mixed -use projects, and integrate the standard conditions of approval currently applied through the Development Review process into the objective design and development standards for development projects with residential components. • Parking: Adopt the parking requirements for multifamily affordable housing from Government Code Section 65915 into the Code to provide clear standards and expectations for potential developers to use the reduced parking requirements without the need to make a separate request. Additionally, undertake a parking study and consult with not less than four developers with local experience to identify the most appropriate parking ratio and identify any constraints posed by the City's current parking requirements for market rate multifamily development, especially as it relates to 1 bedroom unit and studios. Based upon the outcome of this study, amend the ordinance to mitigate any identified constraints by July 2025. Timeline: Review by June 2023; Make necessary amendments to address transitional housing, supportive housing, emergency shelter standards, low barrier navigation centers, employee and agricultural worker housing, ADUs, group homes, and parking requirements for multifamily affordable housing by the end of 2023 Develop Objective Design and Development Standards by 2024 Undertake parking study and amend ordinance by July 2025 Responsibility: Community Development Department Packet Pg. 248 1.f Santa Clarita - Housing Element June 2023 m Funding: Departmental Budget '- Objective: Facilitate special needs housing, including transitional, supportive, senior, group home, and affordable housing, for 700 households by o the end of the planning period. r Program HP-2.2: Updates to Administrative Procedures Prior to the dates specified in each sub -program below, City staff will update the following administrative procedures and materials: • SB 35: The City will develop an SB 35 application process, including the pre - application and the procedure that will be used to provide a streamlined ministerial approval process to qualified residential and mixed -use development projects. The written procedures and checklists shall be developed and made available on the City's website no later than January 1, 2023. • Development Fees and Transparency Requirements: The City will meet the new transparency and development fees requirements of AB 602 and SB 319 by 1) posting all required information about development standards and fees to an easily accessed location on the City's website by January 1, 2023; and 2) ensuring that new development impact fee studies and resulting fees comply with the new AB 602 requirements for fee studies prior to initiation of the next fees study in 2024. • Fee Deferrals: The City will defer fee collection for residential developments until final building inspection or issuance of the certificate of occupancy, whichever occurs first, unless the requirements of Government Code 66007(b) have been met. • Expedited Processing for Affordable Housing Projects: The City will continue to expedite processing for affordable housing projects, including one -stop preliminary review, concurrent application review, designation of a primary contact, and fast -tracking of construction and grading plan review, permitting and inspection. Promotion of the Expedited Processing program will occur as a part of Program HP-2.10, the Proactive Outreach Program, to be initiated in 2023 and provided as ongoing throughout the 611 planning cycle. • Parking handout: The City will create and publish explanatory documents to delineate between the different parking requirements for different types of multifamily housing projects and mixed -use projects as updated by AB 2345, including those providing affordable units and those located close to transit. • Design Review: The City will review and amend its design review requirements to remove discretionary findings related to site suitability, including Finding 4. Timeline: SB 35 Procedures: July 1, 2023; Fee Transparency: July 1, 2023; Packet Pg. 249 Santa Clarita - Housing Element 1.f June 2023 Fee Deferrals: Begin implementing July 1, 2023 AB 602 Requirements (Development Fees): 2024; Parking Handout: July 30, 2023; Amend Design Review findings: end of 2024 Responsibility: Community Development Department Funding: Departmental Budget Program HP-2.3: Specific Plan Code Review The City will review its Specific Plans to determine if changes are needed to comply with State laws related to transitional housing, supportive housing, group homes (community care facilities) and Low Barrier Navigation Centers. The review will be completed by the end of 2022, with any needed Specific Plan amendments occurring by the end of 2023. Timeline: Review by end of 2023; amend by end of 2024 Responsibility: Community Development Department Funding: Departmental Budget Program HP-2.4: Continuing Affordability Ensure that the City's lending guidelines require long-term affordability of at least 55 years for affordable rental units and through a shared equity or other similar affordability mechanism for affordable ownership units. Timeline: Review funding guidelines in 2022; then ongoing Responsibility: Community Development Department Funding: HOME, CDBG, Bonds, PDA/TOD funds Program HP-2.5: Collaboration with Non -Profit Affordable Housing Developers The City continues to partner with non-profit affordable housing developers for the creation of new affordable housing developments and will continue to be responsive to the proposals of housing developers. The City is committed to supporting proposed projects that show promise to provide affordable housing to meet the City's identified housing needs, including for seniors, disabled, and families, especially those who are extremely low-income. Currently, affordable housing developers approach the City informally with projects in various stages of development, making it difficult to bring projects to fruition. A formal Request for Qualifications/Proposals (RFP/RFQ) will streamline and clarify this process. The RFP/RFQ will include information on the affordable housing goals of the City, including the provision of housing for large households and extremely low-income households. The RFP/RFQ for this program will be posted by Summer 2023 and will include at least one outreach meeting/event to gauge housing developers' interest. The RFP/RFQ process, once posted, will be made Packet Pg. 250 NOTICE OF EXEMPTION 1.g TO: FROM: [X] County Clerk City of Santa Clarita County of Los Angeles Community Development 12400 E. Imperial Hwy., Rm. 2001 23920 Valencia Boulevard, Suite #302 Norwalk, CA 90650 Santa Clarita, CA 91355 [ ] Office of Planning and Research 1400 Tenth Street Sacramento, CA 95814 04 gANTA QL 9 o�iQep is oECEMe�"�^90^ DATE: [Date] PROJECT NAME: Santa Clarita Multifamily and Mixed -Use Residential Architectural Objective Design Standards and UDC Updates PROJECT APPLICANT: City of Santa Clarita, Department of Community Development (Contact: Zarm Chaparyan; 661.255.4916) PROJECT LOCATION: Citywide PROJECT DESCRIPTION: The City of Santa Clarita (City) is preparing City-wide multifamily and mixed -use Objective Design Standards and updating the Santa Clarita Municipal Code (SCMC) to address administrative procedures for Objective Design Standards to implement the City's Housing Element Programs HP-2.1 and HP-2.2. This is to advise that the [ ] Director of Community Development [ ] Planning Commission [X] City Council of the City of Santa Clarita has approved the above project on [DATE]. Review of the project by the Department of Community Development found that the project is exempt from the provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA). EXEMPT STATUS: A Notice of Exemption was prepared for the proposed project. The project is exempt from additional environmental review pursuant to CEQA Guidelines (14 Cal. Code of Regs. § 15000, et seq.) Section 15061(b)(3), the common sense exemption. The activity is covered by the general rule that CEQA applies only to projects that have the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment. Where it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the activity in question may have a significant effect on the environment, the activity is not subject to CEQA. Person or agency carrying out the project: City of Santa Clarita, Department of Community Development. This is to certify that the Notice of Exemption with comments/responses and record of project approval is available for public review at: City of Santa Clarita Community Development Department 23920 Valencia Boulevard, Suite 302 Santa Clarita, California 91355 (661) 255-4330 Contact Person/Title: Zarin Chaparyan, Associate Planner Signature: Packet Pg. 251 1.h DRAFT CITY COUNCIL RESOLUTION L cu v/ .N .F+ V O .F+ .N NNQ Q. Q M cu JT cu �L U cu c cu U) w M O (.0 N U cu L .F+ O NN� U U c a� E v Q Page 1 of 5 Packet Pg. 252 1.h RESOLUTION NO. 26- A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA, CALIFORNIA, ESTABLISHING CITY-WIDE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS (ODS) FOR QUALIFIED MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA LAW WHEREAS, the City of Santa Clarita (City) periodically prepares updates to the Santa Clarita Municipal Code (SCMC), including the subdivision regulations (Title 16) and zoning regulations (Title 17), as well as amendments to various City Council -approved guidelines and policies; WHEREAS, the City Council adopted the Community Character and Design Guidelines (CCDG) in 2002 and updated them in 2009 to provide direction for site planning and building design for new developments; WHEREAS, the City Council adopted the 6th Cycle Housing Element on June 27, 2023, and the Department of Housing and Community Development certified the Housing Element on August 22, 2023. The Housing Element included Program HP-2.1: Zoning Code Changes for Consistency with state Law and Program HP-2.2: Updates to Administrative Procedures; WHEREAS, various California legislation, including Senate Bill (SB) 330, SB 35, and Assembly Bill (AB) 2011, prevents the City from enforcing subjective design guidelines on qualifying multifamily and mixed -use housing projects; WHEREAS, to implement the Housing Element's Program HP-2.1, the City seeks to amend the CCDG to convert multifamily and mixed -use design guidelines to Objective Design Standards (ODS) (Project); WHEREAS, to accommodate changes to the CCDG and design process, as well as to implement HE Program HP-2.2, SCMC §§ 17.06.130, 17.11.020, 17.23.100, and 17.37.030 must be amended; WHEREAS, the Project was duly noticed in accordance with the public hearing noticing requirements of the SCMC, and a one -eighth page advertisement was placed in The Signal Newspaper on May 26, 2026; WHEREAS, the City reviewed the Project's environmental impacts pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) (Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq.) and the CEQA Guidelines (14 California Code of Regulations §§15000, etseq.; collectively, "CEQA"); WHEREAS, the Planning Commission meeting on June 16, 2026 was cancelled due to a lack of Quorum; Page 2 of 5 Packet Pg. 253 1.h WHEREAS, the Planning Commission held a duly noticed public hearing on the Project commencing on July 7, 2026, at 6:00 p.m., or later, at City Hall, 23920 Valencia Boulevard, Santa Clarita, California; WHEREAS, at the public hearing, the Planning Commission considered the entire administrative record, including, without limitation, the staff presentation, staff report, and public testimony. This Resolution, and its findings, are made based upon the evidence presented to the Commission at its July 7, 2026 hearing, including, without limitation, the staff report submitted by the Community Development Director; WHEREAS, the Project was duly noticed in accordance with the public hearing noticing requirements of the SCMC, and a one -eighth page advertisement was placed in The Signal Newspaper on August 4, 2026; and WHEREAS, the City Council held a duly noticed hearing on Master Case 26-038 on August 25, 2026. This resolution, and its findings, are made based upon the evidence presented to the City Council at its August 25, 2026, hearing including, without limitation, the staff report submitted by the Community Development Director. THE CITY COUNCIL RESOLVES AS FOLLOWS: SECTION 1: Purpose. This Resolution is intended to implement California law and the Santa Clarita Municipal Code (SCMC), as amended by Ordinance No. , by establishing Objective Design Standards (ODS) for qualified multifamily and mixed -use residential development projects throughout the City of Santa Clarita (City). SECTION 2: Definitions. Unless the contrary is stated or clearly appears from the context, the definitions in the SCMC, as amended, and within the ODS govern the construction of the words and phrases used in this Resolution. SECTION 3: Environmental Assessment. Based upon the foregoing facts and findings, the Planning Commission finds, and recommends the City Council find, that the project is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) under CEQA Guidelines § 15061(b)(3), the common-sense exemption. The activity is covered by the general rule that CEQA applies only to projects that have the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment. Where it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the activity in question may have a significant effect on the environment, the activity is not subject to CEQA. A Notice of Exemption for this project was prepared in compliance with the CEQA. SECTION 4: The ODS attached as Exhibit "A," and incorporated by reference, are established as the ODS for the City. They may be amended by subsequent City Council resolution. SECTION 5: Delegation of Authority; Ratification of Previous Actions. The City Manager, or designee, is authorized to promulgate administrative policies and procedures (AP&P) that implement this Resolution and Ordinance No. . Nothing in such AP&P can substantively alter this Resolution; the AP&P must be reconciled with the intent of Ordinance No. Page 3 of 5 Packet Pg. 254 1.h and this Resolution. All previous actions exercised by the City Manager, or designee, to implement the ODS as set forth in this Resolution are ratified by the City Council. SECTION 6: Severability. If any part of this Resolution or its application is deemed invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the City Council intends that such invalidity will not affect the effectiveness of the remaining provision or application, and, to this end, the provisions of this Resolution are severable. SECTION 7: Electronic Signatures. This Resolution may be executed with electronic signatures in accordance with Government Code § 16.5. Such electronic signatures will be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature. SECTION 8: The Mayor, or presiding officer, is authorized to sign this Resolution signifying its adoption by the City Council of the City of Santa Clarita and the City Clerk, or her duly appointed deputy, may attest thereto. SECTION 9: This Resolution will become effective immediately upon adoption and will remain effective unless repealed or superseded. SECTION 10. The City Clerk shall certify to the adoption of this resolution. Page 4 of 5 Packet Pg. 255 1.h PASSED, APPROVED, AND ADOPTED this day of 2026. MAYOR ATTEST: CITY CLERK DATE: STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) ss. CITY OF SANTA CLARITA ) I, Melody Bartlette, City Clerk of the City of Santa Clarita, do hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution No. 26- was duly adopted by the City Council of the City of Santa Clarita at a regular meeting thereof, held on the day of 2026, by the following vote AYES: COUNCILMEMBERS: NOES: COUNCILMEMBERS: ABSENT: COUNCILMEMBERS: CITY CLERK Page 5 of 5 Packet Pg. 256 1.i DRAFT CITY COUNCIL ORDINANCE cu �L U cu c cu U) w M O (.0 N U w cu L V C cu L O U U c a� E v Q Packet Pg. 257 1.i ORDINANCE NO. 26- AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA, CALIFORNIA, AMENDING SANTA CLARITA MUNICIPAL CODE SECTIONS 17.06.130, 17.11.020, 17.23.100, AND 17.37.030 TO IMPLEMENT REGULATIONS GOVERNING OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS THE CITY COUNCIL DOES ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS: SECTION 1. ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT. This Ordinance is a part of the Project contemplated by Resolution No. P26-04. Accordingly, Section 2 of Resolution No. P26- 04 is incorporated by reference regarding the California Environmental Quality Act. The Community Development Director, or designee, is authorized to include this Ordinance as part of the Notice of Exemption for the project. SECTION 2. GENERAL FINDINGS FOR MASTER CASE 26-038. The Findings and Conclusions set forth in Sections 3 and 4 of Resolution No. P26-04 are incorporated by reference. Accordingly, this Ordinance is found to be consistent with the Santa Clarita General Plan. SECTION 3. AMENDMENTS TO THE SCMC. The Santa Clarita Municipal Code (SCMC) is amended as set forth in Exhibit "A," which is incorporated by reference. New language is underlined; deleted language is identified by stfikethF0tg1 ; unchanged language is plain text; ellipses changes within a SCMC section are identified by "* * *." SECTION 6: RELIANCE ON RECORD. Each and every one of the findings and determinations in this ordinance is based on the competent and substantial evidence, both oral and written, contained in the entire record relating to the project. The findings and determinations constitute the independent findings and determinations of the City Council in all respects and are fully and completely supported by substantial evidence in the record as a whole. SECTION 7: SUMMARIES OF INFORMATION. All summaries of information in the findings, which precede this section, are based on the substantial evidence in the record. The absence of any particular fact from any such summary is not an indication that a particular finding is not based in part on that fact. SECTION 8. This ordinance becomes effective 30 days after its passage and adoption. SECTION 9. The City Clerk will certify to the passage of this ordinance and cause it to be published as required by law. Packet Pg. 258 1.i PASSED, APPROVED, AND ADOPTED this th day of , 2026. MAYOR ATTEST: CITY CLERK DATE: STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) ss. CITY OF SANTA CLARITA ) I, Melody Bartlette, City Clerk of the City of Santa Clarita, do hereby certify that the foregoing Ordinance No. 26- was regularly introduced and placed upon its first reading at a regular meeting of the City Council on the th day of 2026. That thereafter, said ordinance was duly passed and adopted at a regular meeting of the City Council on the th day of 2026, by the following vote, to wit: AYES: COUNCILMEMBERS: NOES: COUNCILMEMBERS: ABSENT: COUNCILMEMBERS: AND I FURTHER CERTIFY that the foregoing is the original of Ordinance No. 26- and was published in The Signal newspaper in accordance with State Law (G.C. 40806). CITY CLERK Packet Pg. 259 1.i Exhibit A 17.06.130 Findings and Decision. B. Required Findings. The review authority may approve the application only after the applicant substantiates the following required findings: The proposal is consistent with the General Plan; 2. The proposal is allowed within the applicable underlying zone and complies with all other applicable provisions of this code; 3. The proposal will not endanger, jeopardize, or otherwise constitute a hazard to the public convenience, health, interest, safety, or general welfare, or be materially detrimental or injurious to the improvements, persons, property, or uses in the vicinity and zone in which the property is located; and 4. The proposal is physically suitable for the site. The factors related to the proposal's physical suitability for the site include, without limitation, the following: a. For projects that are not multi -family or mixed -use housing, the design, location, shape, size, and operating characteristics are suitable for the proposed use. Multi -family and mixed -use housing projects must comply with Objective Design Standards; b. The highways or streets that provide access to the site are of sufficient width and are improved as necessary to carry the kind and quantity of traffic such proposal would generate; c. Public protection services (e.g., Fire protection, Sheriff protection) are readily available; and d. Providing utilities (e.g., potable water, schools, solid waste collection and disposal, storm drainage, wastewater collection, treatment, and disposal) is adequate to serve the site. § 17.11.020 Definitions. "Objective Design Standards" are zoning, subdivision, and design review standards that regulate the location, form, site layout, and appearance of multifamily and mixed -use residential development that are verifiable by reference to a uniform benchmark. Objective design standards may be contained in this code, specific plans, overlay Packet Pg. 260 1.i zones, subdivision and landscaping requirements, or other applicable land development regulations adopted by the City Council, and apply only to the extent they are stated with sufficient clarity that compliance can be determined in a purely ministerial manner. 17.23.100 Administrative Permit. B. Applicability. 1. To safeguard and enhance the appearance and quality of development in the City, administrative permit approval is required before the building official issues any building permit for new single-family homes, additions, and activities or construction of improvements which are permitted at the discretion of the Director. Art arlminio PeFFH sh;;" ho if��� ss���n 6 1bjGGt tG thio nh.�pt 2. An administrative permit is required for any multi -family or mixed -use housing project that does not fullv comply with the Obiective Desian Standards. 3. Requests for an administrative permit are filed as a Class II application, subject to this chapter. 17.37.030 Specific Plan (SP) Zone. The specific plan zoning designation identifies lands in the planning area that are governed by an adopted specific plan. Specific allowable uses, maximum intensity standards, and development standards are determined by the adopted specific plan. Development within a specific plan that includes multi -family or mixed -use housing must comply with the Objective Design Standards. Where a specific plan established design requirements more restrictive than the Objective Design Standards, the more restrictive standards apply. Packet Pg. 261